DAY RUNNER INC
10-K, 1999-10-13
BLANKBOOKS, LOOSELEAF BINDERS & BOOKBINDG & RELATD WORK
Previous: CAMBIO INC, 10KSB, 1999-10-13
Next: SUN LIFE OF CANADA U S VARIABLE ACCOUNT F, 497, 1999-10-13







                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                    FORM 10-K


              |X| ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                     FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

          |_| TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE

                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1934

                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-19835

                                DAY RUNNER, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

       DELAWARE                                                  95-3624280
(State or other jurisdiction of                               (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)                           Identification Number)

                  15295 ALTON PARKWAY, IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92618
               (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

        Registrant's Telephone Number including Area Code: (714) 680-3500
        Securities Registered Pursuant To Section 12(B) Of The Act: NONE
           Securities Registered Pursuant To Section 12(G) Of The Act:

                         COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE
                                (Title of class)

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                                 YES |X| NO |_|

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. |_|

         The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates
of the  registrant,  based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on October
  1, 1999 as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market, was approximately $77,000,000.

     The  number of  shares  outstanding  of the  registrant's  Common  Stock on
October 1, 1999 was 11,900,736.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Portions of the Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered
to  stockholders  in connection  with their Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
held on December 9, 1999 are  incorporated  by  reference  into Part III of this
Annual Report.



<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

    PART I                                                                                              PAGE
   <S>                    <C>                                                                         <C>

    Item 1.                Business                                                                       3

    Item 2.                Properties                                                                    18

    Item 3.                Legal Proceedings                                                             19

    Item 4.                Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                           19

    PART II.

    Item 5.                Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related                             19
                           Stockholder Matters

    Item 6.                Selected Financial Data                                                       20

    Item 7.                Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                           Condition and Results of Operation                                            22

    Item 7A.               Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk                    30

    Item 8.                Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                                   30

    Item 9.                Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                           on Accounting and Financial Disclosure                                        31

    PART III.

    Item 10.               Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                            31

    Item 11.               Executive Compensation                                                        31

    Item 12.               Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                           Management                                                                    31

    Item 13.               Certain Transactions                                                          31

    PART IV.

    Item 14.               Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on
                           Form 8-K                                                                      32

    Signatures                                                                                           36

    Exhibit Index
</TABLE>



<PAGE>




                                     PART I

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

         With the  exception  of actual  reported  financial  results  and other
historical  information,  the statements contained in this Annual Report on Form
10-K ("Annual Report")  including,  but not limited to, statements found in Item
1. "Business," Item 3. "Legal Proceedings," Item 7. "Management's Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Conditions  and  Results  of  Operations"  and Item 7A.
"Quantitative   and  Qualitative   Disclosures  about  Market  Risk"  constitute
"forward-looking  statements"  within the meaning of the federal securities laws
and involve a number of risks and  uncertainties.  Such  statements are based on
current  expectations and involve known and unknown risk and  uncertainties  and
certain  assumptions,  referred to below,  and are indicated by words or phrases
such as "anticipate," "estimate," "project," "expect," "believes," "intends" and
similar  words  or  phrases.  These  forward  looking  statements  are  based on
management's expectations as of the date set forth on the signature page of this
document,  and the Company does not  undertake  any  obligation to update any of
these statements.

           There  can  be  no  assurance   that  the  Company's   actual  future
performance  will meet its  expectations.  The Company is subject to a number of
risks, and its future operating  results are difficult to predict and subject to
significant fluctuations.

          Factors that may cause future  results to differ  materially  from the
Company's current  expectations  include,  among others:  the timing and size of
orders from large customers;  timing and size of orders for new products;  large
customers' inventory management; competition, especially for retail shelf space;
general  economic  conditions,  especially  the  sustainability  of the  current
economic expansion; the health of the retail environment;  foreign exchange rate
fluctuations;  supply and manufacturing constraints;  supplier performance;  and
the Company's  ability to meet its cash  requirements  to finance its operations
and growth.  Among the effects of these  factors may be: lower than  anticipated
sales; higher than anticipated product returns and/or excess inventory; negative
effects on consumer  purchases;  lower than anticipated gross profit; and higher
than anticipated operating expenses.

         Discussions  of certain of these  factors  and other  factors  that may
cause  future  results  to  differ   materially   from  the  Company's   current
expectations  are contained in this document in "Risk Factors," under Item 1, in
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" under Item 7 and in "Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures about
Market Risk" under Item 7A.

ITEM 1.      BUSINESS

THE COMPANY


         Day Runner(R) develops, manufactures and markets organizing products to
broad-based  consumer  audiences  through  retail  channels.  The Company is the
leading developer,  manufacturer, and marketer of paper-based organizers for the
retail  market.  Day Runner also  develops,  manufacturers  and markets  related
organizing products.

         Day Runner markets its products under two major brands,  Day Runner and
Filofax(R),  and a number of  sub-brands.  The Company  estimates  its  products
occupy an aggregate of more than 900,000 linear feet of shelf space in more than
22,000 retail stores  across the U.S. and  approximately  8,000 retail stores in
other markets around the world.

         The vast majority of the Company's sales are to resellers,  with direct
sales to organizations and to individuals accounting for a very small portion of
sales. The Company markets its products to its customers in the U.S. through its
own sales force and also makes selective use of  manufacturers'  representatives
and the Internet.  The Company markets its products  outside the U.S.  primarily
through its subsidiaries and secondarily through independent  distributors.  The
Company's  domestic  sales are primarily to the office  products and mass market
channels  of  distribution  and are  concentrated  among  relatively  few  major
customers,  including office products superstores Office Depot, Inc., OfficeMax,
Inc. and Staples,  Inc. and mass market retailers  Wal-Mart and Kmart.  Sales to
the U.S. office products and mass market  channels  accounted for  approximately
35% and  36%,  respectively,  of  fiscal  1999  sales.  With  its  October  1998
acquisition of Filofax Group plc, the Company substantially  increased its focus
on international markets. Sales to foreign customers accounted for approximately
23% of fiscal 1999 sales.

         The Company groups its products into three  categories:  organizers and
planners;  their refills, which include calendars,  other pages and accessories;
and related organizing products.

         The Company's  organizers and planners are loose-leaf and  spiral-bound
time and information management systems that range from simple to sophisticated.
The Company offers multiple  product lines aimed at market segments ranging from
students  to  women  managing  a  home  to  business  and  professional  people.
Organizers and planners  accounted for  approximately 41% of Day Runner's fiscal
1999 sales.

         The  great  majority  of the  Company's  organizers  and  planners  are
refillable.  Refills,  which  include  calendars,  other pages and  accessories,
accounted for approximately 32% of sales in fiscal 1999.

         The  Company's  related  organizing  products  include,  among  others:
telephone/address  books,  business  accessories,  products  for  students  from
elementary school through college and organizing and other wall boards.  Related
organizing products accounted for approximately 27% of fiscal 1999 sales.

         All of the Company's  current  major product lines have been  developed
internally  by  the  parent  company  or one of the  companies  Day  Runner  has
acquired.  The Company  manufactures  and assembles a portion of its products at
its  facilities  in the U.S.  and  abroad  and also uses  foreign  and  domestic
contractors to supply both product components and finished goods.

          Day  Runner,   Inc.  was   incorporated  in  California  in  1980  and
reincorporated in Delaware in 1993. Unless the context requires  otherwise,  all
references to the "Company" or to "Day Runner" herein refer to Day Runner,  Inc.
and its  consolidated  subsidiaries.  The Company's  corporate  headquarters are
located  at  15295  Alton  Parkway,  Irvine,   California  92618  (phone  number
714/680-3500).

         Day Runner, Filofax, PRO Business System,  Timeposters and Wipe-Out are
registered  trademarks of Day Runner,  Inc. Business  Manager,  Cubicle Manager,
Everything  in One Place,  FactCentre,  4-1-1,  Home Manager,  Message  Manager,
Microfile, org.board, Perennials and Phone Manager are trademarks of Day Runner,
Inc. DILBERT is a trademark of United Feature Syndicate,  Inc. THE FAR SIDE is a
registered  trademark of FarWorks,  Inc. LOONEY TUNES characters,  names and all
related  indicia are  trademarks  of Warner  Bros.  Star Wars is a trademark  of
Lucasfilm  Ltd. All other  trademarks  remain the  property of their  respective
companies.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

         Day  Runner  sells  broad-based   organizing  products  through  retail
distribution channels.

         North America. Key elements of the Company's strategy for North America
include:  leveraging its brand names and distribution strength to maximize sales
of existing products,  to extend those product lines and to introduce new lines;
conducting major marketing initiatives;  and building distribution in additional
channels,   including   the  Web  sites  of   brick-and-mortar   retailers   and
cyber-retailers.

         Outside  North  America.  Key  elements of the  Company's  strategy for
markets  outside  North  America  include:  further  segmenting  the  market for
organizers  and  planners;   entering  related  organizing  product  categories;
building  sales through the emerging mass market  channel of  distribution;  and
building a second busy season in the back-to-school  time frame in markets where
such an opportunity exists.

         E-Commerce.  The Company  believes many of its products are well suited
for online sale via the Company's own Web site,  those of its current  retailers
and, ultimately, those of cyber-retailers.

ACQUISITIONS

         Fiscal 1999. In October  1998,  Day Runner  acquired  Filofax Group plc
("Filofax"),  a UK-based company traded on the London Stock Exchange. Filofax is
a manufacturer and supplier of stationery products, including Filofax, Lefax and
Microfile brand organizers,  with sales primarily through retail channels. For a
number of years,  Filofax has been the leader in developing,  manufacturing  and
marketing  paper-based  organizers  for the UK retail market and has had a solid
presence in a number of other key international markets. In addition to its core
organizer business, Filofax markets business forms and high-end pens.

         With the Filofax acquisition,  Day Runner  substantially  increased its
presence in  international  markets.  Filofax's  sales for its fiscal year ended
March 31, 1998 were  approximately  $63.3  million,  with 86%, or  approximately
$54.6  million,  to markets  outside  the U.S.  At the time of the  acquisition,
Filofax  had wholly  owned sales  subsidiaries  in France,  Germany,  Hong Kong,
Scandinavia, the UK and the U.S.

         Fiscal  1998.  Day  Runner  acquired  Ultima  Distribution,  Inc.,  its
Toronto-based Canadian distributor based in Toronto; Ram Manufacturing,  Inc., a
developer,  manufacturer  and marketer of wall boards,  headquartered  in Little
Rock,   Arkansas;   and   Timeposters(R),   Inc.,  a  Toronto-based   developer,
manufacturer  and  marketer of planning  and  presentation  products,  including
laminated wall planners. These three small companies were acquired in July 1997,
October 1997 and February  1998,  respectively.  The Company has since  combined
Timeposters' manufacturing and distribution with Ultima's operations and renamed
that subsidiary Day Runner Canada Inc.



<PAGE>




SEEKING STRATEGIC ALTERNATIVES

         In July 1999,  Day Runner  announced  that its Board of  Directors  had
decided unanimously to seek possible strategic  alternatives,  which may include
new equity partners,  joint ventures, asset sales, additional financing and/or a
potential sale of the Company.  Day Runner has retained the  investment  banking
firm Wasserstein  Perella & Co. to act as advisers in this process.  The Company
has not made a decision as to any  specific  strategic  alternatives,  and there
cannot be any assurance that a transaction will result from this process.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

         The  Company's  roots are in  paper-based  organizers  and planners and
their refills,  and  approximately  73% of the Company's  fiscal 1999 sales were
generated by this core business.  In the past five years,  however,  the Company
has diversified its product lines and now markets a number of related organizing
products that help people become better organized in a variety of ways.

                  Paper-based  Organizers.  Awareness of the  organizer  product
                  category is  widespread,  and the  usefulness of organizers is
                  well recognized.  (Because the distinctions between organizers
                  and  planners  have become  blurred,  except  where  otherwise
                  specified,  the  terms  "organizer"  and  "planner"  are  used
                  interchangeably  in this report.)  Paper-based  organizers and
                  their  refills are sold both  through a wide variety of retail
                  channels  and  directly  to  organizations   and  individuals.
                  Retailers   selling   organizers   include:   office  products
                  superstores,  wholesalers and dealers;  mass retailers;  book,
                  department,  gift,  leather and luggage and stationery stores;
                  and other specialty retailers.

                  Related Organizing Products. Product categories Day Runner has
                  entered  include,  among  others:   telephone/address   books;
                  appointment  books;  assignment books;  business  accessories;
                  organizing and other wall boards; laminated wall planners; and
                  other planning and presentation products.

                  The Company  groups all these products under the umbrella term
                  "related  organizing  products."  Some of these  products  are
                  office supplies,  and some are school  supplies.  Others share
                  features and functions with office and/or school  supplies but
                  are intended for use in the home. These products are generally
                  marketed through the same channels as organizers.

         Market  Potential.  The Company  believes that the appeal of organizers
and other  organizing  products  is  attributable  to a number of  economic  and
cultural trends that have substantially  affected the United States and that are
having an increasing impact on a number of other markets around the world. These
trends  include:  the  increased  percentage  of women in the work force and the
resulting prevalence of two-income families;  the increased percentage of single
parent families; the continuing trend toward corporate downsizing; the growth of
the small business sector;  the rising percentage of business done away from the
office;  the greater  emphasis on  productivity;  the ongoing shift to a service
economy;  and  the  trend  toward  global  competition.  Many  of  these  trends
contribute  to  widespread  concerns  with  saving  and  better  using  time and
increasing personal productivity.

         The Company's products address these concerns. The Company targets both
potential  first-time organizer users and existing users who may need refills or
replacements  for  their  organizers.  The  Company's  expansion  into  related,
non-organizer  products  that  provide  other ways for  people to become  better
organized  offers the Company an opportunity to reach  consumers that do not use
an  organizer  and to  market  additional  products  to  consumers  who do.  The
Company's  goal is to offer  one or more  products  that  appeal to and meet the
organizing needs of virtually every consumer,  no matter what that  individual's
income, occupation or age, in the U.S. and in key markets around the world.

         Industries  Marketing  Similar or  Substitute  Products.  Day  Runner's
products  have  features,  functions or  components in common with products in a
number of other  industries.  The Company's  market overlaps to a limited extent
that of companies  marketing products and services designed to improve group and
individual   productivity  and  to  upgrade   management  skills.  In  addition,
electronic  organizers,  PIM  software  and  Internet-resident   organizers  are
designed to fill many of the same needs  addressed  by  paper-based  organizers,
although virtually all PIM software products provide for paper-based output, and
a number of such  products  allow users to print out pages in sizes that fit the
Company's organizers. (See Item 1. "Business - Competition.")

          Supply  Chain   Management.   The   Company's   primary   channels  of
distribution  are office  products and the mass market.  As part of their supply
chain management, retailers in these channels have been substantially tightening
their inventories, with the goals of reducing on-hand inventories and increasing
inventory  turns.  Retailers'  methods  of  accomplishing  these  goals vary but
generally can include the following,  among others: selling down inventory until
they reach their new, lower target levels;  giving  promotions a shorter time on
the shelf to sell through to consumers and returning  other  merchandise  they
might  otherwise have ultimately  sold.  This inventory  tightening may manifest
itself in a number of ways that can reduce the Company's  sales and increase its
costs,  including but not limited to, retailers'  reductions of on-hand supplies
of the Company's  products;  retailers'  reduction of everyday  selection of the
Company's  products;  accelerated  and  increased  product  returns;  unexpected
cancellations  of commitment for product;  and reductions in minimum and average
order quantities,  with potentially related increases in the frequency of orders
and the Company's associated costs of distribution.

PRODUCTS

         Day  Runner's  products  are designed to help people of all ages and in
all walks of life become  better  organized.  The Company  aims its  products at
various  segments  of a  broad-based  consumer  audience.  The  goal is to offer
consumers in each target  market the  perception  of broad choice and good value
for the money and a variety of organizing products that meet their needs.

         The Company's products include:

              o   Multiple lines of paper-based organizers and planners.

              o   Refills, which include calendars, other pages and accessories.

              o   Related organizing products.

         Organizers  and  planners.  The Company's  organizers  and planners are
available in varying systems, sizes, styles, cover materials and colors and at a
wide range of prices.  These loose-leaf and spiral-bound "books" help users keep
"Everything  in One  Place(TM)."  For  example,  in addition to the  traditional
planner components of appointment calendar,  telephone/address  section and note
pad, Day Runner System  organizers  include,  among other  things,  interrelated
pages for managing time and information,  tracking expenses,  establishing goals
and planning  projects.  Certain of the  Company's  organizers  and planners are
available in a number of languages  in addition to English,  including:  Danish,
French, German, Italian and Swedish.

         Refills. The great majority of the Company's  organizers,  planners and
telephone/address  books and  certain of its  related  organizing  products  are
refillable.  Users may customize  their  loose-leaf  organizers  and planners by
choosing from a variety of additional  pages and  accessories.  Day Runner brand
refills  range  from  Mileage  Record,  Strategy  and  Things  To  Do  pages  to
Currency/Checkbook  Insert and a solar powered  Calculator/Ruler.  Filofax brand
refills  include  such pages as  Shopping  List and  Meetings  Planner  and such
accessories as Diskette Holders and a variety of maps.

         Related Organizing Products.  The Company's related organizing products
include, among others:  telephone/address books; appointment books; products for
students ranging from elementary  school through college;  business  accessories
such as travel  document  holders and business card files;  organizing and other
wall  boards,  such as the  patented  Home  Manager(TM),  Business  Manager(TM),
org.board(TM)   and  a   variety   of   bulletin   boards,   combination   white
boards/bulletin  boards and laminated wall planners; and PC software designed to
complement the Company's paper-based organizers and planners.

         The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,  approximate
Day Runner sales by product category and as a percentage of total sales.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   FISCAL                 FISCAL                   FISCAL
          PRODUCTS                  1999                   1998                     1997
          --------            -----------------     -------------------     ------------------
(Unaudited; dollars in thousands)

<S>                           <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Organizers and planners ...   $ 80,092     40.8%    $ 83,069     49.5%       $ 73,858     58.0%
Refills ...................     63,596     32.4       51,876     30.9          43,264     34.0
Related organizing products     52,524     26.8       32,896     19.6          10,254      8.0
                                ------     ----       ------     ----          ------      ---
               Total.......   $196,212    100.0%    $167,841    100.0%       $127,376    100.0%
                              ========    =====     ========    =====        ========    =====
</TABLE>

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

         Day Runner's  product  development  programs  emphasize (i) identifying
unmet consumer needs and developing  organizing products to meet those needs and
(ii) extending the Company's  existing product lines. All the Company's  current
major product lines have been  developed  internally by the parent company or by
one of the companies Day Runner has acquired.

         The Company  monitors its existing  products for  continued  viability,
needed  enhancements,  improvements in quality and potential reductions in cost.
In fiscal  1999,  the  Company  made the  decision to  discontinue  non-licensed
appointment  books, a seasonal  product line that proved  unprofitable,  and Day
Runner will therefore not be offering this product line in fiscal 2000.

         The Company's  product  lines reflect its focus on market  segmentation
and consumer needs. Here are examples:

         Expansion of Day Runner System  Organizer Line.  Since the introduction
of the first Day Runner System  organizer in 1982,  the Company has  transformed
this single  product into a broad line and has  introduced  multiple  additional
organizer  lines.  The  Company's  organizers  are now available in a variety of
sizes, styles and materials, designed to appeal to a broad spectrum of consumers
and at a wide range of prices.

         Products for Cost-conscious Consumers. In 1991, as part of its strategy
of offering products aimed at cost-conscious  consumers,  the Company introduced
the   FactCentre(TM)   line,  which  now  includes   organizers,   planners  and
telephone/address books.

         Products for Business and  Professional  People.  In 1993,  the Company
introduced  the PRO  Business  System(R)  organizer,  aimed at people  seeking a
sophisticated  but  easy-to-use  organizing  system  designed  specifically  for
business and  professional  use. In fiscal 1997,  Day Runner  launched a line of
business  accessories,  including travel document holders,  business card cases,
business card files and pad holders.

         Products for Students.  In 1994,  Day Runner began  shipping  4-1-1(TM)
Student  Planners,  a line  aimed at middle  school,  high  school  and  college
students and marketed  primarily  for sales during the  back-to-school  consumer
buying  season.  The 4-1-1 line is updated and refreshed  each year to keep pace
with the  changing  tastes of its  target  market  and  became  the first in the
Company's range of organizing products designed especially for young people.

         Simple  Organizing  Tools.  In fiscal 1995, the Company began to expand
into related organizing product categories,  adding  telephone/address  books to
its Day Runner and FactCentre lines.

         Products   for   Women.   In  fiscal   1995,   the   Company   launched
Perennials(TM), a line of organizers, planners and telephone/address books aimed
primarily at young women shopping at mass merchants. In fiscal 1997, the Company
introduced  the patented  Home  Manager,  a unique  product that builds upon the
American  family's  habit  of using  the  refrigerator  door as a  communication
center.  The Home  Manager  combines a dry-erase  board,  bulletin  board strip,
Post-it(R)  notes in a holder  and a dated,  monthly  calendar  and  mounts on a
refrigerator via heavy-duty magnetic backing or on a wall with hooks.

         Licensed  Products.  The  Company  develops,  manufactures  and markets
products  under  licenses from United  Feature  Syndicate,  Inc.  (DILBERT(TM)),
FarWorks,   Inc.  (THE  FAR  SIDE(R)),   Warner  Bros.   (LOONEY  TUNES(TM)  and
X-Toons(TM))  and Lucasfilm  Ltd.  (Star  Wars(TM)).  In fiscal 1996, Day Runner
launched a line of planners and  telephone/address  books featuring Warner Bros.
Looney Tunes cartoon characters.  In fiscal 1997, the Company introduced THE FAR
SIDE organizers featuring the classic cartoons created by Gary Larson. In fiscal
1998, the Company  launched  X-Toons,  student  products  featuring Warner Bros.
characters  engaged in extreme  sports and  designed to appeal to  middle-school
boys and a line of  DILBERT  organizers,  refills,  telephone/address  books and
pocket  calendars.  In fiscal 1999,  the Company  introduced a line of Star Wars
student planners, assignment books, telephone/address books and wall boards.

         Acquired Products. Since acquiring Ram Manufacturing and Timeposters in
fiscal 1998,  the Company has refined and further  developed  the wall board and
laminated  wall planner  product  lines it gained  through the purchase of these
companies.  These  lines  are  marketed  under  the  Day  Runner  brand  and the
Wipe-Out(R) and Timeposters sub-brands. Since acquiring Filofax in October 1998,
the  Company has  expanded  product  development  activities  for Filofax  brand
products and for Day Runner brand products intended for foreign markets.

         Continuing Product Innovation.  Ongoing development of new products and
line extensions  continues to be an important element of the Company's strategy.
Since its introduction in fiscal 1997, Day Runner has expanded Home Manager into
a broad line of organizing wall boards that includes Business  Manager,  Cubicle
Manager(TM),  Message  Manager(TM),  a Looney  Tunes  organizing  wall board for
children and Phone  Manager(TM).  The Company has  augmented  its product  lines
aimed  specifically  at women  with the  fiscal  1999  introduction  of  Regency
organizers,  planners and  telephone/address  books.  Recently,  the Company has
launched a new, higher-end line of Filofax refills.

SALES AND DISTRIBUTION

         The vast majority of Day Runner's  sales are to resellers,  with direct
sales to organizations and to individuals accounting for a very small portion of
sales.  The Company markets its products to its customers in the U.S.  primarily
through  its  own  sales  force  and  makes  selective  use  of   manufacturers'
representatives  and the Internet.  The Company markets its products outside the
U.S.  primarily  through its  subsidiaries and secondarily  through  independent
distributors.

         During fiscal 1998 and 1999, the Company sold products to approximately
700 and 6,000 different customers,  respectively,  with the increase from fiscal
1998  to  1999  attributable  primarily  to  the  Filofax  acquisition  and  the
non-consolidated  nature of Filofax's  distribution channels. The only customers
accounting  for 10% or more of the  Company's  fiscal  1999 sales were  Wal-Mart
Stores,  Inc., including Sam's Clubs;  OfficeMax,  Inc.; Office Depot, Inc.; and
Staples,  Inc.,  including  their  affiliates.  These  customers  accounted  for
approximately  25%,  13%,  11% and 11%,  respectively,  of  fiscal  1999  sales.
Including their affiliates,  the top five customers of the Company accounted for
an aggregate of approximately 64% of fiscal 1999 sales.

         The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,  approximate
Day Runner sales by distribution channel and as a percentage of total sales.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   FISCAL                 FISCAL                   FISCAL
    DISTRIBUTION CHANNEL            1999                   1998                     1997
    --------------------     ------------------     -------------------     --------------------
(Unaudited; dollars in thousands)

<S>                          <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
Office products channel.     $  68,839   35.1%      $ 79,303     47.2%       $ 59,416      46.7%
Mass market.............        69,899   35.6         65,752     39.2          53,785      42.2
Foreign customers.......        45,987   23.4         12,182      7.3           5,583       4.4
Other channels..........        11,487    5.9         10,604      6.3           8,592       6.7
                                ------    ---         ------      ---           -----       ---
      Total.............      $196,212  100.0%      $167,841    100.0%      $ 127,376     100.0%
                              ========  =====       ========    =====       =========     =====
</TABLE>

                  U.S. Sales and Distribution. The Company's primary channels of
domestic distribution are office products and the mass market, and the Company's
products are carried by more than 22,000 retail outlets  across the country.  In
fiscal  1999,  the  Company  shipped  directly  to  approximately  7,700  retail
locations, to distribution centers serving approximately 14,400 retail locations
and to approximately 100 wholesalers, each of which serves a number of dealers.

     Office  Products  Channel.  Since 1987, Day Runner brand products have been
broadly distributed through the office products channel.

                           Office Products Superstores. Since their emergence in
                           1986, office products  superstores  offering discount
                           prices in a warehouse  atmosphere have become a major
                           force in office products distribution.  The Company's
                           products are carried by all the leading  superstores,
                           including  Office Depot,  Inc.,  OfficeMax,  Inc. and
                           Staples, and sales to these customers account for the
                           bulk  of  the  Company's  sales  in the  U.S.  office
                           products channel.

                           Office Products  Wholesalers.  The Company's products
                           are  distributed  by  a  number  of  office  products
                           wholesalers,   including  national   wholesaler  S.P.
                           Richards  Company and all three  regional  wholesaler
                           groups, MMA, NAMD and AMW.

                           Office Products Dealers.  The Company's  products are
                           also distributed  through traditional office products
                           dealers,  which buy directly from  manufacturers  and
                           indirectly  through   wholesalers.   These  customers
                           include   both   storefront   dealers  and   contract
                           stationers  (also known as  commercial  dealers) that
                           specialize  in selling to larger  businesses  through
                           catalogs and their direct sales forces.

                  Mass Market.  Discount chains  addressing the mass market have
                  become an increasingly important factor in the distribution of
                  a wide variety of consumer goods.  The Company's  products are
                  distributed   through  a  number  of  mass  market  retailers,
                  including:  Wal-Mart  and Kmart;  the major  wholesale  clubs,
                  Sam's Clubs and Costco  Companies,  Inc.; a number of discount
                  drug  chains,  including  Rite  Aid  Corp.,  Eckerd  Drug  and
                  American Drug; and a variety of other mass market resellers.

                  Other.  The  Company  also  distributes its  products  through
                  a number of additional channels, including book, department,
                  gift,leather and luggage stores and other specialty retailers,
                  to the U.S.  Government and via the Internet.  The  Company's
                  U.S.  sales of its  Filofax  brand  products are  concentrated
                  in these distribution channels.

          Foreign. The Company's products are marketed internationally primarily
through  its  foreign   subsidiaries   and   secondarily   through   independent
distributors.  The  Company has sales and  marketing  operations  in  Australia,
Canada,  Denmark,  France,  Germany,  Hong  Kong,  Italy,  Sweden and the United
Kingdom.

          Foreign  retailers   carrying  the  company's  products  include  both
traditional,  full-price  retailers  and emerging mass  marketers.  Prior to the
acquisition  of Filofax  Group plc,  which had built  strong  distribution  in a
variety of channels in its home UK market and through  high-end  specialty shops
and department stores in a number of other markets, Day Runner focused its sales
and  distribution   efforts  outside  North  America   primarily  on  developing
distribution through emerging mass merchants in key markets. The Company expects
to continue to serve this broad spectrum of distribution.

MARKETING

         Day  Runner  believes  that  for a  number  of years  its  product  and
merchandising  innovations  have been  instrumental in driving the growth of the
organizer product category at retail.  More recently,  the Company has also been
working  to  increase  the  visibility  of and  expand  demand  for its  related
organizing products.

         Day Runner  markets its products to consumers to increase  awareness of
its brand names and of specific  products,  to  communicate  the benefits of its
products, and to create and reinforce an image that its products enable the user
to  manage   time  and   personal   resources   more   effectively.   Packaging,
merchandising, and promotions are designed to appeal to the consumer shopping in
the retail store. The Company positions itself to retailers as the leader in the
retail organizer market, the primary innovator in the category,  and the logical
source  for well  designed,  good  quality  organizers,  planners,  and  related
organizing  products at a wide range of price  points and  appropriate  for both
broad-based consumer target markets (Day Runner brand) and consumers looking for
a prestige brand (Filofax brand).

         The Company works to protect and  strengthen its Day Runner and Filofax
brand names through consistent positioning, careful placement of new products in
the Company's price matrix, well thought out packaging, and the effective use of
secondary and heritage brands.

         Promotional  Programs.  The Company  offers  promotional  and incentive
programs (1) as part of its introduction of new products,  (2) to build sales at
specific times of year, and (3) to build  awareness,  expand  distribution,  and
increase sales of specific products.

         Advertising  and  Public  Relations.   Day  Runner   participates  with
retailers in co-op advertising and periodically  advertises in certain wholesale
flyers  and in  trade  publications.  Public  relations  campaigns  are  another
important element in the Company's marketing strategy. The Company has from time
to time  conducted  consumer  advertising  campaigns,  primarily in business and
lifestyle magazines, but generally does very little consumer advertising.

         Sales Support.  The Company  supports its retailers with  point-of-sale
materials  intended  to build  brand name  awareness  and  increase  sales.  The
Company's  displays are designed to be easy for  consumers to shop and for store
personnel to refill.  The Company  supplements its everyday display space of Day
Runner brand products with colorful,  pre-packed corrugated displays designed to
act as marketing  vehicles.  Packaging is intended to help consumers  choose the
right product and make the decision to buy.

          Trade Shows.  The Company  exhibits or is  represented  in a number of
international, national and regional trade shows.

         Market  Research.  The Company  regularly  conducts market research and
tests product concepts and prototypes  through the use of focus groups and other
consumer  research.  In addition,  the Company  maintains a database  containing
information  on users who have mailed in the Welcome  Cards  included in many of
its Day Runner brand products.

         User  Support.  To encourage  its current users to continue to purchase
and recommend its products and their refills,  the Company  provides a toll-free
consumer   hotline  in  the  U.S.  that  consumers  may  call  for  referral  to
conveniently   located  dealers  or  dealers  that  carry  specific  refills  or
accessories,  for customer  service,  to contribute  suggestions and to purchase
products directly from the Company.

         Although Day Runner's products are designed to be intuitive and easy to
use, the Company  provides a free user's guide in each Day Runner System and PRO
Business System organizer.  Each of these booklets illustrates  effective use of
the  system  and  includes  tips  on time  management,  project  management  and
organization.

         dayrunner.com.  In June 1999,  the Company  launched its  substantially
redesigned  Internet  site,  dayrunner.com.  Users may  purchase  certain of the
Company's  products  online via this web site.  The Company  makes  direct sales
primarily as a service to its users and,  except in certain cases,  charges full
suggested retail price plus shipping and handling.
<PAGE>

COMPETITION

         The  product   categories  in  which  the  Company   participates   are
competitive and subject to rapid change.

         The  Company   competes   directly  with  other   companies   marketing
paper-based  organizers  and  planners,  appointment  books,  assignment  books,
business  accessories,  calendars,  wall  boards,  laminated  wall  planners and
similar  organizing  products to consumers  through  retail  channels and on the
Internet and  indirectly  with companies  marketing  such products  through mail
order or via other means.

         The Company's  competitors also include companies marketing substitutes
for paper-based organizer and planner products,  such as electronic  organizers,
including  Palm Pilot and Windows CE products,  among  others,  PIM software and
Internet-resident organizers.

         In addition,  the Company competes  indirectly in the U.S. and directly
in certain foreign markets with companies marketing organizers and/or organizers
coupled with time  management  training via direct sales to  individuals  and to
organizations.

         The companies with which Day Runner  competes vary by product  category
and geography. Each product category is competitive and subject to rapid change,
and  none of the  lists  of  competitors  provided  here is  intended  to be all
inclusive.  The Company's competitors in paper-based organizers in North America
include At-A-Glance(R),  Day-Timer(R),  FranklinCovey(R), Mead School and Office
Products  division of The Mead Corporation and many leather goods  manufacturers
and companies  manufacturing  inexpensive,  non-branded  organizers overseas for
sale in North America.  In September  1999, Mead announced that it had agreed to
acquire the  At-A-Glance  Group from  Cullman  Ventures.  Paper-based  organizer
competitors  outside the U.S.  vary from market to market,  with none  holding a
dominant position in retail channels in multiple markets.

         The Company's  North American  competitors in  telephone/address  books
include  At-A-Glance,  Mead  and a number  of  companies  marketing  inexpensive
imported products. The primary company marketing appointment books and calendars
through  retail  channels  in North  America  is  At-A-Glance.  A number of U.S.
calendar  companies also produce laminated wall planners.  Business  accessories
are marketed in North  America by  Day-Timer,  Hazel(R)  and many leather  goods
manufacturers,  and wall board manufacturers include Boone(R) Boards and Quartet
Manufacturing Company.

         Day Runner believes that the current principal  competitive  factors in
the product  categories in which its  participates  are:  distribution  breadth,
depth and strength;  brand name  recognition;  product  development  capability;
product function,  design,  perceived quality and value;  marketing  capability;
breadth   of   product   lines;    financial   resources;    customer   service;
manufacturing/sourcing  expertise; and price. In the organizer/planner category,
the size and loyalty of a company's  user base is also a key factor.  Although a
number of its competitors have greater financial  resources than Day Runner, the
Company believes that it competes well against its direct competition on most of
the other principal competitive factors.

         The Company  believes that it has a number of  competitive  advantages.
Its products occupy significant  retail shelf space. Its leadership  position in
the retail organizer/planner market, leading brand names, ability to develop new
products,  broad  product  lines,  marketing  expertise,  manufacturing/sourcing
skill,  large user base and the appeal of its products to  consumers  constitute
additional competitive advantages. There can be no assurance,  however, that the
Company  will be able to maintain or  continue to benefit  from its  competitive
advantages or that the competitive  environment will not change to the Company's
detriment.



<PAGE>



MANUFACTURING

         Day  Runner's   manufacturing   strategy   combines   limited  internal
manufacturing with the domestic and foreign subcontracting of product components
and finished products.  The Company's policy is to develop and maintain multiple
sources for key raw materials,  product  components and the finished products it
subcontracts.  The  Company  has the  ability  to act as its own second or third
source for the manufacture of loose-leaf  binders,  for those of its wall boards
that it  subcontracts  and for the final assembly of many of its products.  This
provides a degree of  protection  against  vendor  problems  and,  under certain
conditions,  allows the Company to respond to higher than anticipated demand and
improve  turn-around  time.  The  Company's  manufacturing  activities  are  not
capital-intensive,  and the  manufacture  of most  of its  products  can be only
partially automated. The Company subcontracts all printing.

         Purchased  Components.  In addition to vinyl and leather raw materials,
the Company purchases from suppliers certain major product components, including
printed  pages,  loose-leaf  rings,  pens,  software  disks  containing  its PIM
software,  electronic  components and certain accessories.  With few exceptions,
these items are manufactured by a variety of outside  contractors and are widely
available.

         Day Runner Brand Products.

                  Asian   Suppliers.    The   Company's   Asian   subcontractors
                  manufacture  and assemble a portion of its finished Day Runner
                  brand  products,  including  the great  majority  of its lower
                  priced organizers,  planners and related organizing  products.
                  Day  Runner's  Hong Kong  subsidiary  acts as liaison with the
                  Asian suppliers of the Company's Day Runner brand products.

                  North American Manufacturing.  The flexibility of internal and
                  subcontracted  North American  manufacturing  helps Day Runner
                  meet unexpected demand and produce  "fill-ins" near the end of
                  a  season.  In  addition,   North  American  manufacturing  is
                  cost-effective for certain bulky products, where freight costs
                  are a key concern.

                  Internal  Manufacturing.  Day Runner manufactures a portion of
                  its binders,  assembles a portion of its finished products and
                  does refill  packaging at Day Runner de Mexico,  S.A. de C.V.,
                  its wholly owned manufacturing  subsidiary located in Tijuana.
                  The  Company  manufactures  wall  boards  and  laminated  wall
                  planners  at its  facilities  in  Little  Rock,  Arkansas  and
                  Toronto, Canada.

         Filofax Brand Products.  The Company's Filofax  operations also balance
internal  manufacturing  with  subcontracting  and subcontract the production of
certain product components and finished goods to Asian suppliers.  Manufacturing
in the UK is limited in scope, consisting primarily of binder manufacture,  book
assembly and refill  packaging,  and the Company also  outsources  some assembly
there.

CUSTOMER SERVICE

          Large U.S.  retailers'  focus on  lowering  inventory  and  increasing
inventory turns requires ever improving product  replenishment  through-put time
as measured at the retail shelf. Day Runner  recognizes that customer service is
an  ever-more  vital link  between  itself and its key  customers.  (Note:  This
discussion does not include  distribution  in the U.S. of the Company's  Filofax
products, which is outsourced.)

          Sophisticated,  Flexible  Distribution  Capabilities.  Day  Runner has
developed  sophisticated  distribution and customer service  capabilities in the
U.S.  The  Company's  facilities  have the ability to ship in whatever  form the
customer's logistics require. Day Runner ships directly to the individual retail
locations of a number of its customers and to the distribution centers of others
and participates in cross-docking programs.

          EDI. Day Runner receives more than 90% of domestic orders representing
approximately  85% of domestic  purchase order dollars via EDI (Electronic  Data
Interchange).   Transaction  sets  handled  via  EDI  include  purchase  orders,
acknowledgments,   invoices,  ASNs  (advance  ship  notices),  and  debit/credit
adjustments.

          WMS. Recently,  the Company has implemented WMS (Warehouse  Management
System)  software  in  its  Nashville,   Tennessee  and  Fullerton,   California
distribution   centers.   WMS  controls  a  multitude  of  warehouse  functions,
including, among others: receiving; quality inspection;  package labeling; cross
docking;  material  storage;  order picking;  automated  replenishment;  trailer
loading;  routing;  and inventory  control.  The Company believes WMS will offer
significant  longer term  benefits,  including  higher  productivity,  increased
inventory and shipping accuracy and more efficient facility utilization.

RISK FACTORS

          The Company  believes that risk factors that may cause future  results
to differ  materially from the Company's  expectations  and should be considered
carefully  in  evaluating  the Company  and its  business  include,  but are not
limited to, the following  (which,  with the exception of "Other Risk  Factors,"
are listed in alphabetical  order).  These risk factors are in addition to those
mentioned  elsewhere in this report and in documents  incorporated  by reference
into this report.

          Competition.  The  paper-based  organizer  industry  and  the  various
related  organizing  products  industries in which the Company  participates are
intensely  competitive and subject to rapid change,  with competition for retail
shelf space of particular concern.  The Company competes primarily with a number
of companies that manufacture and market  paper-based  organizers and/or related
organizing  products through retail,  mail order or other direct sales channels.
The Company also competes to a lesser extent with companies that manufacture and
market  substitutes  for  paper-based   organizers  (e.g.,  handheld  electronic
organizers  such  as Palm  Pilot,  Windows  CE  products,  personal  information
management ("PIM") software and  Internet-resident  organizers).  Certain of the
Company's competitors have substantially greater financial, product development,
technical,  manufacturing and marketing resources than the Company. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully in the future
or that  competitive  pressures  will not adversely  affect the Company's  sales
growth or gross or operating margins. (See Item 1. "Business Competition.")

          Customer Concentration. The Company's sales have been, and very likely
will continue to be,  concentrated among a small number of customers.  In fiscal
1999, sales to the Company's top five customers represented approximately 64% of
sales, with sales to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., OfficeMax,  Inc., Office Depot, Inc.
and Staples, Inc., including their affiliates,  representing  approximately 25%,
13%, 11% and 11%, of sales,  respectively.  As a result, the Company's financial
results can be adversely  affected by the business  practices and actions of its
large  customers  in a number of ways,  including  timing and size of orders and
supply chain  management.  The loss of one or more of these customers or a shift
in the demand by, distribution  methods of or pricing to or terms of sale to one
or more of these customers could materially  adversely  affect the Company.  The
Company has no written agreement or other enforceable  understanding with any of
these  customers that relates to future  purchases by such  customers,  and thus
such  purchases  could be  delayed,  reduced  or  discontinued  at any  time.  A
termination  or other  adverse  change in the  Company's  relationship  with, an
adverse  change in the financial  condition  of, or a  significant  reduction in
sales to one or more of its top customers could have a materially adverse effect
on the Company. The write-off of any significant  receivable due from, delays in
payment by or return of product by these customers  could also adversely  impact
the Company. (See Item 1.  "Business -- Sales and Distribution.")

         Dependence on Continued Demand for Paper-based and other Low Technology
Organizing  Products.  The Company's future results depend upon ongoing consumer
demand for paper-based organizing products in general and the Company's products
in  particular.  In  recent  years,  technological  advances  have  led  to  the
proliferation of increasingly  powerful portable laptop and "palmtop"  computers
and handheld electronic  organizers,  such as Palm Pilot. Although many of these
products are currently  significantly  more  expensive and difficult to use than
the Company's comparable paper-based products, technological advances are likely
to improve the ease of use and  functionality and to continue to reduce the cost
of portable electronic products that contain features directly  competitive with
paper-based   organizers  and  planners  and  with  certain  related  organizing
products.  There can be no assurance that consumer  demand for  paper-based  and
other low  technology  products  will not decline or that the Company,  alone or
jointly with technology  companies,  will be able to  successfully  develop in a
timely  manner and market  new  paper-based  or  electronic  products  that will
achieve market acceptance.

         Dependence on Loans. Under the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, the
Company  may  borrow,  subject to certain  conditions,  a maximum  aggregate  of
approximately   $120  million  in  bank  loans.   The  Company's   liquidity  is
significantly dependent upon its continued compliance with this loan agreement's
terms,  including,  among others, payment of interest and principal when due and
maintenance of certain  financial  ratios.  The Company believes that it will be
able to comply  with the terms of the loan  agreement  at least  through  fiscal
2000,  but there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so. (See Item 7.
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources - Bank Loans.")

          Dependence  on Key  Personnel.  The  Company's  success  depends  to a
significant extent upon certain of its officers, the loss of the services of any
of whom could  materially  adversely  affect the  Company.  The  Company  has no
employment  agreements with such persons. (See Item 10. "Directors and Executive
Officers of the Registrant.")

          Litigation.  The Company is a defendant in purported  securities class
action  lawsuits  related  to  allegations   concerning  the  Company's  alleged
misstatement of its financial  results of operations for the first through third
quarters of fiscal 1999. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the
actions and intends to defend them vigorously,  but there can be no assurance as
to the outcome. (See Item 3. "Legal Proceedings.")

         New  Products.  In  order  to  maintain  and  improve  its  competitive
position, the Company must continue to enhance its existing product lines and to
develop and introduce  innovative new products and line extensions that meet the
requirements of its existing and potential users. There can be no assurance that
such products will be developed and introduced in a timely fashion, or that they
will  achieve  market  acceptance  or that the timing and size of orders for new
products will not materially adversely affect the Company's financial results.

         Product Supply and Manufacturing  Risks. The Company depends on outside
foreign and  domestic  sources for the  manufacture  of a portion of its product
components  and finished  products and  subcontracts  the  production of all its
printed materials. The Company's partial reliance on outside vendors subjects it
to the risks of potential delays in the receipt,  or shortfalls in the levels or
quality,  of products or  components  and of possible  increases in its costs of
goods sold caused by, among other things,  increases in vendors'  prices,  trade
tariffs or duties. In addition,  due to the large number of sizes, materials and
styles of the  Company's  products and the inherent  uncertainty  of  predicting
customer demand levels, timing and mix, there is a risk that the Company may not
be able to  fulfill  certain  orders in a timely  fashion,  which may  result in
delayed  shipments  and/or lost business.  Day Runner seeks to reduce certain of
these risks by setting what it believes are  appropriate  safety stock inventory
levels of its most popular products and most frequently used product components,
having  multiple or alternative  supply  sources for key product  components and
possessing the internal  capability to manufacture  and/or  assemble many of its
core products. Nonetheless,  external or internal product or component supply or
manufacturing  delays,  shortfalls  or other  problems or cost  increases  could
adversely  affect the Company's  financial  results.  (See Item 1.  "Business --
Manufacturing.")

         Retailers' Supply Chain Management.  As publicly  announced by a number
of the  retailers  themselves  and many of their  suppliers,  certain large U.S.
retailers,   including  a  number  of  the  Company's  largest  customers,  have
intensified their focus on supply chain  management,  working to shift a greater
portion  of  the  inventory  burden  to  suppliers.  This  trend  increases  the
unpredictability of the Company's financial results.

          As  part  of  their  supply  chain  management,  retailers  have  been
substantially  tightening their inventories,  with the goals of reducing on-hand
inventories and increasing inventory turns.  Retailers' methods of accomplishing
these goals vary but generally can include the following,  among others: selling
down  inventory  until  they  reach  their  new,  lower  target  levels;  giving
promotions  a  shorter  time on the  shelf  to sell  through  to  consumers  and
returning other  merchandise  they might  otherwise have  ultimately  sold. This
inventory tightening may manifest itself in a number of ways that can reduce the
Company's sales and increase its costs, including but not limited to, retailers'
reductions of on-hand supplies of the Company's products;  retailers'  reduction
of everyday  selection of the  Company's  products;  accelerated  and  increased
product  returns;  unexpected  cancellations  of  commitments  for product;  and
reductions in minimum and average order  quantities,  with  potentially  related
increases  in the  frequency  of orders and the  Company's  associated  costs of
distribution.

         In addition,  the stress on minimizing  on-hand  inventories  in retail
stores can result in spotty stock  outages,  particularly  of popular  products,
which can result in lost or delayed sales to consumers. The Company believes the
trend toward  shifting the inventory  burden farther back in the supply chain is
likely to eventually include the vast majority of retail chains both in the U.S.
and abroad.

          Seasonal  Fluctuations.  The Company has historically  experienced and
expects to continue to experience significant seasonal fluctuations in its sales
and other financial  results that it believes have resulted and will continue to
result  primarily from its customers' and users' buying  patterns.  These buying
patterns  have  typically  adversely  affected  orders for the parent  Company's
products in the third quarter and for Filofax's products in the third and fourth
quarters of each fiscal year.

         Although it is  difficult to predict the future  seasonality  of sales,
the Company  believes that future  seasonality  should be influenced at least in
part  by  customer  and  user  buying  patterns   similar  to  those  that  have
historically affected the Company. Quarterly financial results are also affected
by new product  introductions  and line extensions,  the timing of large orders,
changes  in  product  sales  or  customer  mix,  vendor  and  customer  pricing,
production levels,  supply and manufacturing  delays, large customers' inventory
management and general industry and economic conditions.  The seasonality of the
Company's  financial results and the  unpredictability  of the factors affecting
such  seasonality  make the  Company's  quarterly and yearly  financial  results
difficult  to predict  and  subject  to  significant  fluctuation.  (See Item 7.
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations - Quarterly Results.")

         Small  Size.  The  Company   believes  that  the  retail   environment,
particularly  in the U.S. and Canada,  is  increasingly  comprised of very large
retailers and suppliers and that the Company's  relatively  small size magnifies
the effects upon it of shifts in this  environment.  Through its  exploration of
strategic  alternatives,  the  Company is seeking  ways in which to become  less
vulnerable,  whether  through  a  financial  partner,  some  form of  additional
financing,  or in alliance  with or as part of a larger  corporate  entity.  The
Company  believes  that the risks  associated  with its small size will  persist
until and unless it succeeds in reducing this vulnerability. The Company has not
made a decision as to any specific  strategic  alternative,  and there cannot be
any  assurance  that a  transaction  will result from the  Company's  process of
seeking strategic alternatives. (See Item 1.
"Business -- Seeking Strategic Alternatives.")

          Year 2000 Readiness.  The Company is surveying its vendors,  customers
and  others  on whom it relies to  assess  their  state of Year 2000  readiness.
However,  there can be no assurance  that the systems of other  parties on which
the  Company's  systems  rely will also be  compliant  or that any failure to be
compliant in this area by another  party will not have an adverse  effect on the
Company's  systems.  Furthermore,  although  the Company  believes  its internal
systems are Year 2000  compliant,  there can be no guarantee  that any or all of
the  Company's  systems are or will be Year 2000  compliant,  that the  ultimate
costs  required  to address  the Year 2000  issue  will not  exceed the  amounts
indicated  in  this  report  or  that  the  impact  of any  failure  to  achieve
substantial  Year 2000 compliance  will not have a materially  adverse effect on
the Company's  financial  condition.  (See Item 7. "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Year 2000.")

         Other Risk Factors.  Other factors that may cause the Company's  future
performance to differ materially from its current expectations include:  general
economic  conditions,  especially  the  sustainability  of the current  economic
expansion;  the health of the retail  environment;  and  foreign  exchange  rate
fluctuations.



<PAGE>



PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS AND TRADEMARKS

             Day Runner  relies  upon,  among other  things,  a  combination  of
copyright, patent and trademark laws to protect its rights to certain aspects of
its products.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that the steps taken by Day
Runner to protect its proprietary  rights will be adequate to prevent  imitation
of its products or independent development by others of similar products.

         Day Runner  holds  numerous  patents in the United  States and  certain
foreign  countries.  The  Company  also has  several  United  States and foreign
patents  pending.  The patents the Company holds are related to  improvements in
the  structure of and devices  associated  with its  loose-leaf  binders and its
related  organizing  products.  We have also been issued United States copyright
registrations  covering  the text and the  compilation  and  editing  of data in
certain of our products.  Day Runner holds United  States and foreign  trademark
registrations  for a number of trademarks  including  "Day Runner" and "Filofax"
and various logos.

EMPLOYEES

             At  October 1, 1999,  Day  Runner  had 1,620  full-time  employees,
including  178  in  sales;  42 in  marketing;  210  in  executive,  finance  and
administration; 37 in product development; and 1,153 in manufacturing operations
and  distribution.  None of the Company's  employees is  represented  by a labor
union, and the Company has experienced no labor-related work stoppages.

ITEM 2.      PROPERTIES.

             Day  Runner's  principal   operating  facility  is  located  in  an
approximately  221,000  square-foot  building in  Fullerton,  California,  under
leases expiring in 2001. The leases include multiple, successive renewal options
that, if exercised in full,  would extend the lease terms to expire in 2011. The
Company's  corporate  headquarters  occupy  approximately  21,300 square feet in
Irvine,  California under a lease that expires in 2001. The Company's  LaVergne,
Tennessee  distribution  facility occupies an approximately  100,200 square-foot
facility under a lease expiring in 2004. The lease includes multiple, successive
renewal  options  that,  if exercised  in full,  would extend the lease terms to
expire in 2014.  The  Company's  Little Rock,  Arkansas  manufacturing  facility
occupies an approximately  84,000 square-foot facility under a lease expiring in
2002. This lease includes a renewal option that, if exercised,  would extend the
lease term to expire in 2007.  The  Company's  Canadian  subsidiary  occupies an
approximately  40,220  square-foot  facility under a lease expiring in 2008 that
includes  an option to extend the terms  through  2013.  The  Company's  Mexican
subsidiary occupies an approximately  70,000 square-foot  facility under a lease
expiring in 2006 that includes  options to extend the terms  through  2016.  The
Company's U.K. subsidiary's  principal  manufacturing  facility is located in an
approximately  23,300 square-foot  building in Burgess Hill,  England,  which is
owned  by the  Company's  U.K.  subsidiary.  Additionally,  the  Company's  U.K.
subsidiary's  corporate  headquarters occupy  approximately 5,700 square feet in
London,  England  under a lease  expiring in 2003.  The Company  believes it has
sufficient  space in its facilities or will be able to lease additional space on
acceptable terms to meet its needs for the foreseeable future.



<PAGE>



ITEM 3.      LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

          In September 1999, two purported securities class action lawsuits were
filed in the United States  District Court for the Central  District  California
against the Company and certain of its officers and  directors.  The  complaints
allege that the Company  violated  Section 10(b) of the Securities  Exchange Act
and Rule 10b-5 thereunder  through the  misstatement of the Company's  financial
results of operations for the first through third quarters of fiscal 1999. These
alleged   misstatements   purportedly   consisted  of  improper  accounting  for
manufacturing  variances and other costs. The plaintiffs in both actions purport
to represent a class  consisting of all purchasers of the Company's Common Stock
between  October  20,  1998 and August 31,  1999.  The  plaintiffs  are  seeking
unspecified compensatory damages.

         The Company  expects  that these  actions will be  consolidated  into a
single action, that a lead plaintiff will be appointed,  and that a consolidated
amended complaint will be filed. None of these events has yet taken place. There
has been no discovery in any of the actions.  Based on the  allegations  and the
issues raised by the current complaint,  the Company believes it has meritorious
defenses to the actions and intends to defend them vigorously.

         The Company is not a party to any other litigation that, in the opinion
of management,  would reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect
on the Company.

ITEM 4.      SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

             Inapplicable.

                                           PART II

ITEM 5.      MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
             STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

              Day Runner's Common Stock is traded over-the-counter on The Nasdaq
Stock  Market  under the symbol  "DAYR."  The table below shows the high and low
closing sales prices for the Common Stock as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market
for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998. As of October 1, 1999,  there
were 208  recordholders  of the  Company's  Common  Stock  based on  information
provided by the Company's transfer agent.

                                    FISCAL YEAR              FISCAL YEAR
                                      1999                     1998
                                ----------------        -----------------
             QUARTER            HIGH       LOW          HIGH         LOW

             First             $25-6/16  $16-14/16     $19-1/2      $16-1/4
             Second             22-1/2    11-14/16      21-1/16      18
             Third              14-1/16   10-3/8        23-1/16      18-7/16
             Fourth             13-3/16    9-5/8        25-1/4       18-1/8

       The Company has never paid cash  dividends.  It is the present  policy of
the  Company to retain  earnings to finance  the growth and  development  of its
business, and therefore the Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends on
its Common Stock in the foreseeable  future.  Certain financial covenants in the
Company's bank line of credit  agreement  restrict the Company's  ability to pay
cash dividends.

ITEM 6.      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

         The selected  consolidated  statement of operations data for the fiscal
years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997 and the consolidated balance sheet data
at June 30, 1999 and 1998 are derived from,  and are qualified in their entirety
by reference to, the Company's  audited  consolidated  financial  statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report that have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as indicated in their report, which
is also  included  elsewhere in this Annual  Report.  The selected  consolidated
statement of  operations  data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1996 and 1995
and the  consolidated  balance  sheet data at June 30,  1997,  1996 and 1995 are
derived from audited  consolidated  financial statements of the Company that are
not included herein.



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                              FISCAL
                                       1999             1998             1997              1996             1995
                                   ------------    -------------     -------------    -------------     ------------
<S>                                <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>
Net sales......................    $ 196,212        $  167,841       $ 127,376         $  125,126        $  121,801
Cost of goods sold.............      108,087            80,663          60,452             59,920            62,175
                                   ---------        ----------       ---------         ----------        ----------
Gross profit...................       88,125            87,178          66,924             65,206            59,626
                                   ---------        ----------       ---------         ----------        ----------
Operating expenses:
   Selling, marketing and
    distribution...............       62,180            43,193          31,673             29,878            32,154
General and administrative.....       26,445            18,416          14,451             16,376            13,792
    Costs related to activities
     associated with the Filofax
     acquisition...............        1,072
    Costs incurred in pursuing
     acquisitions..............                                          1,451
                                   ---------        ----------       ---------         ----------        ----------
   Total operating expenses....       89,697            61,609          47,575             46,254            45,946
                                   ---------        ----------       ---------         ----------        ----------
(Loss) income from
    operations.................       (1,572)           25,569          19,349             18,952            13,680
Net interest expense (income)..        5,215              (172)         (1,301)              (706)             (161)
                                   ---------        ----------       ---------         ----------        ----------
(Loss) income before (benefit).
    provision for income taxes.       (6,787)           25,741          20,650             19,658            13,841
(Benefit) provision for
    income taxes...............       (2,789)            9,833           8,102              7,840             5,863
                                   ---------        ----------       ---------         ----------        ----------
Net (loss) income..............    $  (3,998)       $   15,908       $  12,548         $   11,818          $  7,978
                                   =========        ==========       =========         ==========          ========
(Loss) earnings per common share:
   Basic.......................    $   (0.34)       $     1.38       $    1.01         $     0.95           $  0.66
                                   ==========       ==========       =========         ==========           =======
   Diluted                         $   (0.34)       $     1.27       $    0.95         $     0.89           $  0.63
                                   ==========       ==========       =========         ==========           =======
Weighted average number of
   common  shares outstanding:
   Basic.......................       11,896            11,533          12,432             12,468            12,176
                                   =========        ==========       =========         ==========        ==========
Diluted........................       11,896            12,523          13,182             13,252            12,748
                                   =========        ==========       =========         ==========         =========
  </TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
   (IN THOUSANDS)

                                                                           JUNE 30,
                                  1999               1998             1997              1996               1995
                              ------------       ------------     ------------      -------------      -------------
<S>                           <C>                 <C>              <C>               <C>                    <C>
Working capital.............  $   70,491          $  57,922        $  50,710         $   51,653             38,260
Total assets................     216,311            101,179           78,880             77,931             63,650
Short-term debt.............       2,077              2,716              452                                   152
Long-term liabilities.......     105,568                                                                        12
Stockholders' equity........      70,397             74,532           59,484             59,498             44,787

</TABLE>


<PAGE>



ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS.

         The following  discussion  should be read in  conjunction  with, and is
qualified in its entirety by, the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and Notes
thereto  included  elsewhere  in this  Annual  Report.  Historical  results  and
percentage   relationships  among  any  amounts  included  in  the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements  are not  necessarily  indicative  of trends in  operating
results for any future period.

OVERVIEW

         Since  the  Company's  introduction  of the  first  Day  Runner  System
organizer in 1982, the Company's revenues have been generated by sales primarily
of  organizers  and planners and  secondarily  of refills.  Since fiscal 1995, a
majority of the Company's  growth has resulted from sales of related  organizing
products.  For a number of years,  the Company focused the great majority of its
product  development,  sales and marketing  efforts on the U.S.  office products
channel and the U.S. mass market channel.  With the October 30, 1998 acquisition
of Filofax, the Company substantially  increased its emphasis on markets outside
the U.S.  The office  products  channel,  the mass  market  channel and sales to
foreign customers accounted for 35.1%, 35.6% and 23.4%, respectively,  of fiscal
1999 net sales.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
          The  following  tables  set  forth,  for the  periods  indicated,  the
percentages  that selected  statement of operations  items bear to sales and the
percentage change in the dollar amounts of such items.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES
                                                               YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                       1999             1998           1997
                                                     ---------       --------       ---------

<S>                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>
Net sales....................................          100.0%         100.0%          100.0%
Cost of goods sold...........................           55.1           48.1            47.5
                                                      ------          -----           -----
Gross profit.................................           44.9           51.9            52.5
                                                      ------          -----           -----
Operating expenses:
   Selling, marketing and distribution.......           31.7           25.7            24.9
   General and administrative................           13.5           11.0            11.3
   Costs related to activities associated with the
    Filofax acquisition......................            0.5
   Costs incurred in pursuing acquisitions...
    1.1
    Total operating expenses.................           45.7           36.7            37.3
                                                      ------          -----           -----
(Loss) income from operations................           (0.8)          15.2            15.2
Net interest expense (income)................            2.6           (0.1)           (1.0)
                                                      ------          -----           -----
(Loss) income before (benefit) provision
    for income taxes.........................           (3.4)          15.3            16.2
(Benefit) provision for income taxes.........           (1.4)           5.8             6.3
                                                      ------          -----           -----
Net (loss) income............................           (2.0)%          9.5 %           9.9%
                                                      ======          =====           =====

</TABLE>


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                 PERCENTAGE CHANGE
                                                        FISCAL 1998                FISCAL 1997
                                                            TO                         TO
                                                        FISCAL 1999                FISCAL 1998
                                                   --------------------      --------------------
<S>                                                       <C>                          <C>
Net sales.........................................        16.9%                        31.8%
Cost of goods sold................................        34.0                         33.4
Gross profit......................................         1.1                         30.3
Operating expenses:
   Selling, marketing and distribution............        44.0                         36.4
   General and administrative.....................        43.6                         27.4
   Costs related to activities associated with the
    Filofax acquisition...........................       100.0
   Costs incurred in pursuing acquisitions........                                   (100.0)
    Total operating expenses......................        45.6                         29.5
(Loss) income from operations.....................      (106.1)                        32.1
Net interest expense (income).....................      3132.0                        (86.8)
(Loss) income before (benefit)
 provision for income taxes.......................      (126.4)                        24.7
(Benefit) provision for income taxes..............      (128.4)                        21.4
Net (loss) income.................................      (125.1)                        26.8

</TABLE>

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 COMPARED WITH  FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

         Net Sales.  Net sales ("sales") consist of revenues from gross product
shipments net of allowances  for returns,  rebates and credits.  In fiscal 1999,
sales  increased by $28,371,000,  or 16.9%,  compared with fiscal 1998 primarily
because of the Filofax  acquisition  but were lower than  anticipated  primarily
because inventory tightening on the part of a number of the Company's large U.S.
customers  constrained the Company's sales and increased product returns.  Sales
were primarily to mass market  customers and  secondarily to the office products
channel.  Sales to the office  products  channel  decreased by  $10,464,000,  or
13.2%;  sales to foreign customers grew by $33,805,000 or 277.5%;  sales to mass
market  customers  grew by  $4,147,000,  or 6.3%;  and  sales  to  miscellaneous
customers  grouped  together as "other,"  grew by  $883,000,  or 8.3%.  Sales of
related organizing  products increased by $19,628,000 or 59.7%; sales of refills
increased  by  $11,720,000,  or 22.6%;  and  sales of  organizers  and  planners
decreased during the year by $2,977,000, or 3.6%.


         Gross Profit.  Gross profit is sales less cost of goods sold,  which is
comprised of materials,  labor, and manufacturing overhead.  Gross profit may be
affected by, among other  things,  product mix,  production  levels,  changes in
vendor and customer  prices and discounts,  sales volume and growth rate,  sales
returns  and  other  allowances,   purchasing  and  manufacturing  efficiencies,
tariffs,  duties,  and inventory carrying costs. Gross profit as a percentage of
sales  decreased  from 51.9% of sales in fiscal 1998 to 44.9% of sales in fiscal
1999 primarily  because of a shift in the Company's Day Runner brand product mix
(including sub-brands) to lower margin products and an increase in the provision
for sales returns based upon recent higher sales returns  experience  (which, in
addition to  lowering  net sales,  adversely  impacted  manufacturing  costs and
variances), both of which the Company believes were largely related to inventory
tightening.

          Operating Expenses. Total operating expenses increased as a percentage
of sales  from 36.7% for fiscal  1998 to 45.7% for  fiscal  1999  because of the
Company's  decreased  ability to absorb  costs as a result of the lower sales of
the parent company operation and because of Filofax's seasonality.  (The Company
had the benefit of only two months of Filofax's  four-month busy season, but had
the  expenses  associated  with six months of its  eight-month  slower  period.)
Excluding the $1,072,000 costs related to activities associated with the Filofax
acquisition, fiscal 1999 operating expenses would have been 45.2% of sales.

          Selling,  marketing and distribution expenses increased by $18,987,000
primarily because of expenses  associated with recently  introduced products and
secondarily  because of the  addition of Filofax's  expenses and  increased as a
percentage of sales from 25.7% to 31.7% due to the expenses  associated with the
recently introduced products.  General and administrative  expenses increased by
$8,029,000 and from 11.0% to 13.5% as a percentage of sales primarily because of
the addition of  Filofax's  expenses and  secondarily  because of the  Company's
inability to absorb higher costs as a result of lower than anticipated sales.

         Net  Interest  Expense.  Because  of  the  increase  in  the  Company's
long-term debt, which was incurred primarily to finance the Filofax acquisition,
net interest  expense for fiscal 1999 was $5,215,000  compared with net interest
income of $172,000 for fiscal 1998.

          Income Taxes.  The Company's  fiscal 1999 effective tax rate was 41.0%
compared with an effective tax rate of 38.2% for fiscal 1998.

         Net (Loss)  Income.  The Company  realized a net loss of  $3,998,000 in
fiscal 1999 compared with a net income of $15,908,000 in fiscal 1998.  Excluding
costs related to activities associated with the Filofax acquisition, fiscal 1999
net loss would have been $2,926,000.

         Earnings  Per  Share.  In  fiscal  1999,  the  Company  repurchased  an
aggregate of 96,000 shares of Common Stock under the Company's stock  repurchase
program.  These  repurchases  reduced the number of shares that would  otherwise
have been used to  calculate  earnings  per share  (see Note 17 to  Consolidated
Financial Statements).

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED WITH FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997

         Net Sales. In fiscal 1998,  sales  increased by $40,465,000,  or 31.8%,
compared  with  fiscal  1997  primarily  because of higher unit sales of related
organizing products. Product sales were primarily to the office products channel
and secondarily to mass market  customers.  Sales to the office products channel
increased  by  $19,887,000,  or 33.5%;  sales to mass market  customers  grew by
$11,967,000, or 22.2%; sales to foreign customers grew by $6,599,000, or 118.2%;
and sales to  miscellaneous  customers  grouped  together  as  "other,"  grew by
$2,012,000,  or  23.4%.  Sales  of  related  organizing  products  increased  by
$22,642,000,  or 220.8%;  sales of organizers and planners  increased during the
year by $9,211,000,  or 12.5%; and sales of refills increased by $8,612,000,  or
19.9%.

         Gross  Profit.  Gross profit as a percentage  of sales  decreased  from
52.5% in fiscal 1997 to 51.9% in fiscal 1998 primarily  because the gross profit
levels of certain of the Company's smaller  operations are lower as a percentage
of sales than those of the parent company.

         Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses increased by $14,034,000,
or  29.5%,  for  fiscal  1998  compared  with  fiscal  1997 but  decreased  as a
percentage of sales from 37.3% to 36.7% primarily because operating expenses for
fiscal 1997 included $1,451,000 of costs incurred in pursuing  acquisitions that
did not come to fruition. No such costs were incurred in fiscal 1998.

         Excluding  the  fiscal  1997  costs  of  pursuing  acquisitions,  total
operating expenses would have grown by $15,485,000, or 33.6%, and increased as a
percentage of sales from 36.2% to 36.7%.

         Primarily  because  of  expenses   associated  with  new  and  recently
introduced products,  selling,  marketing and distribution expenses increased by
$11,520,000  and from  24.9% to 25.7% as a  percentage  of  sales.  General  and
administrative  expenses  increased by  $3,965,000,  but declined  from 11.3% to
11.0% as a percentage  of sales  primarily  because of the  Company's  increased
ability to absorb fixed costs as a result of higher sales.

         Net Interest Income.  Primarily  because of a decrease in the Company's
cash available for short-term investment resulting from the Company's repurchase
of Common  Stock,  net interest  income in fiscal 1998 compared with fiscal 1997
decreased by $1,129,000 and by 0.9% as a percentage of net sales.

         Income  Taxes.  Primarily  as  a  result  of  state  tax  planning  and
secondarily  the continued  growth of the Company's  Hong Kong  subsidiary,  the
Company's  fiscal 1998  effective  tax rate was 38.2%,  compared  with 39.2% for
fiscal 1997.

         Net  Income.  Compared  with  fiscal  1997,  net income for fiscal 1998
increased by $3,360,000,  or 26.8%.  Excluding the fiscal 1997 costs incurred in
pursuing  acquisitions,  fiscal 1998 net income would have grown $2,471,000,  or
18.4%, compared with fiscal 1997.

         Earnings  Per  Share.  In  fiscal  1998,  the  Company  repurchased  an
aggregate of 695,588 shares from certain  officers and directors of the Company.
Separately,  during fiscal 1997,  the Company  repurchased  1,026,200  shares of
Common Stock under the Company's stock  repurchase  program.  These  repurchases
reduced the number of shares that would  otherwise  have been used to  calculate
earnings per share. (See Note 13 to Consolidated Financial Statements).

QUARTERLY RESULTS

         The   following   tables  set  forth   selected   unaudited   quarterly
consolidated  financial  data and the  percentages  such items  represent of net
sales.  The quarterly  consolidated  financial  data reflect,  in the opinion of
management of the Company,  all adjustments (which include only normal recurring
adjustments)  necessary  to present  fairly the results of  operations  for such
periods.  Results of any one or more quarters are not necessarily  indicative of
annual results or continuing trends.


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              QUARTERS ENDED
                                             JUNE 30,                MARCH 31,           DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               1999                    1999                  1998                  1998
                                               ----                    ----                  ----                  ----
                                                               (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                     <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Net sales...........................    $  47,700   100.0%     $  36,216   100.0%     $  64,565   100.0%    $  47,731   100.0%
Gross profit........................       17,700    37.1         16,495    45.5         31,059    48.1        22,871    47.9
Total operating expenses............       24,535    51.4         21,811    60.2         26,429    40.9        16,922    35.4
(Loss) income from operations.......       (6,835)  (14.3)        (5,316)  (14.7)         4,630     7.2         5,949    12.5
Net interest expense ...............        2,056     4.3          1,770     4.9          1,356     2.1            33     0.1
(Loss) income before (benefit)
    provision for income taxes......       (8,891)  (18.6)        (7,086)  (19.6)         3,274     5.2         5,916    12.4
Net (loss) income...................    $  (5,249)  (11.0)%    $  (4,448)  (12.3)%    $   2,030     3.1%     $  3,669     7.7%
(Loss) earnings per common share:
     Basic..........................    $  (0.44)              $   (0.37)             $    0.17               $  0.31
     Diluted........................    $  (0.44)              $   (0.37)             $    0.16               $  0.29
Weighted average number of
   common shares outstanding:
     Basic..........................       11,886                 11,900                 11,883                11,931
     Diluted........................       11,886                 11,900                 12,564                12,656

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              QUARTERS ENDED
                                             JUNE 30,                MARCH 31,           DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               1998                    1998                  1997                  1997
                                               ----                    ----                  ----                  ----
                                                               (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                     <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Net sales...........................    $  50,927   100.0%     $  29,388   100.0%     $  49,388   100.0%    $  38,138   100.0%
Gross profit........................       26,057    51.2         15,253    51.9         25,762    52.2        20,106    52.7
Total operating expenses............       18,392    36.1         13,474    45.8         16,677    33.8        13,066    34.3
Income from operations..............        7,665    15.1          1,779     6.1          9,085    18.4         7,040    18.4
Net interest (income) expense.......         (123)   (0.2)            16     0.1             30     0.1           (95)   (0.3)
Income before provision for
   income taxes.....................        7,788    15.3          1,763     6.0          9,055    18.3         7,135    18.7
Net income..........................    $   4,957     9.7%     $   1,075     3.7%     $   5,524    11.2%     $  4,352    11.4%
Earnings per common share:
     Basic..........................    $   0.42               $    0.09              $    0.49              $   0.38
     Diluted........................    $   0.39               $    0.09              $    0.45              $  0.35
Weighted average number of
   common shares outstanding:
     Basic..........................       11,776                 11,571                 11,273               11,513
     Diluted........................       12,695                 12,520                 12,323               12,511
</TABLE>

SEASONAL FLUCTUATIONS

         The Company  has  historically  experienced  and expects to continue to
experience  significant  seasonal  fluctuations in its sales and other financial
results that it believes  have  resulted and will  continue to result  primarily
from its  customers'  and users'  buying  patterns.  These buying  patterns have
typically  adversely  affected orders for the parent  company's  products in the
third  quarter and for  Filofax's  products in the third and fourth  quarters of
each fiscal year.

         Although it is  difficult to predict the future  seasonality  of sales,
the Company  believes that future  seasonality  should be influenced at least in
part  by  customer  and  user  buying  patterns   similar  to  those  that  have
historically affected the Company. Quarterly financial results are also affected
by new product  introductions  and line extensions,  the timing of large orders,
changes  in  product  sales  or  customer  mix,  vendor  and  customer  pricing,
production levels,  supply and manufacturing  delays, large customers' inventory
management and general industry and economic conditions.  The seasonality of the
Company's  financial results and the  unpredictability  of the factors affecting
such  seasonality  make the  Company's  quarterly and yearly  financial  results
difficult to predict and subject to significant fluctuation.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         General.  The  Company's  cash and cash  equivalents  at June 30,  1999
increased to $9,132,000  from  $2,923,000 at June 30, 1998. In fiscal 1999,  net
cash of $16,580,000 provided by operating activities and $87,640,000 provided by
financing  activities were partially  offset by net cash of $98,513,000  used in
investing activities.

         Of the  $16,580,000  net amount  provided  by the  Company's  operating
activities,  $19,039,000 was provided by the provision for doubtful accounts and
sales returns and other allowances, $10,240,000 was provided by depreciation and
amortization,   $7,432,000  was  provided  by  a  decrease  in  inventories  and
$4,508,000 was provided by an increase in accounts  payable.  These amounts were
partially  offset by an increase of  $15,268,000 in accounts  receivable,  a net
loss of  $3,998,000,  an increase of $3,971,000 in deferred  income tax benefit,
and a decrease of $1,831,000 in accrued expenses.

         Accounts receivable (net) at June 30, 1999 increased by $10,673,000, or
32.8%,  from the amount at June 30, 1998  primarily  due to the  acquisition  of
Filofax.

         Inventories  increased by $4,751,000,  or 12.6%, from the June 30, 1998
amount  primarily  because of the  inventories  of  Filofax,  which the  Company
acquired during fiscal 1999,  which amount was partially offset by a decrease in
inventories at the parent company.

         Of  the  $98,513,000  net  amount  used  in  the  Company's   investing
activities,  $88,017,000 was used to acquire Filofax and $10,495,000 was used to
acquire primarily machinery and equipment and secondarily computer equipment and
software.

         Of the  $87,640,000  net amount  provided  by the  Company's  financing
activities,  $89,924,000 was due to an increase in net borrowings on the line of
credit.  This  amount  was  partially  offset  by  $1,490,000  that  was used to
repurchase  96,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock and $1,200,000 that was
used for the payment of financing fees in connection with the line of credit.

         Bank  Loans.  On  September  23,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into  a
$160,000,000  Revolving Loan Agreement (the "Loan  Agreement")  with Wells Fargo
Bank, National  Association  ("Wells Fargo").  Effective November 24, 1998, this
amount was voluntarily reduced to $145,000,000,  and unamortized  financing fees
of approximately $84,000 were charged to interest expense. The loan facility was
syndicated  with a group of banks in December  1998.  Borrowings  bore  interest
either at floating rates based on the higher of Wells Fargo's prime rate and the
Federal Funds Rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or at fixed
rates  calculated by reference to the interest rates at which Wells Fargo offers
deposits  in U.S.  dollars in amounts  approximately  equal to the amount of the
relevant  loan and for a period  of time  comparable  to the  number of days the
relevant loan remains outstanding, together with a margin. During the year ended
June 30, 1999,  the  weighted-average  interest rate was 6.33%.  During the year
ended June 30,  1999,  under the terms of the Loan  Agreement,  the Company paid
Wells Fargo a financing fee of $1,200,000, $205,000 of which was expensed in the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1999. At June 30, 1999, the Company had  $105,317,000
outstanding  under this Loan  Agreement  and had  outstanding  letters of credit
totaling approximately $218,000.

          On June 29, 1999, the Company  obtained from the banks a waiver of the
fixed charge  coverage ratio and the funded debt ratio covenants for the quarter
ended June 30, 1999. The waiver was  subsequently  extended  through October 15,
1999. On October 12, 1999,  the Company and the banks amended the Loan Agreement
(the  "Amended  and Restated  Loan  Agreement").  The Amended and Restated  Loan
Agreement  converts the entire  outstanding  revolving  loan balance into a term
loan portion of $90,400,000 and a revolving  credit loan portion of $29,600,000.
The term loan  matures on  September  30, 2001,  and the  revolving  credit loan
facility  matures on October 9, 2000. The maturity date of the revolving  credit
loan  facility  will be  automatically  extended  through  September  30,  2001,
provided  that the Company  achieves on September 30, 2000 a minimum  EBITDA,  a
minimum fixed charge  coverage ratio and a maximum senior funded debt ratio,  as
defined in the amended agreement. As a result, unamortized financing fees on the
Loan Agreement of approximately  $955,000 will be charged to interest expense in
October 1999.

          The Amended and Restated  Loan  Agreement is secured by the  Company's
assets and  includes,  among other  things,  financial  covenants  requiring the
maintenance  of a minimum fixed charge  coverage  ratio,  EBITDA,  stockholders'
equity and current  ratio,  and a maximum  senior funded debt coverage ratio and
operating expenses to net sales ratio, as defined in the amended agreement.  The
Amended and  Restated  Loan  Agreement  also  limits,  among other  things,  the
incurrence of liens and other indebtedness, mergers, consolidations, the sale of
assets,  annual capital  expenditures,  advances,  investments  and loans by the
Company  and  its  subsidiaries,   dividends,   stock  repurchases  and  certain
transactions  with affiliates.  It permits up to $10,000,000 of secured debt for
currency hedging purposes and up to $1,500,000 of unsecured overdraft borrowings
for foreign subsidiaries.

         The  outstanding  balances bear  interest at the Company's  election at
either (i) the higher of the Agent Bank's  prime rate or the Federal  Funds Rate
plus 50.00 basis  points,  plus an interest  rate margin  ranging  from 12.50 to
200.00 basis points,  or (ii) the  applicable  eurodollar  rate plus an interest
rate margin  ranging from 112.50 to 300.00 basis points,  depending on the level
of the funded debt ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter.

         Under the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, the Company is obligated
to pay certain fees including an unused  revolving  loan  commitment fee ranging
from 37.50 to 67.50 basis  points which varies with the level of the funded debt
ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter, payable quarterly in arrears; letter of
credit fees ranging from 112.50 to 300.00 basis points which vary with the level
of the  funded  debt  ratio at the time the  letter  of credit  is  issued;  and
amendment and other standard fees which are currently estimated at approximately
$1,500,000.

         Foreign  Currency.  The Company has not incurred  significant  gains or
losses  from  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations.   The  continuing
expansion of the Company's  international  operations could, however,  result in
larger gains or losses as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency  exchange
rates as those  subsidiaries  conduct  business  in whole or in part in  foreign
currencies. The Company's exposure to the impact of interest changes and foreign
currency  fluctuations  has increased as a result of its  acquisition of Filofax
because the acquisition has significantly  expanded the Company's  international
operations and because a portion of the debt incurred to fund the acquisition is
in pounds  Sterling.  The Company entered into a call option with respect to the
purchase of Filofax  shares in the tender  offer to limit the effect of exchange
rate fluctuations.  The Company does not trade in financial instruments nor does
it enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.

         A single currency  called the euro was introduced in certain  countries
in Europe on January 1, 1999, but will not, at least for the foreseeable future,
be introduced in the United Kingdom. The use of a single currency may affect the
ability of Day Runner and other companies to price their products differently in
various  European  markets.  The Company is evaluating  the impact of the single
currency in these markets.

         Adequacy  of  Capital.   The  Company  believes  that  cash  flow  from
operations,  vendor  credit,  its  existing  working  capital  and its  term and
revolving  credit loans will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's  anticipated
cash  requirements  at least through fiscal 2000.  Nonetheless,  the Company may
seek  additional  sources of  capital as  necessary  or  appropriate  to finance
acquisitions  or to  otherwise  finance  the  Company's  growth  or  operations;
however,  there can be no assurance  that such funds if needed will be available
on favorable terms, if at all.

YEAR 2000

          The year  2000  issue  refers to the  inability  of  certain  computer
systems,  as well as certain  hardware and equipment  containing  date-sensitive
data, to recognize  accurately dates commencing on or after January 1, 2000, and
even  possibly  certain  dates in 1999.  This has the  potential  to affect  the
operation of these systems adversely and materially.  The Company has identified
four  phases  in  its  year  2000  compliance  efforts:  discovery;  assessment;
remediation; and applicable testing and verification.  The Company has completed
the discovery and assessment phases for its own systems and applications and has
substantially  completed  the  remediation  phase  for  all its  major  business
systems.   The  Company  expects  the   remediation,   applicable   testing  and
verification  phases to be complete by November 30, 1999.  The Company  believes
that its  modification of existing  software and conversions to new software for
certain  tasks will  prevent the year 2000  transition  from posing  significant
internal operational problems.

          The Company  currently  estimates that total costs related to the year
2000  issue  will  be   approximately   $2,000,000  to   $2,500,000,   of  which
approximately $1,945,000 had been incurred as of June 30, 1999. The Company does
not anticipate that the costs of these  modifications  and  conversions  will be
material to its financial  position or results of operations.  Expenditures will
be expensed or capitalized  as  appropriate.  Although the Company  believes its
internal systems are year 2000 compliant,  there can be no guarantee that any or
all of the  Company's  systems  are or will be year  2000  compliant,  that  the
ultimate  costs  required  to  address  the year 2000  issue will not exceed the
amounts  indicated  above,  or  that  the  impact  of  any  failure  to  achieve
substantial  year 2000 compliance  will not have a materially  adverse effect on
the Company's financial condition.

          The Company has been  surveying  its vendors,  customers and others on
whom it relies to assess  their state of year 2000  readiness.  As of October 1,
1999,  the Company has:  defined Day Runner's year 2000  compliance  definition;
sent year 2000  questionnaires;  advised critical  suppliers and customers as to
Day Runner's year 2000 readiness; and received responses from a large portion of
these  parties.  There can be no  assurance,  however,  that the  systems of any
outside party on which the Company's systems rely will also be compliant or that
any failure to be  compliant  in this area by one or more of these  parties will
not have an adverse effect on the Company's systems.

          Suppliers of Raw Materials, Product Components and Finished Goods. The
Company has been assessing the year 2000 readiness of its significant suppliers.
A large portion have responded that their year 2000 readiness plans are complete
or that they plan to be year 2000 compliant prior to December 31, 1999.

          Potential  Materially  Adverse  Impact and  Contingency  Plans.  The
`         failure of multiple significant suppliers to supply raw materials,
          product components, finished   goods  and  ancillary   goods  for  a
          prolonged  period  could substantially impair the Company's ability to
          ship product to its customers in a timely and reliable manner and
          could, thus, have a materially adverse effect on the Company's
          business. The Company does not have a basis at this time to determine
          whether such a scenario is likely to occur.

          The Company is therefore  continuing to develop  contingency  plans to
cope with potential year 2000 failure on the part of its significant  suppliers.
The contingency  plans include,  where  appropriate,  (1) placing orders for the
receipt of  products  prior to  potential  business  disruptions;  (2)  defining
alternate  sources  for  suppliers  who are  determined  to be at a high risk of
noncompliance or business disruption; and (3) defining manual work processes.

          Suppliers of Other Goods and  Services.  In addition,  the Company has
identified and has been contacting its suppliers of business-critical  goods and
services and has received responses from a large portion of these parties.

          Potential Materially Adverse Impact and Contingency Plans. The failure
          in one or more geographic regions of  third-party systems over which
          the Company has no control  and for which the  Company  has  no  ready
          substitute,  such as, but not limited to, power and telecommunications
          service could make it necessary for the Company to temporarily  close
          facilities in the affected  geographic  areas and have  additional
          materially  adverse  effects on the  Company's  business.  The Company
          is developing appropriate contingency plans for any  business-critical
          supplier  that does not provide an adequate  response to the Company
          concerning its year 2000 readiness on a timely basis and has in place
          a business resumption plan  that  addresses  recovery  from  various
          types  of disasters, including significant interruptions to data flows
          and to distribution capabilities at the Company's major U.S.
          distribution centers.

         The Company has made the  necessary  preparations  for the execution of
         this contingency plan.  However, there can be no assurance that the
         Company will be able to complete its contingency preparations on that
         schedule.


EFFECTS OF INFLATION

                  The Company  believes  that  inflation  has not had a material
effect on its operations.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

          The  primary  risk   inherent  in  the  Company's   market   sensitive
instruments is the risk of loss resulting from interest rate  fluctuations.  The
Company's term and revolving  credit loans bear interest either at the Company's
election at (i) the higher of the Agent Bank's  prime rate or the Federal  Funds
Rate plus 50.00 basis points, plus an interest rate margin ranging from 12.50 to
200.00 basis points,  or (ii) the  applicable  euro dollar rate plus an interest
rate margin  ranging from 112.50 to 300.00 basis points,  depending on the level
of the funded  debt ratio at the end of each  fiscal  quarter.  The table  below
provides information as of June 30, 1999 about the Company's long-term liability
obligations that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including principal
cash flows by scheduled maturity,  weighted-average  interest rate and estimated
fair value.  The  weighted-average  interest rates presented are the rates as of
June 30, 1999 as calculated under the Amended and Restated Loan Agremeent.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                             PRINCIPAL MATURING IN
                                                                                                                   FAIR
                        2000        2001        2002        2003         2004        THEREAFTER         TOTAL      VALUE
                        ----        ----        ----        ----         ----        ----------         -----      -----
                                                        (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                          <C>                                                     <C>         <C>
Term and revolving
  credit loans                               $105,317                                                $105,317    $105,317
Average interest rate                            9.30%

Other debt:
Loan notes            $  2,077                                            $251                        $ 2,328     $ 2,328
Average interest rate     4.80%
</TABLE>


          The  Company's  future  earnings  and cash  flows  relating  to market
sensitive  instruments are primarily  dependent upon prevailing  market interest
rate. Based upon the Company's  borrowing mix as of June 30, 1999, a 1% increase
or decrease in the interest rates would increase or decrease pretax earnings and
cash flow by approximately $1,100,000.

FOREIGN CURRENCY EXPOSURE


         The Company's  reporting  currency is the U.S. dollar, and interest and
principal  payments on its  long-term  debts will be in U.S.  dollars and pounds
Sterling.  A portion of revenues and operating  costs are derived from sales and
operations  outside the United  States and are incurred in a number of different
currencies.  Accordingly,  fluctuations  in currency  exchange  rates may have a
significant  effect on the  Company's  results of  operations  and balance sheet
data. The Company has no significant  exposure from financial  instruments which
would require quantitative disclosure.


ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

          See the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the  Company  and its
subsidiaries included herein and listed in Item 14(a) of this Annual Report.

ITEM 9.      CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
             ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

             Inapplicable.

                                    PART III

ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

         The  information  required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the sections of the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on December 9, 1999, entitled "Election of Directors"
and "Executive Officers," to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

         The  information  required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the sections of the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on December 9, 1999,  entitled "Election of Directors
- -- Compensation of Directors,"  "Executive  Compensation and Other Information,"
"Compensation  Committee  Report on  Executive  Compensation"  and  "Performance
Graph," to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
             MANAGEMENT.

         The  information  required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the section of the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on December 9, 1999, entitled "Common Stock Ownership
of Principal Stockholders and Management," to be filed with the Commission.

ITEM 13.     CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.

         The  information  required by this Item is incorporated by reference to
the sections of the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held on December 9, 1999,  entitled "Election of Directors
- --   Compensation   of  Directors"  and  "Certain   Relationships   and  Related
Transactions," to be filed with the Commission.



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                           PART IV

ITEM 14.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS
             ON FORM 8-K.

<S>          <C>                                                                      <C>
(A)          THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS ARE FILED AS PART OF THIS REPORT:

             1.       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                   PAGE

                      Independent Auditors' Report                                         F-1

                      Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 1999 and
                      1998                                                                 F-2

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations for Each of the Three
                      Years in the Period Ended June 30, 1999                              F-3



                      Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for Each
                      of the Three Years in the Period Ended June 30, 1999                 F-4

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Each of the
                      Three Years in the Period Ended June 30, 1999                        F-5

                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                           F-6

             2.       FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

                      Independent Auditors' Report                                         S-1

                      Schedule II  -  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                    S-2

                      Schedules  which are not listed  above  have been  omitted
                      because  they  are  not  applicable  or  the   information
                      required  to be  set  forth  therein  is  included  in the
                      Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

             3.       LIST OF EXHIBITS

                     3.1    Certificate  of  Incorporation   of  the  Registrant,
                            as amended(1)

                     3.2    Bylaws of the Registrant(2)

                    10.1     Amended and Restated 1986 Stock Option Plan, including forms of
                             Stock Option  Agreements and Stock  Purchase  Agreement(3)
                             and  Amendment  Nos.  1(4),  2(5),  3(5) and 4(6)  thereto
                             dated July 17, 1992,  February 28,  1993, May 10, 1993 and
                             May 12, 1994, respectively(7)


<PAGE>




                   10.2     1995 Stock Option  Plan, including forms of Stock Option Agreements(8)
                            and  Amendment  Nos.  1(9),  2(10) and 3(11) thereto dated
                            October 21, 1996,  September  19, 1997 and  September  15,
                            1998, respectively(7)

                   10.3     Employee Stock Purchase Plan(3) and Amendment No. 1 thereto dated
                            July 17, 1992(4)(7)

                   10.4     Day Runner Restated 401(k) Plan effective as of July 1, 1998 and Trust
                            Agreement  effective  as  of  July  1,  1998  between  the
                            Registrant and New York Life Trust Company(7)(12)

                   10.5     Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, including form of Stock
                            Option Agreement(7)(11)

                   10.6     Fiscal 1999 Officer Bonus Plan(7)(12)

                   10.7     Officer   Severance  Plan  effective  as  of
                            February   28,  1993,   including   form  of
                            Employment   Separation   Agreement(13)  and
                            First  Amendment  thereto  effective  as  of
                            August 17, 1998(7)(12)

                   10.8     Credit  Agreement  dated as of  February  1, 1998
                            between the  Registrant and Wells Fargo Bank,
                            National   Association,    including Revolving Line
                            of Credit Note(14)

                   10.9     Triple Net Lease,  as amended,  effective as of
                            March   22,   1991   between   Catellus  Development
                            Corporation  and the Registrant and  as  amended
                            by  Lease Amendment dated June 29, 1992(15)

                   10.10    Triple Net Lease dated July 28, 1992 between
                            Catellus  Development  Corporation  and  the
                            Registrant(13)

                   10.11    Koll Business Center Lease dated September 7, 1994 between the
                            Registrant  and Koll Alton Plaza and Aetna Life Insurance Co.(16)

                   10.12    Standard Commercial Lease Agreement dated as of July 31, 1996
                            between System Realty Nine, Inc. and the Registrant(16)

                   10.13    Standard  Commercial  Lease Agreement dated
                            as of October 1, 1997 between RDC Sales and
                            the Registrant(12)

                   10.14    Standard Commercial Lease Agreement dated as of May 11, 1998
                            between  GPM Real  Property  Ltd.  And Endow Inc.  and the
                            Registrant(12)



<PAGE>



                   10.15     Lease Agreement dated as of April 2, 1999 between Mrs.  Refugio  Victoria
                             Geffroy De Flourie and Mr. David  Bramzon  Stengel and the
                             Registrant

                   10.16     Form of  Warrant dated April 20, 1998 to  purchase
                             shares of the Registrant's  Common Stock issued to
                             certain directors and officers of the Registrant(3)
                             and Schedule of Warrants(7)(12)

                   10.17     Form of Warrant dated August 19, 1997 to purchase shares of the
                             Registrant's  Common Stock  issued to certain  officers of
                             the Company and Schedule of Warrants(7)(18)

                   10.18     Form  of  Stock  Purchase   Agreement  dated August 27, 1997
                             and Schedule of Sellers(18)

                   10.19     Form of  Warrant  dated  April  20,  1998 to
                             purchase shares of the  Registrant's  Common
                             Stock issued to the  non-employee  directors
                             of   the    Company    and    Schedule    of
                             Warrants(7)(12)


                   10.20     First  Amendment  to  Consulting  Agreement  effective  April 22,  1999
                             between  the Registrant and Alan R. Rachlin(7)

                   10.21     Consulting Agreement effective May 22, 1999 between the Registrant
                             and Mr. Alan R. Rachlin(7)

                   10.22     Revolving Loan Agreement dated September 23, 1998 between the
                             Registrant,  Day Runner UK plc, Ultima  Distribution  Inc.
                             and Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  including
                             Revolving Line of Credit Note(20)

                   10.23     Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of
                             September 30, 1999 among the Registrant, Day Runner UK plc,
                             Filofax Limited, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Bank,
                             National Association, including Revolving and Term Loan Notes.


                     21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant

                     23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

                     27.1    Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

(B)      REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

         No  reports  on Form 8-K  were  filed  or  required  to be filed by the
         Registrant  during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30,
         1999.

(C)      EXHIBITS

         See the list of Exhibits  under Item  14(a)3 of this  Annual  Report on
Form 10-K.

(D)      FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

         See the list of  Schedules  under Item 14(a)2 of this Annual  Report on
Form 10-K.

- ------------------------
(1)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form
         10-Q (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on May 15, 1998.
(2)      Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Current Report on Form
         8-K (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on August 5, 1993.
(3)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-1  (Registration  No.  33-45391)  filed with the  Commission  on
         January 30, 1992.
(4)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-8  (Registration  No.  33-53422)  filed with the  Commission  on
         October 15, 1992.
(5)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form
         10-Q (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on August 16, 1993.
(6)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-8  (Registration  No.  33-84036)  filed with the  Commission  on
         September 15, 1994.
(7)      Constitutes a management  contract or compensatory  plan or arrangement
         required  to be  filed as an  exhibit  pursuant  to Item  14(c) of this
         Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(8)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-8  (Registration  No.  33-80819)  filed with the  Commission  on
         December 22, 1995.
(9)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-8  (Registration  No.  333-20247)  filed with the  Commission on
         January 23, 1997.
(10)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-8  (Registration  No.  333-44627)  filed with the  Commission on
         January 21, 1998.
(11)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-8  (Registration  No.  333-69023)  filed with the  Commission on
         December 16, 1998.
(12)     Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
         (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on October 1, 1998.
(13)     Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Annual Report on Form
         10-K (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on March 31, 1993.
(14)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
         10-Q (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on February 17, 1998.
(15)     Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Annual Report on Form
         10-K (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on March 21, 1993.
(16)     Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Transition  Report on
         Form 10-K (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on
         September 27, 1994.
(17)     Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form
         10-K (File No.  0-19835)  filed with the  Commission  on September  27,
         1996.
(18)     Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Annual  Report on Form
         10-K (File No.  0-19835)  filed with the  Commission  on September  29,
         1997.
(19)     Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's  Quarterly Report on Form
         10-Q (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on November 13, 1997.
(20)     Incorporated  by reference to the  Registrant's  Current Report on Form
         8-K (File No. 0-19835) filed with the Commission on September 24, 1998.



<PAGE>




                                          SIGNATURE

                  Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the
City of Irvine, California.

                                                 DAY RUNNER, INC.


                                           By:  /s/ James E. Freeman, Jr.
                                                -------------------------------
                                                   James E. Freeman, Jr.
                                                    Chief Executive Officer

Dated:   October 13, 1999

                  Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

           Signature                                           Title                    Date
           ---------                                           -----                    ----


<S>                                                   <C>                        <C>
    /s/ Mark A. Vidovich                             Chairman of the Board        October 13, 1999
    -------------------------------
       Mark A. Vidovich


     /s/ James E. Freeman, Jr.                       Chief Executive Officer      October 13, 1999
     -------------------------------                (Principal Executive Officer)
        James E. Freeman, Jr.


     /s/ Dennis K. Marquardt                         Executive Vice President,     October 13, 1999
     --------------------------------                Finance & Administration and
        Dennis K. Marquardt                          Chief Financial Officer
                                                     (Principal Financial Officer
                                                     and Accounting Officer)

    /s/ James P.  Higgins                            Director                      October 13, 1999
    ---------------------------------
       James P. Higgins


    /s/ Jill Tate Higgins                            Director                     October 13, 1999
    ----------------------------------
       Jill Tate Higgins




    /s/ Charles Miller                               Director                      October 13, 1999
    -----------------------------------
       Charles Miller


    /s/ Alan R. Rachlin                              Director                       October 13, 1999
    -----------------------------------
       Alan R. Rachlin


    /s/ Boyd I. Willat                               Director                       October 13, 1999
    ------------------------------------
       Boyd I. Willat


   /s/ Felice Willat                                 Director                       October 13, 1999
   -------------------------------------
      Felice Willat


</TABLE>

<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


Day Runner, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Day Runner, Inc.
and  subsidiaries  (the "Company") as of June 30, 1999 and 1998, and the related
consolidated statements of operations,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the three  years in the period  ended  June 30,  1999.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects,  the financial position of Day Runner,  Inc. and subsidiaries
as of June 30, 1999 and 1998, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows  for  each of the  three  years  in the  period  ended  June  30,  1999 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Los Angeles, CA
October 12, 1999
















                                             F-1

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                              DAY RUNNER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                            ASSETS

                                                                                                JUNE 30,
                                                                                          1999             1998
                                                                                       ---------         ---------
Current assets:
<S>                                                                                   <C>              <C>
    Cash and cash equivalents......................................................   $   9,132        $   2,923
    Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful  accounts and sales returns
       and other allowances of $11,481 and $9,942 at
       June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively).......................................      43,215           32,542
    Inventories....................................................................      42,361           37,610
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets......................................       4,506            1,670
    Income taxes receivable........................................................         434            2,606
    Deferred income taxes..........................................................      11,189            7,218
                                                                                      ---------         --------
       Total current assets........................................................     110,837           84,569

Property and equipment, net .......................................................      17,851           11,888
Goodwill and other intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $1,934
    and $108 at June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively)..............................      85,830            3,564
Other assets (net of accumulated amortization of $410 and $60 at June 30, 1999
     and 1998, respectively).......................................................       1,793            1,158
                                                                                      ---------         --------
TOTAL  ............................................................................    $216,311         $101,179
                                                                                       ========         ========

                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
    Lines of credit................................................................                    $   2,716
    Accounts payable...............................................................   $  18,722            9,969
    Accrued expenses...............................................................      19,547           13,962
    Loan notes.....................................................................       2,077
                                                                                      ---------         --------
       Total current liabilities...................................................      40,346           26,647
                                                                                      ---------         --------

Long-term liabilities:
    Line of credit.................................................................     105,317
    Loan notes.....................................................................         251
                                                                                      ---------
       Total long-term liabilities.................................................     105,568
                                                                                      ---------

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock (1,000,000 shares authorized; $0.001 par value; no shares
       issued or outstanding)
    Common stock (29,000,000  shares  authorized;  $0.001 par value;  13,718,524
      shares  issued  and  11,900,736  shares  outstanding  at  June  30,  1999;
      13,677,386
      shares issued and 11,955,598 shares outstanding at June 30, 1998)............          14               14
    Additional paid-in capital.....................................................      21,709           21,813
    Retained earnings..............................................................      61,078           65,076
    Cumulative translation adjustment..............................................         954              102
    Treasury stock - At cost (787,858 and 732,996 shares at June 30, 1999 and
      1998, respectively)..........................................................     (13,358)         (12,473)
                                                                                      ---------         --------
       Total stockholders' equity..................................................      70,397           74,532
                                                                                      ---------         --------
TOTAL  ............................................................................    $216,311         $101,179
                                                                                       ========         ========

                 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

    </TABLE>
                                         F-2

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               DAY RUNNER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)


                                                                        YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                1999            1998            1997
                                                              ---------     ----------        ---------

<S>                                                           <C>            <C>              <C>
Net sales...................................................  $ 196,212      $ 167,841        $ 127,376
Cost of goods sold..........................................    108,087         80,663           60,452
                                                              ---------      ---------        ---------
Gross profit................................................     88,125         87,178           66,924
                                                              ---------      ---------        ---------
Operating expenses:
    Selling, marketing and distribution.....................     62,180         43,193           31,673
    General and administrative..............................     26,445         18,416           14,451
    Costs related to activities associated with the
       Filofax acquisition..................................      1,072
    Costs incurred in pursuing acquisitions.................                                      1,451
                                                              ---------      ---------        ---------
Total operating expenses....................................     89,697         61,609           47,575
                                                              ---------      ---------        ---------
(Loss) income from operations...............................     (1,572)        25,569           19,349
                                                              ---------      ---------        ---------
Interest expense (income):
    Interest income.........................................       (340)          (390)          (1,431)
    Interest expense........................................      5,555            218              130
                                                              ---------      ---------        ---------
Net interest expense (income)...............................      5,215           (172)          (1,301)
                                                              ---------      ---------        ---------
(Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes...     (6,787)        25,741           20,650
(Benefit) provision for income taxes........................     (2,789)         9,833            8,102
                                                              ---------      ---------        ---------
Net (loss) income...........................................  $  (3,998)     $  15,908        $  12,548
                                                              =========      =========        =========

(Loss) earnings per common share:
       Basic................................................  $  (0.34)      $    1.38        $   1.01
                                                              ========       =========        ========
       Diluted..............................................  $  (0.34)      $    1.27        $   0.95
                                                              ========       =========        ========

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:
       Basic................................................     11,896         11,533           12,432
                                                              =========      =========        =========
       Diluted..............................................     11,896         12,523           13,182
                                                              =========      =========        =========




                 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                              F-3
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                              DAY RUNNER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)


                                                                                   ADDITIONAL
                                                          COMMON STOCK              PAID-IN         RETAINED
                                                    SHARES          AMOUNT           CAPITAL        EARNINGS
                                                  -----------   ---------------  ----------------   --------
<S>           <C>                                  <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>
Balance, July 1, 1996.......................       12,609,542      $     12         $  22,863     $   36,620
Treasury stock..............................       (1,026,200)
Exercis  of warrants........................           11,000                              22
Exercise of options.........................          108,316             1               139
Tax benefit of options......................                                              157
Compensation cost associated with
    warrant grant...........................                                               50
Comprehensive income:
   Net income...............................                                                           12,548
   Other comprehensive income -
      foreign currency translation adjustments

Comprehensive income........................
                                                  -----------      --------         ---------      ----------
Balance, June 30, 1997......................       11,702,658            13            23,231          49,168
Treasury stock..............................         (695,588)
Exercise of warrants........................          278,000                          (2,932)
Exercise of options.........................          670,528             1            (3,927)
Tax benefit of options......................                                            5,208
Compensation cost associated with
    warrant grant...........................                                              233
Comprehensive income:
   Net income...............................                                                           15,908
   Other comprehensive income -
      foreign currency translation adjustments
Comprehensive income........................
                                                 ------------      --------         ---------      ----------
Balance, June 30, 1998......................       11,955,598            14            21,813          65,076
Treasury stock..............................          (96,000)
Exercise of options.........................           41,138                            (199)
Tax benefit of options......................                                               20
Compensation cost associated with
    warrant grant...........................                                               75
Comprehensive income:
   Net loss.................................                                                           (3,998)
   Other comprehensive income -
      foreign currency translation adjustments

Comprehensive income........................
                                                  ------------     --------         ---------      ----------
Balance, June 30, 1999......................       11,900,736      $     14         $  21,709      $   61,078
                                                   ==========      ========         =========       ==========
</TABLE>

                                       1
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                       ACCUMULATED
                                                         OTHER                                   TREASURY STOCK
                                                         INCOME            INCOME            SHARES        AMOUNT
                                                   -----------------     --------------     --------     ---------
<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>               <C>             <C>
Balance, July 1, 1996.......................          $     3
Treasury stock..............................                                                (1,026,200)  $(13,541)
Exercise of warrants........................
Exercise of options.........................                                                    40,264        521
Tax benefit of options......................
Compensation cost associated with
    warrant grant...........................
Comprehensive income:
   Net income...............................                             $12,548
   Other comprehensive income -                            89                 89
      foreign currency translation adjustments                           -------
Comprehensive income........................                             $12,637
                                                                         =======
Balance, June 30, 1997......................               92                                  (985,936)  (13,020)
Treasury stock..............................                                                   (695,588)  (11,564)
Exercise of warrants........................                                                    278,000     3,605
Exercise of options.........................                                                    670,528     8,506
Tax benefit of options......................
Compensation cost associated with
    warrant grant...........................
Comprehensive income:
   Net income...............................                             $15,908
   Other comprehensive income -
      foreign currency translation adjustments             10                 10
                                                          ---                ---
Comprehensive income........................                             $15,918
                                                                         =======

Balance, June 30, 1998......................              102                                   (732,996) (12,473)
Treasury stock..............................                                                     (96,000)  (1,490)
Exercise of options.........................                                                      41,138      605
Tax benefit of options......................
Compensation cost associated with
    warrant grant...........................
Comprehensive income:
   Net loss.................................                            $ (3,998)
   Other comprehensive income -
      foreign currency translation adjustments            852                852
                                                          ---                ---
  Comprehensive income........................                          $ (3,146)
                                                                        ========
                                                                                               --------  --------
Balance, June 30, 1999......................             $954                                  (787,858) $(13,358)
                                                         ====                                  ========  ========




</TABLE>






























        See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-4


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>





                              DAY RUNNER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                        YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                1999            1998            1997
                                                              ---------     ----------       ----------

Cash flows from operating activities:
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>              <C>
    Net (loss) income.......................................   $ (3,998)     $ 15,908         $12,548
    Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash
          provided by (used in) operating activities:.......
      Depreciation and amortization.........................     10,240         5,517           3,869
      Provision for doubtful accounts and sales returns
       and other allowances.................................     19,039         9,799          14,264
Loss on disposal of property and equipment..................        199
    Write-off of barter credits.............................                                      200
    Utilization of barter credits...........................                      100
Compensation expense related to issuance of warrants........         75           233              50
    Deferred income tax benefit.............................     (3,971)         (832)         (1,186)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of
     acquisition of businesses:
        Accounts receivable.................................    (15,268)      (17,899)        (15,103)
Inventories  ...............................................      7,432       (11,050)         (3,294)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets...................       (813)          595            (689)
Income taxes receivable.....................................        968         2,087           1,930
        Accounts payable....................................      4,508          (725)            225
Accrued expenses............................................     (1,831)        3,755            (872)
Income taxes payable........................................                     (453)          1,206
                                                               --------      ---------        -------
          Net cash provided by operating activities.........     16,580         7,035          13,148
                                                               --------      --------         -------
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Acquisition of businesses...............................    (88,017)       (4,626)
Acquisition of property and equipment.......................    (10,495)       (7,175)         (4,972)
    Other assets............................................         (1)         (110)              5
                                                               --------      --------        --------
        Net cash used in investing activities...............    (98,513)      (11,911)         (4,967)
                                                               --------      --------         -------

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Net borrowings (repayments) under lines of credit.......     89,924          (338)            452
    Financing fees..........................................     (1,200)
    Repayment under long-term liabilities...................                     (990)
    Repayment under capital lease obligations...............                      (58)            (13)
    Exercise of warrants....................................                      673              22
Exercise of options.........................................        406         4,580             661
    Repurchase of common stock..............................     (1,490)      (11,564)        (13,541)
                                                               --------      --------         -------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.     87,640        (7,697)        (12,419)
                                                               --------      --------         -------

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents        502           (54)             23
                                                               --------       -------         -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........      6,209       (12,627)         (4,215)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year................      2,923        15,550          19,765
                                                               --------      --------         -------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year......................   $  9,132      $  2,923         $15,550
                                                               ========      ========         =======

                   See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                               F-5

<PAGE>







                        DAY RUNNER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         1. THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

         Day Runner, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") develop, manufacture,
and market  paper-based  organizers  for the retail  market.  The  Company  also
develops,  manufactures  and  markets a number of related  organizing  products,
including  telephone/address books, business accessories,  products for students
and  organizing  and other  wallboards.  A substantial  portion of the Company's
sales is to office  products  and mass market  retailers  throughout  the United
States  and to a variety of  retailers  abroad.  The  Company  grants  credit to
substantially all of its customers.

         CONSOLIDATION  - The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the
accounts of the  Company  and its wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  All  significant
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

         USE OF  ESTIMATES  IN THE  PREPARATION  OF  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS - The
preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and the  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         CASH EQUIVALENTS - The Company considers all highly liquid  investments
purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

         CONCENTRATION  OF CREDIT RISK - Financial  instruments that potentially
subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist  principally of cash
equivalents and accounts receivable.

         The  Company  places  its  cash  equivalents  with  various   financial
institutions  and,  by policy,  limits the amount of credit  exposure to any one
financial  institution.  The Company  believes that no  significant  credit risk
exists, as these investments are made with high quality financial institutions.

         In fiscal 1999, sales to four customers accounted for 25%, 13%, 11% and
11% of the  Company's  net  sales.  In  fiscal  1998,  sales  to four  customers
accounted for 28%, 16%, 15% and 14% of the Company's net sales.  In fiscal 1997,
sales to four customers accounted for 25%, 15%, 14% and 11% of the Company's net
sales.

         FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS - The carrying  values of cash and
cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable and accounts  payable  approximate fair
value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

         The  carrying  value of the  Company's  line of credit at June 30, 1999
approximates  fair value.  The fair values were  estimated  by  discounting  the
future  cash flows  using  rates  currently  available  to the  Company for debt
instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities.

         PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT - Property and  equipment  are stated at cost.
Depreciation  is provided for over the estimated  useful lives of the respective
assets, using the straight-line method.  Estimated useful lives range from three
to seven years.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized using the  straight-line
method over the lesser of the estimated  useful life of the asset or the life of
the lease.

         GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE  ASSETS - Goodwill  represents the excess
of the  purchase  price over the fair value of net assets  acquired  in business
combinations  and is  amortized  using the  straight-line  method  over  periods
ranging  from 20 to 35 years.  Other  intangible  assets  consist of trade names
acquired in business  combinations  and are  amortized  using the  straight-line
method over periods ranging from 15 to 40 years.

         OTHER  ASSETS  -  Other  assets   consist  of  financing   fees  and  a
non-competition  agreement.  Financing fees represent fees in connection  with a
loan  agreement  and are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over the
remaining term of the loan agreement (see Note 7). The non-competition agreement
is amortized using the straight-line method over five years.

         IMPAIRMENT  OF  LONG-LIVED  ASSETS - The Company  evaluates  long-lived
assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances  indicate that
the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable.  If the estimated  future
cash  flows  (undiscounted  and  without  interest  charges)  are less  than the
carrying  value, a write-down  would be recorded to reduce the related  carrying
value of the asset to its estimated fair value.

         INCOME TAXES - Income taxes are recognized for (a) the amount of income
taxes payable or refundable for the current  period and (b) deferred  income tax
assets and liabilities for the future tax  consequences of events that have been
recognized in the  Company's  financial  statements  or income tax returns.  The
effects of income  taxes are  measured  based on enacted  tax laws and rates.  A
valuation  allowance is established,  when necessary,  to reduce deferred income
tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

         FOREIGN  CURRENCY  TRANSLATION  - Balance  sheet  accounts  for foreign
operations  are  translated at the exchange rate at the balance sheet date,  and
statement of operations accounts are translated at the weighted-average exchange
rate for the year. Resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated
other  comprehensive  income.  Transaction  gains and losses  included in (loss)
income were not significant during the years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997.

         NET SALES - Revenue  is  recognized  upon  shipment  of  product to the
customer, with allowances for estimated returns, rebates and other allowances.

          NEW ACCOUNTING  PRONOUNCEMENT - In June 1998, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.  SFAS No. 133
is effective for all fiscal  quarters of all fiscal years  beginning  after June
15,  2000,  which  will be  September  30,  2000 for the  Company.  SFAS No. 133
establishes  accounting  and  reporting  standards for  derivative  instruments,
including   certain   derivative   instruments   embedded  in  other  contracts,
collectively  referred to as derivatives,  and for hedging activities.  SFAS No.
133 requires the  recognition of all derivatives as either assets or liabilities
in the statement of financial  position and the measurement of those instruments
at fair value.  The Company  expects  that the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will not
have a  material  impact on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results  of
operations.

         RECLASSIFICATIONS  - Certain  reclassifications  were made to the prior
year financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

2.    ACQUISITIONS

         On October 30,  1998,  the Company  announced  that it had control of a
majority of the outstanding  shares of Filofax Group plc ("Filofax") as a result
of its previously  announced  cash tender offer for Filofax  stock.  The Company
acquired all the remaining  outstanding  shares of Filofax on December 26, 1998.
This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.

         The total  purchase price of  $92,803,000,  which includes costs of the
transaction,  was paid in cash and Loan Notes (see Note 8). The Company borrowed
the cash  portion of this amount  under a loan  agreement  with a group of banks
(see Note 7).

         The  following  table  sets  forth  the  unaudited  proforma  condensed
combined  statements  of  operations  data for the years ended June 30, 1999 and
1998 as if the acquisition had occurred on July 1, 1997 (dollars in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                       1999                   1998
                                                                                    ------------           -----------

<S>                                                                                   <C>                     <C>
       Net sales                                                                      $220,904                $231,190
       (Loss) income before (benefit) provision for income taxes                      $ (4,413)               $ 27,040
       Net (loss) income                                                              $ (2,603)               $ 16,495
       (Loss) earnings per common share:
           Basic                                                                      $  (0.22)               $   1.43
           Diluted                                                                    $  (0.22)               $   1.32
       Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
           Basic                                                                         11,896                 11,533
           Diluted                                                                       11,896                 12,523
</TABLE>

         On  July  29,  1997,   the  Company   purchased  the  stock  of  Ultima
Distribution,  Inc.  ("Ultima"),  which  was the  distributor  of the  Company's
products in Canada,  for approximately  $130,000.  The Company also entered into
non-competition agreements with certain of Ultima's former stockholders.

         On October 1, 1997,  the  Company  purchased  substantially  all of the
operating  assets  of  Ram  Manufacturing,   Inc.  ("Ram"),   an  Arkansas-based
developer,  manufacturer  and marketer of  wallboards.  The  purchase  price was
approximately $2,400,000.  The Company also assumed certain liabilities totaling
approximately $3,000,000.  In addition,  contingent payments may be paid through
December 31, 2000,  based upon Ram's operating  performance  during that period.
The owner of Ram, who now works for the Company,  entered into a non-competition
agreement with the Company.

         On February 1, 1998,  the Company  purchased the stock of  Timeposters,
Inc.  ("Timeposters"),  a  Canadian  developer,  manufacturer  and  marketer  of
planning  and  presentation  products,  including  flexible  planners,  planning
boards,  other wall boards and easels, and entered into certain  non-competition
agreements with the founders, who continue to work for the Company. The purchase
price was approximately $2,546,000. In addition, contingent payments may be paid
through December 31, 1999, based on Timeposters'  operating  performance  during
that period.

3.    INVENTORIES

         Inventories  are  stated  at the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  Cost is
determined  on  the  first-in,  first-out  basis.  Inventories  consist  of  the
following (in thousands):

                                                      JUNE 30,
                                               1999            1998
                                           ----------       ---------

         Raw materials...................  $   12,026       $  14,087
         Work in process.................       2,138             831
         Finished goods..................      28,197          22,692
                                            ----------       ---------
                             Total.......  $   42,361       $  37,610
                                            ==========       =========


4.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
                                                                         JUNE 30,
                                                                    1999            1998
                                                                ----------       ---------

<S>                                                            <C>               <C>
         Displays............................................  $   11,653        $  9,003
         Data processing equipment and software..............      14,697           8,785
         Machinery and equipment.............................      11,915           6,705
         Leasehold improvements..............................       5,106           2,229
         Vehicles............................................         715             250
                                                               ----------       ---------
                             Total...........................      44,086          26,972
         Accumulated depreciation and amortization...........     (26,235)        (15,084)
                                                               ----------       ---------
         Property and equipment - net........................  $   17,851       $  11,888

                                                               ==========       =========
</TABLE>

5.    FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        On September 29, 1998,  the Company  entered into a call option in order
        to limit its foreign  exchange  risk on the purchase of Filofax  shares,
        which were paid for in pounds Sterling.  The Company's  objective was to
        protect  itself  from the risk that the  purchase  price of the  Filofax
        shares would be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates.  During
        the year ended June 30, 1999, the Company expensed $765,000 to operating
        expenses  for the call  option.  At June 30,  1999,  the Company had not
        entered into any additional  foreign currency  instruments.  The Company
        does not  trade in  financial  instruments  nor does it enter  into such
        contracts for speculative purposes.

6.    ACCRUED EXPENSES

        Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             JUNE 30,
                                                                       1999            1998
                                                                     --------        ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>
         Accrued sales and promotion costs....................       $  9,576        $   7,473
         Accrued payroll and related costs....................          5,366            2,955
         Other................................................          4,605            3,534
                                                                     --------        ---------
                             Total............................       $ 19,547        $  13,962

                                                                      ========        =========
</TABLE>

7.    LINES OF CREDIT

         On  September  23,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into  a  $160,000,000
Revolving Loan Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with Wells Fargo Bank,  National
Association  ("Wells  Fargo").  Effective  November  24,  1998,  this amount was
voluntarily  reduced  to  $145,000,000,   and  unamortized   financing  fees  of
approximately  $84,000 were charged to interest  expense.  The loan facility was
syndicated  with a group of banks in December  1998.  Borrowings  bore  interest
either at floating rates based on the higher of Wells Fargo's prime rate and the
Federal Funds Rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or at fixed
rates  calculated by reference to the interest rates at which Wells Fargo offers
deposits  in U.S.  dollars in amounts  approximately  equal to the amount of the
relevant  loan and for a period  of time  comparable  to the  number of days the
relevant loan remains outstanding, together with a margin. During the year ended
June 30, 1999,  the  weighted-average  interest rate was 6.33%.  During the year
ended June 30,  1999,  under the terms of the Loan  Agreement,  the Company paid
Wells Fargo a financing fee of $1,200,000, $205,000 of which was expensed in the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1999. At June 30, 1999, the Company had  $105,317,000
outstanding  under this Loan  Agreement  and had  outstanding  letters of credit
totaling approximately $218,000.

          On June 29, 1999, the Company  obtained from the banks a waiver of the
fixed charge  coverage ratio and the funded debt ratio covenants for the quarter
ended June 30, 1999. The waiver was  subsequently  extended  through October 15,
1999. On October 12, 1999,  the Company and the banks amended the Loan Agreement
(the  "Amended  and Restated  Loan  Agreement").  The Amended and Restated  Loan
Agreement  converts the entire  outstanding  revolving  loan balance into a term
loan portion of $90,400,000 and a revolving  credit loan portion of $29,600,000.
The term loan  matures on  September  30, 2001,  and the  revolving  credit loan
facility  matures on October 9, 2000. The maturity date of the revolving  credit
loan  facility  will be  automatically  extended  through  September  30,  2001,
provided  that the Company  achieves on September 30, 2000 a minimum  EBITDA,  a
minimum fixed charge  coverage ratio and a maximum senior funded debt ratio,  as
defined in the amended agreement. As a result, unamortized financing fees on the
Loan Agreement of approximately  $955,000 will be charged to interest expense in
October 1999.

          The Amended and Restated  Loan  Agreement is secured by the  Company's
assets and  includes,  among other  things,  financial  covenants  requiring the
maintenance  of a minimum fixed charge  coverage  ratio,  EBITDA,  stockholders'
equity and current  ratio,  and a maximum  senior funded debt coverage ratio and
operating expenses to net sales ratio, as defined in the amended agreement.  The
Amended and  Restated  Loan  Agreement  also  limits,  among other  things,  the
incurrence of liens and other indebtedness, mergers, consolidations, the sale of
assets,  annual capital  expenditures,  advances,  investments  and loans by the
Company  and  its  subsidiaries,   dividends,   stock  repurchases  and  certain
transactions  with affiliates.  It permits up to $10,000,000 of secured debt for
currency hedging purposes and up to $1,500,000  unsecured  overdraft  borrowings
for foreign subsidiaries.

         The  outstanding  balances bear  interest at the Company's  election at
either (i) the higher of the Agent Bank's  prime rate or the Federal  Funds Rate
plus 50.00 basis  points,  plus an interest  rate margin  ranging  from 12.50 to
200.00 basis points,  or (ii) the  applicable  eurodollar  rate plus an interest
rate margin  ranging from 112.50 to 300.00 basis points,  depending on the level
of the funded debt ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter.

         Under the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, the Company is obligated
to pay certain fees including an unused  revolving  loan  commitment fee ranging
from 37.50 to 67.50 basis  points which varies with the level of the funded debt
ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter, payable quarterly in arrears; letter of
credit fees ranging from 112.50 to 300.00 basis points which vary with the level
of the  funded  debt  ratio at the time the  letter  of credit  is  issued;  and
amendment and other standard fees which are currently estimated at approximately
$1,500,000.

         The  Company's  Canadian  subsidiary  had a  credit  agreement  with  a
Canadian  bank which  allowed for  borrowings  up to Canadian  $3,000,000,  bore
interest  at the  bank's  prime  rate and was due and  payable  on  demand.  The
borrowings  under this credit agreement were repaid in full on October 22, 1998,
and the Canadian  subsidiary  now borrows funds as a co-borrower  under the Loan
Agreement.


8.    LOAN NOTES

         Loan  Notes in the  amount of  (pound)1,477,000  (US  $2,328,000)  were
issued in connection with the Filofax acquisition,  are unsecured obligations of
the  Company's  U.K.  subsidiary  and bear  interest at LIBOR (5.90% at June 30,
1999) less 1%. Interest on the Loan Notes is paid annually in arrears  beginning
September 30, 1999. The Loan Notes are  redeemable,  in whole or in part, at the
holder's option on each interest payment date.  Unless they have previously been
redeemed, all Loan Notes will be redeemed on September 30, 2003. As of September
30, 1999, (pound)1,318,000 (US $2,077,000) of the Loan Notes had been redeemed.


9.    LEASES

         The Company has five  noncancelable  operating leases for its principal
operating facilities and its corporate  headquarters.  The leases expire through
2006. The leases include  renewal  options that, if exercised,  would extend the
lease terms through 2011, and the leases provide for increases in future minimum
annual rental  payments based on defined  increases in the Consumer Price Index,
subject to certain minimum  increases.  The Company also has entered into leases
for  certain  production,   warehouse,  computer,  and  office  equipment  under
noncancelable operating leases that expire through May 2003.



<PAGE>



         Future minimum lease  payments  under the operating  leases at June 30,
1999 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

      YEARS ENDING JUNE 30,

       2000....................................................   $    5,396
       2001....................................................        4,872
       2002....................................................        2,781
       2003....................................................        1,712
       2004....................................................          868
       Thereafter..............................................        1,634
                                                                  ----------
       Total future minimum lease payments.....................   $   17,263
                                                                  ==========

         Rent expense was  $5,626,000,  $4,025,000  and $3,841,000 for the years
ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.


10.   INCOME TAXES

          The components of (loss) income before (benefit)  provision for income
taxes are as follows (in thousands):
                                                            YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1999          1998          1997
                                                   ----------    ---------   -----------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
          United States.........................   $   (9,704)  $   22,856   $   18,765
          Other.................................        2,917        2,885        1,885
                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
             Total..............................   $   (6,787)  $   25,741   $   20,650
                                                   ===========  ==========   ==========

         The (benefit)  provision for income taxes consists of the following (in
thousands):

                                                            YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                     1999         1998           1997
                                                   ----------   ---------     ---------
        Current:
          Federal...............................    $    (310)   $   8,565    $   7,076
          State.................................           (8)       1,477        1,825
          Foreign...............................        1,500          623          387
                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------
        Total current...........................        1,182       10,665        9,288
                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------
        Deferred:
          Federal...............................       (3,821)        (920)        (961)
          State.................................         (150)          88         (225)
                                                    ----------   ---------    ---------
        Total deferred..........................       (3,971)        (832)      (1,186)
                                                    ----------   ---------    ---------
        Total (benefit) provision
          for income taxes......................    $  (2,789)   $   9,833    $   8,102
                                                    ==========   =========    =========
</TABLE>

         Differences  between the total income tax  (benefit)  provision and the
amount  computed by applying  the  statutory  federal  income tax rate to (loss)
income  before  (benefit)   provision  for  income  taxes  are  as  follows  (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                     1999             1998            1997
                                                   -----------    -----------      -----------
       <S>                                         <C>           <C>                <C>>
        Computed tax expense using the
          statutory federal income tax rate.....    $   (2,375)     $  9,009       $  7,228
        (Decrease) increase in taxes arising
           from:
           State taxes, net of
             federal benefit....................          (102)           769         1,000
          Foreign earnings taxed at other
            than federal statutory rate.........           (79)          (387)         (273)
          Foreign tax credit....................          (347)
          Other.................................           114            442           147
                                                    ----------     ----------      ---------
          Total.................................    $   (2,789)    $    9,833      $   8,102
                                                    ==========     ==========      =========

        Effective income tax rate...............            41%            38%           39%
                                                    ==========     ==========      =========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Total  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  consist  of the
following (in thousands):

                                                                                  JUNE 30,
                                                                         1999                1998
                                                                   ----------------    ----------------

         <S>                                                            <C>              <C>
          Net operating loss carryback/carryforward                  $   3,384
          Allowance for sales returns                                    2,433           $   2,918
          Inventory obsolescence reserve                                 1,988               1,220
          Allowance for doubtful accounts                                1,041               1,074
          State taxes                                                                          615
          Sales programs                                                   827                 608
          Other                                                          1,975               1,368
                                                                       ---------            -------
          Total deferred income tax assets                              11,648               7,803
          Deferred income tax liabilities                                 (459)               (585)
                                                                       ---------            -------
          Total                                                        $  11,189          $   7,218
                                                                       =========          =========
</TABLE>

         Cumulative  undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries for which no
deferred income taxes have been provided approximated  $6,942,000 and $4,153,000
at June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.  The additional income taxes payable on
the  earnings  of foreign  subsidiaries,  if  remitted,  would be offset by U.S.
income tax credits for foreign taxes paid.

11.   EARNINGS PER SHARE

         Basic  earnings  per share are  computed by dividing  net income by the
weighted-average  number  of common  shares  outstanding  for the year.  Diluted
earnings  per  share  are  computed  by  dividing  net  income by the sum of the
weighted-average  number of common  shares  outstanding  for the period plus the
assumed  exercise of all  dilutive  securities.  The  following  reconciles  the
numerator and  denominator of the basic and diluted per share  computations  for
net (loss) income (in thousands, except per share amounts):


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                    YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                      1999                 1998                  1997
                                                   ------------        -------------         -------------

       <S>                                           <C>                   <C>                   <C>
       NET (LOSS) INCOME                           $  (3,998)            $  15,908             $ 12,548
                                                   ===========           =========             ========

       BASIC WEIGHTED-AVERAGE SHARES
         Weighted-average number of
           common shares outstanding                  11,896                11,533               12,432

       Effect of dilutive securities
         Additional shares from the
          Assumed exercise of
          options and warrants                                               3,093                 2,757
         Shares assumed to be repurchased
           under the treasury stock method                                  (2,103)               (2,007)
                                                   ---------              ---------                ------

       DILUTED WEIGHTED-AVERAGE SHARES
         Weighted-average number of
           common shares outstanding and
           common share equivalents                   11,896                12,523                 13,182
                                                   =========             =========                 ======

       (LOSS) EARNINGS PER SHARE:

         Basic                                     $  (0.34)             $   1.38                 $  1.01
                                                   ========              ========                 =======
         Diluted                                   $  (0.34)             $   1.27                 $  0.95
                                                   ========              ========                 =======
</TABLE>

         For the year ended June 30, 1999,  dilutive  securities  equivalent  to
1,160,000  shares are not included as potential  common shares  because they are
antidilutive.  During  the years  ended  June 30,  1998 and 1997,  there were no
antidilutive common share equivalents.

12.   STOCK OPTION PLANS

         Under the Company's  1995 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),  an aggregate
of 1,925,000  shares of common stock is reserved for issuance to key  employees,
including  officers and directors of the Company.  Both incentive  stock options
and  nonstatutory  stock options are authorized for issuance under the Plan. The
terms of the options are determined at the time of grant.  Pursuant to the Plan,
the per share option price of incentive  stock  options may not be less than the
fair  market  value of a share of  common  stock  at the date of  grant,  and no
options may be granted after December 2005. The  outstanding  options  typically
become  exercisable  over a period of five years from the date of  issuance  and
have terms of up to ten years.

         The Company also  authorized the issuance of up to 3,450,000  shares of
the  Company's  common  stock under its Amended and  Restated  1986 Stock Option
Plan. Such options  typically become  exercisable  ratably over a period of five
years from the date of issuance  and have terms of six to ten years.  As of June
30, 1999,  options  covering  2,422,104  shares have been  exercised and options
covering  1,002,646  shares remain  outstanding.  No additional  options will be
granted under this plan.

         During the years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997,  certain  officers
and employees  exercised options to purchase an additional  17,040,  651,414 and
74,300 shares,  respectively,  of the Company's common stock for an aggregate of
$129,000, $4,278,000 and $381,000, respectively (see Note 15).

         In connection with the exercise of  nonstatutory  stock options and the
sale of shares  purchased  pursuant  to  incentive  stock  options,  the Company
realized a reduction  in its current tax  liability  during the years ended June
30,  1999,  1998 and  1997.  This  reduction  totaled  $20,000,  $5,208,000  and
$157,000, respectively, and was credited to additional paid-in capital.

         A summary of option activity is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       WEIGHTED-                      WEIGHTED-
                                                                         AVERAGE                       AVERAGE
                                                        NUMBER OF       EXERCISE       OPTIONS        EXERCISE
                                                         OPTIONS          PRICE      EXERCISABLE        PRICE
                                                         -------          -----      -----------        -----

               <S>                                    <C>                 <C>        <C>             <C>
             Outstanding, July 1, 1996...........      1,732,150         $  6.85
                Granted..........................        465,000           13.00
                Exercised........................        (74,300)           5.13
                Cancelled........................        (31,250)          11.96
                                                    ------------
             Outstanding, June 30, 1997..........      2,091,600            8.20     1,102,314     $    6.90
                Granted..........................        565,000           17.10
                Exercised........................       (651,414)           6.57
                                                    ------------
             Outstanding, June 30, 1998..........      2,005,186           11.24        933,648         8.61
                Granted..........................        444,000           18.94
                Exercised........................        (17,040)           7.55
                Cancelled........................       (116,500)          16.41
                                                    ------------
             Outstanding, June 30, 1999..........      2,315,646           12.48      1,343,933         9.94
                                                    ============
</TABLE>


        At June 30, 1999,  the range of option  prices for shares under  options
        and the weighted average remaining contractual life is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                           OPTIONS OUTSTANDING              OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                                            WEIGHTED-    WEIGHTED-      WEIGHTED-    WEIGHTED-
                                              NUMBER OF      EXERCISE   CONTRACTUAL      NUMBER       EXERCISE
        RANGE OF OPTION EXERCISE PRICE         OPTIONS       PRICE        LIFE         EXERCISABLE      PRICE
        ------------------------------      ------------   --------   ------------     -----------   ---------
                <S>                           <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>              <C>
               $ 5.13 - $8.38                  799,596     $  6.68          4.84         720,408      $  6.50
                 9.75 - 13.00                  594,050       11.89          6.41         376,500        11.53
                16.88 - 20.63                  922,000       17.89          8.59         247,025        17.54
</TABLE>


          The Company  applies  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 25 and
related  interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans.  Accordingly,
no  compensation  cost  has  been  recognized  for  stock  option  awards.   Had
compensation  cost for the Company's stock option plans been determined based on
the fair value at the grant  dates for awards  under  those plans as required by
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,  the Company's net (loss)
income and (loss)  earnings per common and common  equivalent  shares would have
been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                             YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                      1999          1998             1997
                                                                  ----------      ----------     -----------
     <S>                                                         <C>             <C>             <C>
      Net (loss) income:
                  As reported                                     $  (3,998)      $   15,908      $  12,548
                  Pro forma                                       $  (6,694)      $   12,617      $  11,094

      (Loss) earnings per common and common equivalent shares:
           As reported:
               Basic                                              $   (0.34)      $     1.38      $    1.01
               Diluted                                            $   (0.34)      $     1.27      $    0.95

            Pro forma:
                   Basic                                          $   (0.56)      $     1.09      $    0.89
                   Diluted                                        $   (0.56)      $     1.01      $    0.84

</TABLE>

         The fair values of the options  granted  under the plans during  fiscal
1999, 1998 and 1997 were estimated on the date of grant using the  Black-Scholes
option-pricing  model.  The  weighted-average  fair values of the options at the
date of grant were $10.38,  $9.03 and $14.53 during fiscal 1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.  The following weighted-average  assumptions for fiscal 1999, 1998
and 1997,  respectively,  were used:  no dividend  yield;  volatility of 60.00%,
57.21% and 53.28%;  risk-free  interest rates of 5.245%,  5.877% and 6.246%; and
expected option lives of 4.85, 4.74 and 6.05 years. Pro forma  compensation cost
of options  granted under the Employee  Stock Purchase Plan is measured based on
the discount from market value (see Note 14).

         On September 7, 1999,  the Company  issued  options to key employees to
purchase  417,500 shares of the Company's common stock at $9.0625 per share. The
options vest over a period of five years and expire in 2009.


13.   NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN

         In November 1998, the Company authorized a non-employee  director stock
option plan.  The terms of the options are  determined at the time of grant.  No
options  may be granted  after  November  22,  2008.  Options  typically  become
exercisable one year from the date of issuance and have terms up to 10 years.
         During  the year  ended  June 30,  1999,  the  Board of  Directors  and
stockholders  approved the issuance of options to purchase  50,000 shares of the
Company's  common  stock.  Such  options  were granted at a price of $22.125 per
share, vest over a period of one year and expire in November 2008.


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


         A summary of option activity is as follows:
                                                                       WEIGHTED-                      WEIGHTED-
                                                                         AVERAGE                       AVERAGE
                                                        NUMBER OF       EXERCISE       OPTIONS        EXERCISE
                                                         OPTIONS          PRICE      EXERCISABLE        PRICE
                                                         -------          -----      -----------        -----

<S>                                                       <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>
             Granted.............................         50,000         $22.125
                                                    ------------
             Outstanding, June 30, 1999..........         50,000          22.125         25,000        $22.125
                                                    ============
</TABLE>


14.   EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

         During 1992, the Company  adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan under
which 350,000 shares of common stock were  authorized for issuance to employees.
Under the plan,  eligible  employees may purchase,  through  payroll  deductions
withheld  during an  offering  period,  an amount of common  stock not to exceed
approximately 5% of the employee's annual  compensation.  The purchase price per
share is the lower of 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on
the first day of the offering period or on the last day of the offering  period.
There are two offering periods during each year. During the years ended June 30,
1999,  1998 and 1997,  employees  purchased an  aggregate of 24,098,  19,114 and
34,016 shares of common stock for $277,000, $302,000 and $280,000, respectively,
under this plan. These amounts are included in the amounts shown for exercise of
options on the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity (see Note 13).


15.   WARRANTS

         During the years ended June 30, 1998 and 1997,  the Board of  Directors
approved the issuance of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 515,000  shares of
the Company's common stock. Such warrants are exercisable at prices ranging from
$11.781 to $20.625 per share,  vest over periods up to 48 months,  and expire at
various times through April 2008. No warrants were granted during the year ended
June 30, 1999.

         During  the  years  ended  June 30,  1998 and 1997,  certain  directors
exercised warrants to purchase 278,000 and 11,000 shares,  respectively,  of the
Company's  common stock for an aggregate of $673,000 and $22,000,  respectively.
No warrants were exercised during the year ended June 30, 1999.

         Included in the  issuance of  warrants  to purchase  515,000  aggregate
shares of the Company's common stock is a warrant to purchase 50,000 shares that
was issued  during  fiscal  1997 to a director  under the terms of a  consulting
agreement.  Such  issuance  was  accounted  for  under  SFAS No.  123  using the
Black-Scholes  option pricing model, which resulted in the recording of $75,000,
$233,000 and $50,000 in compensation  cost during the years ended June 30, 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively.



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


         A summary of warrant activity is as follows:
                                                                       WEIGHTED-                      WEIGHTED-
                                                                         AVERAGE                       AVERAGE
                                                        NUMBER OF       EXERCISE       OPTIONS        EXERCISE
                                                        WARRANTS          PRICE      EXERCISABLE        PRICE
                                                        --------          -----      -----------        -----
            <S>                                       <C>               <C>          <C>              <C>

             Outstanding, July 1, 1996...........        477,000         $   4.44
                Granted..........................        300,000            11.95
                Exercised........................        (11,000)            2.00
                                                    ------------
             Outstanding, June 30, 1997..........        766,000             7.42       493,082       $   4.91
                Granted..........................        215,000            17.31
                Exercised........................       (278,000)            2.42
                                                    ------------
             Outstanding, June 30, 1998..........        703,000            12.42       482,166          12.20
                Cancelled........................        (30,000)           16.88
                                                    ------------            -----       -------          -----
             Outstanding, June 30, 1999..........        673,000            12.22       548,000          12.32
                                                    ============            =====       =======          =====

</TABLE>

       At June 30, 1999, the range of warrant prices for shares under warrants
and the weighted-average remaining contractual life is as follows:
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>

                                                     WARRANTS OUTSTANDING              WARRANTS EXERCISABLE
                                                           WEIGHTED-    WEIGHTED-                      WEIGHTED-
                                                            AVERAGE      AVERAGE                       AVERAGE
                                             NUMBER OF      EXERCISE   CONTRACTUAL        NUMBER       EXERCISE
        RANGE OF WARRANT EXERCISE PRICE       WARRANTS       PRICE        LIFE         EXERCISABLE      PRICE
        -------------------------------       --------       -----        ----         -----------      -----
                 <S>                         <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>              <C>
                  $6.00 - $9.50                200,000     $  7.81          4.83         200,000      $  7.81
                  11.78 - 12.81                288,000       11.96          5.02         163,000        12.10
                  16.88 - 20.63                185,000       17.38          8.23         185,000        17.38
</TABLE>

16.   STOCK SPLIT

         At a Special  Meeting of the Company's  stockholders  held on March 17,
1998,  the  Company's  stockholders  approved  an  amendment  to  the  Company's
Certificate of  Incorporation  to (i) effect a two-for-one  split of each of the
outstanding  shares of common stock of the Company and (ii)  increase the number
of authorized  shares of all classes of stock of the Company from  15,000,000 to
30,000,000,  consisting of 29,000,000  shares of common stock,  $0.001 par value
per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock,  $0.001 par value per share.
Both actions  were  effective  March 18, 1998.  All share and per share data has
been retroactively restated to reflect the two-for-one stock split.


17.   TREASURY STOCK

          In fiscal 1997,  the Board of Directors  authorized the purchase of up
to 1,200,000 shares of the Company's common stock, which may be used to meet the
Company's common stock requirements for its stock benefit plans. In fiscal 1998,
the Board of Directors  increased  the number of shares of common stock that the
Company is  authorized  to  repurchase  under  this plan by  200,000  shares and
authorized  the purchase of up to 720,000  shares of the Company's  common stock
from  officers and  directors.  During fiscal 1999,  1998 and 1997,  the Company
repurchased  96,000,  695,588 and 1,026,200 shares, at an average per share cost
of $15.53,  $16.63 and $13.20,  respectively.  The 695,588 shares repurchased in
fiscal 1998 were from  officers  and  directors at a per share cost equal to the
closing price of the stock on the day of the  repurchase.  In fiscal 1999,  1998
and 1997,  41,138,  948,528  and  40,264,  respectively,  treasury  shares  were
reissued  upon the  exercise of stock  options and  warrants and the issuance of
common stock under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.


18.   OTHER TRANSACTIONS

         During fiscal 1995 and 1993, the Company entered into barter agreements
whereby it delivered  inventory in exchange for future  advertising  credits and
other  items.  The Company  had  recorded  barter  credits of $15,000 in prepaid
expenses and other current assets at June 30, 1998.  During the years ended June
30, 1999 and 1998, approximately $15,000 and $100,000, respectively, was charged
to expense  for barter  credits  used.  No amounts  were  charged to expense for
barter  credits used during the year ended June 30, 1997.  During the year ended
June 30, 1997,  the Company  charged  $200,000 to operations  for  impairment of
these credits.  No such impairment  losses were charged to operations during the
years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998.


19.   PROFIT-SHARING AND BONUS PLANS

         In January 1991, the Company  established a 401(k)  profit-sharing plan
in which eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their eligible earnings.
The  Company  may  contribute  to the  plan at the  discretion  of the  Board of
Directors,  subject to applicable regulations. In the years ended June 30, 1999,
1998 and 1997,  the Board  elected to  contribute  an amount equal to 25% of the
first 6% of eligible earnings.  Participants vest in the Company's contributions
at a rate of 20%  after  two  years  of plan  participation  and 20%  each  year
thereafter until fully vested.

         During the years  ended June 30,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  the  Company's
matching contributions were $181,000, $156,000 and $133,000, respectively.

         The  Company has an  executive  bonus plan and  incentive  compensation
arrangements  for key  employees  based  on an  earnings  formula.  Compensation
expense  recorded under these plans was $628,000  during the year ended June 30,
1998. No amounts were recorded under these plans during the years ended June 30,
1999 and 1997.


20.   SEGMENT INFORMATION

         The Company's operating segments have similar economic  characteristics
and, as such, the Company has  aggregated  six operating  segments into a single
reportable  segment in conformity with SFAS No. 131,  Disclosures about Segments
of an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information.  The  business  activities  of the
Company's operating segment are the development,  manufacturing and marketing of
paper-based  organizers  for the retail  market.  In addition,  the Company also
develops,  manufactures  and  markets a number of  related  organizing  products
including  telephone/address books, business accessories,  products for students
and organizing and other wallboards.


<PAGE>




         The Company groups its products into three  categories:  organizers and
planners;  their refills, which include calendars,  other pages and accessories;
and related organizing products. The following table sets forth, for the periods
indicated,  approximate Day Runner sales by product category and as a percentage
of total net sales.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   FISCAL                 FISCAL                   FISCAL
          PRODUCTS                  1999                   1998                     1997
          --------            -----------------     -------------------     ------------------
(Unaudited; dollars in thousands)

<S>                                <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Organizers and planners.           $  80,092               $ 83,069                   $ 73,858
Refills.................              63,596                 51,876                     43,264
Related organizing products           52,524                 32,896                     10,254
                                    ---------              --------                   --------
      Total.............           $ 196,212               $167,841                   $127,376
                                    =========              ========                   ========
</TABLE>

21.   OPERATIONS IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES

         The following is a summary of the financial  activity of the Company by
geographical area (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1999
                                   UNITED STATES           EUROPE           OTHER         ELIMINATIONS           TOTAL
                                   -------------           ------           -----         ------------           -----

<S>                                 <C>                  <C>             <C>             <C>                 <C>
Net sales to unaffiliated entities  $  136,603           $  39,173       $   20,436                          $  196,212
Transfers between geographic areas       2,396                                1,670       $  (4,066)
                                    ----------           ---------       ----------       ----------         ----------
Net sales                           $  138,999           $  39,173      $   22,106        $  (4,066)         $  196,212
                                    ==========           =========      ==========        =========          ==========

Income (loss) from operations       $      651           $   3,797       $     852        $  (6,872)         $   (1,572)
                                    ==========           =========       =========        =========          ==========

Long-lived assets                   $   87,144           $ 171,167       $   6,626        $(159,463)         $  105,474
                                    ==========           =========       =========        =========          ==========

                                                                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
                                   UNITED STATES           EUROPE           OTHER         ELIMINATIONS           TOTAL
                                   -------------           ------           -----         ------------           -----

Net sales to unaffiliated entities  $  152,939           $  2,745        $  12,157                            $  167,841
Transfers between geographic areas       2,347                               2,169        $  (4,516)
                                    ----------           --------        ----------       ------------        ----------
Net sales                           $  155,286           $  2,745       $   14,326        $  (4,516)          $  167,841
                                    ==========           ========       ===========       ============        ==========

Income from operations              $   31,883           $     23       $    2,648        $   (8,985)         $   25,569
                                    ==========           ========       ==========        ==========          ==========

Long-lived assets                   $   16,267           $     95       $    3,364        $   (3,117)         $   16,609
                                    ==========           ========       ==========        ==========          ==========


                                                                  YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
                                    UNITED STATES         EUROPE           OTHER         ELIMINATIONS           TOTAL
                                    -------------         ------           -----         ------------           -----

Net sales to unaffiliated entities   $  122,618          $  2,086       $    2,672                             $ 127,376
Transfers between geographic areas          490                              1,621        $   (2,111)
                                     ----------          --------       ----------        ----------           ---------
Net sales                            $  123,108          $  2,086       $    4,293        $   (2,111)          $ 127,376
                                     ==========          ========       ==========        ==========           =========


Income from operations               $   23,927          $     24       $    1,810        $   (6,412)          $  19,349
                                     ==========          ========       ==========        ==========           =========

Long-lived assets                    $    8,688          $    157       $       4         $      (61)          $   8,826
                                     ==========          ========       =========         ==========           =========
</TABLE>



22.   CONTINGENCIES

          In September 1999, two purported securities class action lawsuits were
filed in the United States  District Court for the Central  District  California
against the Company and certain of its officers and  directors.  The  complaints
allege that the Company  violated  Section 10(b) of the Securities  Exchange Act
and Rule 10b-5 thereunder  through the  misstatement of the Company's  financial
results of operations for the first through third quarters of fiscal 1999. These
alleged  misstatements   purportetdly   consisted  of  improper  accounting  for
manufacturing  variances and other costs. The plaintiffs in both actions purport
to represent a class  consisting of all purchasers of the Company's Common Stock
between  October  20,  1998 and August 31,  1999.  The  plaintiffs  are  seeking
unspecified compensatory damages.

         The Company  expects  that these  actions will be  consolidated  into a
single action, that a lead plaintiff will be appointed,  and that a consolidated
amended complaint will be filed. None of these events has yet taken place. There
has been no discovery in any of the actions.  Based on the  allegations  and the
issues raised by the current complaint,  the Company believes it has meritorious
defenses to the actions and intends to defend them vigorously.

         The Company is not a party to any other litigation that, in the opinion
of management,  would reasonably be expected to have a materially adverse effect
on the consolidated financial statements.

23.   SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

      DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION (IN THOUSANDS):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                 1999            1998            1997
                                                             ------------    -----------     -------------
         Cash paid for:
             <S>                                             <C>             <C>               <C>
             Interest.......................                   $  4,944        $     91          $    130
             Income taxes                                      $  1,488        $  8,862          $   6,026
</TABLE>

         During the year  ended  June 30,  1999,  the net cash  expended  by the
Company in its  acquisition of Filofax was used as follows (in  thousands)  (See
Note 2):

         Fair value of assets acquired                           $  (117,203)
         Liabilities assumed                                          29,186
                                                                  -----------
         Cash paid                                               $   (88,017)
                                                                  ===========

         During the year ended June 30, 1998,  the Company  purchased all of the
capital stock of Ultima  Distribution,  Inc. and  Timeposters,  Inc. The Company
also purchased certain of the assets of Ram  Manufacturing,  Inc. In conjunction
with these  acquisitions,  net cash expended was as follows (in thousands)  (see
Note 2):

         Fair value of assets acquired                           $   (11,809)
         Liabilities assumed                                           7,183
                                                                 -----------
         Cash paid                                               $    (4,626)
                                                                 ===========

         During the year ended June 30,  1999,  the  Company  purchased  703,308
shares of Filofax's  outstanding  common stock by issuing  (pound)1,477,000  (US
$2,328,000) in Loan Notes (see Note 8) to former shareholders of Filofax.

         The Company  realized a reduction in its current  income tax  liability
during  fiscal  1999,  1998 and 1997 in the amount of  $20,000,  $5,208,000  and
$157,000, respectively. Such amounts were credited to additional paid-in capital
(see Note 12).


<PAGE>



                                 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Day Runner, Inc.:

We have audited the consolidated  financial  statements of Day Runner,  Inc. and
its  subsidiaries  as of June 30, 1999 and 1998, and for each of the three years
in the period  ended June 30,  1999,  and have issued our report  thereon  dated
October  12,  1999;  such report is included  elsewhere  in this Form 10-K.  Our
audits  also  included  the  consolidated  financial  statement  schedule of Day
Runner,  Inc. and its  subsidiaries,  listed in Item 14(a)2.  This  consolidated
financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion,
such consolidated  financial statement schedule,  when considered in relation to
the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in
all material respects the information set forth therein.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Los Angeles, California
October 12, 1999




























                                               S-1


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                        DAY RUNNER, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)



                                                BALANCE AT                                                        BALANCE AT
                                                 JUNE 30,           FILOFAX        CHARGED TO                      JUNE 30,
CLASSIFICATION                                     1998           ACQUISITION      OPERATIONS      DEDUCTIONS        1999
- --------------                               ----------------     -----------      ----------      ----------     ---------
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts and
   sales returns and other allowances......     $  9,942         $   1,580          $ 19,039        $(19,080)     $  11,481
Reserve for obsolete inventories...........        3,052             4,782             4,286          (2,385)        9,735

                                                BALANCE AT                                                        BALANCE AT
                                                 JUNE 30,                          CHARGED TO                      JUNE 30,
CLASSIFICATION                                     1997                            OPERATIONS      DEDUCTIONS        1998
- --------------                               ----------------                      ----------      ----------     ---------
Allowance for doubtful accounts and
   sales returns and other allowances......     $  8,664                            $  9,799       $( 8,521)      $  9,942
Reserve for obsolete inventories...........        3,259                                 898         (1,105)         3,052

                                                BALANCE AT                                                        BALANCE AT
                                                 JUNE 30,                          CHARGED TO                      JUNE 30,
CLASSIFICATION                                     1996                            OPERATIONS      DEDUCTIONS        1997
- --------------                               ----------------                      ----------      ----------     ---------
Allowance for doubtful accounts and
   sales returns and other allowances......     $  7,374                            $ 14,264       $( 12,974)     $  8,664
Reserve for obsolete inventories...........        3,473                               1,267          (1,481)        3,259




</TABLE>














                                             S-2



<PAGE>








                                        EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit
Number               Description

10.15                Lease Agreement dated as of April 2, 1999 between Mrs.
                     Refugio  Victoria  Geffroy  De  Flourie  and  Mr.  David
                     Bramzon  Stengel  and  the  Registrant(7)

10.20                First Amendment to Consulting Agreement effective April 22,
                     1999 between the Registrant and Alan R. Rachlin(7)

10.21                Consulting Agreement effective May  22, 1999 between the
                     Registrant and Mr. Alan R. Rachlin(17)

 10.23               Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of September
                     30, 1999 among the Registrant, Day Runner UK plc, Filofax
                     Limited, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Bank
                     National Association, including Revolving and Term
                     Loan Notes.

21.1                 Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1                 Consent of  Deloitte & Touche LLP

27.1                 Financial Data Schedule


     LEASE AGREEMENT  ENTERED INTO BY AND BETWEEN MRS.  REFUGIO VICTORIA GEFFROY
DE FLOURIE IN HER PERSONAL  CAPACITY AS ATHE COMMON  REPRESENTATIVE  FOR HERSELF
AND FOR MR.  DAVID  BRAMZON  STENGEL  AND ARE  (HEREINAFTER  REFERRED  TO AS THE
LESSOR),  AND BOTH  DAYRUNNER,  INC.  AND  DAYRUNNER  DE  MEXICO,  S.A.  DE C.V.
(HEREINAFTER  REFEREED TO AS THE LESSEES),  REPRESENTED  RESPECTIVELY BY MESSRS.
JOHN KIRKLAND AND JOSE ANGEL AGUAYO RAMIREZ  PURSUANT TO THE FOLLOWING  RECITALS
AND CLAUSES.

                                 R E C I T A L S

I.       LESSORS COMMON REPRESENTATIVE hereby states that:


     B. That she and her  co-owner  are the owners  and can freely  dispose of a
plot of land  identified as lot 9-A of block 352, in Parque  Industrial La Joya,
in Tijuana,  Baja California,  as evidence with public  Instrument  number 7826,
dated March 18th.,  1999,  which was granted before Notary Public No. 12 for the
City of Tijuana,  and which document is in the process of being recorded  before
the Tijuana offices of the Public Registry of the Property and Commerce, with an
area of approximately  21,019.03 square meters  (hereinafter  referred to as the
Real  Property).  A  drawing  which  shows  the  exact  location  as  well  as a
description of the referred piece of Real Property is attached hereto as Exhibit
B and shall henceforth be an integral part of this Agreement.

     C. She and her  co-owner  have  obtained  official  documentation  from the
competent authorities to define the industrial use of the Leased Premises.

     D. The Real Property has access to water, sewer, electric, public lighting,
and telephone capacity to support the requirements of LESSEES.

     E. For  purposes of this  Agreement,  her  principal  address is  Boulevard
Pacifico #14533, Parque Industrial Pacifico, Tijuana, Baja California

     F. She and her  co-owner  are  willing  to  perform  on the Real  Property,
certain  improvements as hereinafter  defined in Section 2 below, and lease such
Real Property and Improvements (collectively the LEASED PREMISES).

     G. The Leased  Premises is free and clear of any liens,  encumbrances,  and
any other  limitations  of domain,  except for  easements,  covenants  and other
restrictions  or utility  easements,  as may be  defined  in the final  official
version of the subdivision map, and as shown on Exhibit B.

     H. She has the  authority  to enter into this  Agreement in her capacity as
Lessors Common  Representative as evidenced in the Public Instrument referred to
in Item b) above, which authority has not been revoked or limited.

     I. She and her  co-owner  are  willing to lease the LEASED  PREMISES to the
LESSEES, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

655352   LESSEES hereby state that:

     A.  DAYRUNNER DE MEXICO,  S.A. DE C.V. is a corporation  duly organized and
existing according to the Laws of the Mexican Republic. As evidenced by Deed No.
1459,  dated May 2, 1991,  granted  before Mr. Lic.  Marco  Antonio Mayo Barron,
Notary  Public No. 11 for the City of  Tijuana.  A copy of which is  attached as
Exhibit C.

     B. Mr.  Jose Angel  Aguayo  Ramirez  ,evidences  to by duly  authorized  to
execute  this  agreement  through  the public  deed which is  referred to in the
preceding paragraph, and further states that such authority has not been limited
or revoked in any manner whatsoever.

     C. DAYRUNNER,  INC., is a corporation duly organized and existing  pursuant
to the Laws of the State of Delaware, U.S.A.

     D. Mr. John  Kirkland,  evidences  to be duly  authorized  to execute  this
agreement in his capacity as a Vice President,  a corporate officer, and further
states  that such  authority  has not been  limited  or  revoked  in any  manner
whatsoever.

     E. Said parties wish to lease from the LESSOR the LEASED PREMISES  pursuant
to the terms and conditions hereunder.


         IN VIEW OF THE FOREGOING, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                  C L A U S E S

FIRST. LEASE AND DELIVERY.

The LESSOR hereby leases to the LESSEES and the LESSEES hereby lease from LESSOR
the LEASED PREMISES referred to in I.A. above, which are located at Boulevard La
Joya # 35208, Parque Industrial La Joya, Tijuana, B.C., Mexico, and described in
Exhibit B hereto.

SECOND.  IMPROVEMENTS.

2.1      LESSOR, at LESSORS own cost and expense shall perform all work, provide
         all labor,  furnish all new materials,  and obtain all certificates and
         permits  necessary to construct an industrial  facility with an area of
         approximately  70,000 square feet on the LEASED  PREMISES  (hereinafter
         LESSORS   Improvements   or   Improvements)   in  accordance  with  the
         preliminary drawings, specifications, schedule of work and construction
         terms,  (collectively the Drawings and Specifications) set forth by the
         parties and attached hereto as Exhibit D. The parties agree that within
         a term of 30 days as of the date  hereof,  a final set of drawings  and
         specifications  shall be  submitted  by  LESSOR  to  LESSEES  for final
         approval and to be ultimately attached here as Exhibit D.

2.2      By approval of the Drawings and  Specifications,  LESSEES  shall not be
         liable  for  the   technical   compliance  of  any  of  the  terms  and
         specifications  set forth in Exhibit D hereto.  The approval by LESSEES
         is for general  arrangement  only,  unless otherwise noted, and does no
         relieve  LESSOR  of full  responsibility  for the  proper  and  correct
         design, construction and erection of the improvements as required.

2.3      LESSOR  will   perform  all   construction   with  respect  to  LESSORS
         improvements in accordance with all laws, ordinances,  regulations, and
         orders  of  government  authorities,  and Park  regulations  which  are
         attached  hereto as Exhibit E. LESSOR shall indemnify and hold harmless
         LESSEES from any and all claims, assessments by government authorities,
         including  but not  limited,  to  Social  Security  Institute  Workers,
         Housing Institute and Tax Authorities, as well as from damages and cost
         resulting from or arising out the LESSORs lack of performance of any of
         its obligations for construction improvements,  fixtures, machinery and
         equipment to the Leased Premises required hereunder.

2.4      LESSOR  acknowledges and agrees that LESSEES may request changes in the
         design and specifications of the Improvements, provided such changes do
         not affect the cost thereof or the work  schedule for  construction  of
         same. In the event such changes affect the cost of the  Improvements or
         the work  schedule,  LESSOR and LESSEES  shall  jointly  determine  the
         effects of the change in cost and any extension to such schedule.

2.5      LESSOR  shall  diligently  complete  the  Improvements  on  the  Leased
         Premises, in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications,  in order
         that  LESSEES  may use and occupy  such  Improvements  pursuant  to the
         following schedule:

         21       Beneficial Occupancy of Leased Premises: March 31, 1999

         22       Final Occupancy of the Leased Premises: April 7, 1999

         For the purposes  hereof,  Beneficial and Financial  Occupancy shall be
defined as follows:

         Beneficial  Occupancy.-  Shall be defined as the  delivery to LESSEE of
the  manufacturing  portion of the Improvements  including walls,  roof,  doors,
floor,  slabs,  docks and interior  paint,  in order that LESSEES may move their
equipment  into  the  Leased   Premises  and  begin   construction   of  certain
Improvements,  and that such equipment and any of LESSEES  Improvements that may
be  installed,  be secured  and not be  damaged  by  weather  or the  process of
construction.


         Final Occupancy.- Shall be defined as the substantial completion of all
works  and  interior  finishing  of  the  industrial  and  office  areas  of the
Improvements and all exterior and infrastructure  Improvements to permit LESSEES
to commence  utilization  of the Leased  Premises  and all  Improvements  of the
unencumbered  conduct of its business,  excluding non functional  minor cosmetic
items,  or a punch list of items not to exceed a total  construction  cost of US
$50,000.00Dollars of the Improvements established pursuant to

Exhibit D. In the event  cost of  construction  of punch  list items  exceed the
amount of  US$50,000.00  Dollars,  final  occupancy  date shall be  deferred  in
accordance with following Section 2.8.

2.6      At all times following the execution of this Lease  Agreement,  LESSEES
         and/or  its  representative  shall  have the right to enter the  Leased
         Premises to inspect the progress of construction  of the  Improvements,
         and  LESSOR  shall  place  the  construction  log and any  construction
         reports available at the disposal of LESSEES and/or its representative,
         in order that LESSEES and/or its  representatives  may be  continuously
         appraised of construction of the Improvements.

2.7      Should LESSOR fail to conclude construction of the initial Improvements
         in order that  LESSEES  may occupy the Leased  Premises  on the date of
         Beneficial  Occupancy  set forth herein above LESSEES shall be entitled
         to receive as  liquidated  damages the abatement of one day of rent for
         each  calendar  day  (one  to one)  the  initial  Improvements  are not
         concluded  pursuant  to  Exhibit D and 2.5B  hereof,  which  define the
         Improvements  to be  completed  as date.  This  abatement  shall  apply
         towards the first, and if applicable, following months of which LESSEES
         commences to effect rental payments as set forth herein.

2.8      Furthermore,  should  LESSOR  fail  to  complete  construction  of  the
         Improvements  pursuant  to  Exhibit  D on or  before  the date of Final
         Occupancy of the Leased Premises,  LESSEES shall jointly be entitled to
         receive as liquidated damages the amount corresponding to two days rent
         for each  calendar day (two to one) of delay  following  the  projected
         date of Final Occupancy.  Provided,  however should construction of the
         improvements  be stopped or suspended  for any reason  included but not
         limited to the lack of permits and/or  authorization from the competent
         authorities,  for a term of thirty or more  cumulative  calendar  days,
         then,  LESSEES,  at their  joint  option,  may  either  terminate  this
         agreement  and  LESSOR  agrees to  immediately  reimburse  LESSEES  all
         security  deposits  and/ or  advanced  rent  that  LESSEES  might  have
         delivered  to LESSOR to such  date  under the terms of this  Agreement,
         such amount shall  generate  interest at the yearly rate of 18%,  until
         total and complete  reimbursement to LESSEES,  or defer occupancy.  Any
         abatement  hereunder shall apply towards the first,  and if applicable,
         following months on which LESSEES commence to effect rental payments as
         set forth herein.  The parties  acknowledge  and agree that the date of
         Final  Occupancy  shall be  extended  for a term  equivalent  to delays
         solely    attributable   to   LESSEES   or   LESSEES   contractors   or
         subcontractors, acts of God, inclement weather or force majeure.

THIRD. OCCUPANCY BY LESSEES.

LESSEES shall use the LEASED PREMISES for industrial purposes in accordance with
its corporate purposes, subject to the provisions that regulate the land use and
the ecology.

In view of the foregoing.

3.1      LESSEES  may,  at their  respective  risk and  expense,  install in the
         LEASED PREMISES such fixtures, equipment and furniture as they may deem
         necessary,  provided,  that such items are  installed  and are  removed
         without damage to the LEASED PREMISES.

3.2      LESSEES shall repair all damages caused to the LEASED  PREMISES  during
         the  installation  or removal of the fixtures,  equipment and furniture
         mentioned in the preceding paragraph.

3.3      LESSEES shall perform the  installation  or removal of their  equipment
         and furniture in accordance with all applicable laws,  ordinances,  and
         regulations, being liable for any violations thereto.

3.4      The LESSEES agree to retrieve such fixtures, equipment and/or furniture
         they may have installed in the LEASED PREMISES on or before the date of
         termination  of this lease.  Should the LESSEES  fail to retrieve  such
         fixtures,  equipment  and/or  furniture  form the  LEASED  PREMISES  as
         provided  above,  the LESSOR shall be entitled to either  retrieve such
         fixtures,  equipment,  furniture  and/or  improvements  from the LEASED
         PREMISES at the LESSEES risk and expense,  or deem that said  fixtures,
         equipment and/or furniture have been left in the LEASED PREMISES by the
         LESSEES to  gratuitously  inure in favor of the  LESSOR.  For  purposes
         hereof, the LESSEES  acknowledge that none of such fixtures,  equipment
         and or  furniture  are to be construed  as useful  improvements  to the
         LEASED PREMISES.

3.5      LESSEES  may not modify  the basic  structure,  facade or basic  public
         services of the LEASED PREMISES,  nor may they perform any improvements
         or make  alterations  to the base  structure  without the LESSORs prior
         written consent.

FOURTH.- TERM OF THE LEASE AND DELIVERY OF THE LEASED PREMISES.

4.1      The term of this lease shall be for a period of seven (7) years binding
         for LESSEES  and LESSOR,  unless  extended  pursuant to the  provisions
         hereof, (hereinafter the Initial Lease Term or the Initial Term of this
         Lease).  The term of this Lease  shall  commence as of thirty (30) days
         after  the date  (hereinafter)  the Lease  Commencement  Date) of Final
         Occupancy, which shall be the date of acceptance of the Improvements by
         LESSEES.  It is  contemplated  that such Final Occupancy shall occur on
         April 7,  1999 or  afterwards  as the case  may be under  the  terms of
         Section 2.8. above.

4.2      Rent Commencement  Date: The first months rent shall be due thirty (30)
         days after Final Occupancy. All adjustments to the rent as per Sections
         5.4  and  5.5  below  shall  occur  on the  anniversary  of  the  Lease
         Commencement Date.

4.3 LESSEES shall have access to the Leased Premises as of March 31, 1999.

4.4      Notwithstanding  the provision of paragraph 2.5 above, LESSOR expressly
         acknowledges and agrees that LESSEES may enter into the Leased Premises
         at any time during construction of the Improvements with the purpose of
         making initial installation of LESSEES Improvements, in accordance with
         the  schedule of work and  provided  it does not  thereby  unreasonably
         interfere with LESSOR  construction of the Improvements.  It is further
         understood  that LESSEES  entrance into the Leased Premises at any time
         prior  to  LESSEES  issuance  of a  certification  of  Final  Occupancy
         pursuant to Section  2.5B,  shall at no time to be construed as LESSEES
         acceptance of all or any part of the Improvements.

4.5      This lease shall be automatically  extended for two (2) additional five
         (5)  year  term,  unless  either  of the  LESSEES  informs  the  LESSOR
         otherwise,  in writing and at least 180 (One  hundred and Eighty)  days
         before the end of the  original  term or of any of its  extensions,  of
         their intent of  terminating  this  agreement on such  original date of
         termination or on the date of termination of any such extension.

FIFTH. RENT.
5.1      From the RENT  COMMENCEMENT  DATE,  and  payable in advance  during the
         first 5 (five) days of each month the LESSEES  shall pay to the LESSORs
         designated  COMMON  REPRESENTATIVE,  as monthly rent, at its address or
         any other address as  instructed by the LESSOR or its assignee,  as the
         case may be the amount of $30,800.00  Dollars  (Thirty  Thousand  Eight
         Hundred  Dollars  and 00/100  U.S.  Cy.) or its  equivalent  in Mexican
         Currency.

         Prior to the RENT  COMMENCEMENT  DATE,  LESSOR shall provide  either of
         LESSEES with unanimous written instructions by all parties representing
         said  LESSOR,  attesting  to their  willingness  to have  their  COMMON
         REPRESENTATIVE 1.- collect any and all rental proceeds, specifically to
         include Added Value Taxes, and to 2.- issue the  corresponding  Mexican
         tax  deductible  receipt for all proceeds  received of LESSEES.  Should
         LESSORS  wish to  implement  different  payment  instructions  than the
         foregoing, they shall so advise LESSEES in writing, whereupon no change
         shall take force until duly  confirmed in writing by either of LESSEES,
         it  being  further  understood  that the  absence  of  LESSORs  written
         instructions  in such regard shall result in LESSEES  deposit of rental
         proceeds before the Tijuana Civil Courts, as allowed under Law.

5.2      If the RENT  COMMENCEMENT  DATE of this  Lease is a day other  than the
         first day of a calender month,  the amount of this first monthly rental
         payment  which is equal to the pro rata  portion of the first  calendar
         month that the Leased Premises will have been occupied by LESSEES;  and
         the amount of the final rental payment hereunder shall be that pro rata
         portion of the usual monthly  rental  payment which is equal to the pro
         rata portion of the last  calendar  month during which this Lease shall
         be in effect.

5.3      For purposes of calculating the monthly rent, the parties shall use the
         highest rate of exchange  for sale quoted by Banco  Nacional de Mexico,
         Bancomer, and Banca Serfin, on the day of payment or on the immediately
         preceding  business day in case the day of payment is a holiday for the
         banking institutions of Mexico.

5.4      As of the  second  year  of this  lease,  the  monthly  rent  shall  be
         $31,724.00  (Thirty One Thousand  Seven Hundred Four Dollars and 00/100
         U.S. Cy.). As of the third year of the lease, the monthly rent shall be
         $32,675.75  (Thirty Two Thousand  Six Hundred  Seventy Five Dollars and
         75/100 U.S.  Cy.).  As the fourth year of the lease,  the monthly  rent
         shall be  $33,656.00  (Thirty  Three  Thousand  Six  Hundred  Fifty Six
         Dollars and 00/100 U.S.  Cy.).  As of the fifth year of the lease,  the
         monthly  rent shall be  $34,665.68  (Thirty  Four  Thousand Six Hundred
         Sixty Five  Dollars  and  68/100 U.S Cy.).  As of the sixth year of the
         lease, the monthly rent shall be $35,705/65 (Thirty Five Thousand Seven
         Hundred Five Dollars and 65/100 U.S. Cy). As of the seventh year of the
         lease, the monthly rent shall be $36,776.82  (Thirty Six Thousand Seven
         Hundred Seventy Six Dollars and 82/100 U.S. Cy).
5.5      As of year eight,  the then  monthly  rent shall  revert to  $34,665.68
         (Thirty Four  Thousand  Six Hundred  Sixty Five Dollars and 68/100 U.S.
         Cy.). In years nine through  twelve there will be a 3% annual  increase
         in the rental rate.

5.6      As of year  thirteen,  the then monthly rent shall revert to $34,665.68
         (Thirty Four  Thousand  Six Hundred  Sixty Five Dollars and 68/100 U.C.
         Cy.), and for each  subsequent  year there will be a 3% annual increase
         in the rent rate.

5.7      In case of late payment, the LESSEES agree to pay the LESSOR liquidated
         damages at a rate of 1.5% (One point five percent) per month.

SIXTH. INSURANCE.

6.1      During  the life of this  agreement,  the  LESSEES,  shall  obtain  and
         maintain in full force and effect, the following insurance policies:

         6.1.1.   Insurance  to cover the  LESSEES  and the LESSOR  against  any
                  civil  liability  claims,  demands,  lawsuits or  actions,  or
                  against  the  accidents  or death of any  person,  or from any
                  damages to the goods of any third party in connection with the
                  use by the LESSEES of the LEASED PREMISES.  The  corresponding
                  insurance  policy shall cover an  insurable  value of at least
                  $100,000.00  dollars (One Hundred  Thousand Dollars and 00/100
                  U.S. Cy.).


          6.1.2  Insurance  in favor of the  LESSOR  which  shall  cover  the
                 LEASED PREMISES against fire, lightning,  explosion, falling
                 aircraft  collision,  smoke, storms,  hail,  vehicle damage,
                 earthquakes, volcanic eruption, strikes, riots,civil commotion,
                 vandalism, flood, and/or any others risks covered under the so
                 called  extended  coverage  (including windows and gas  tanks).
                 In view of the foregoing,  LESSEES hereby  waive  any right to
                 demand payment from the LESSOR for damages  caused  by  fire,
                 explosion and other unforeseen events,save for LESSOR-generated
                 or LESSOR-caused acts of negligence or wilful misconduct.  The
                 corresponding  insurance  policy shall cover an insurable value
                 of $1,400,000.00 Dollars (One Million Four Hundred Thousand
                 Dollars 00/100 U.S. Cy.).

6.2      The insurance  policies  referred to in paragraph  6.1.  above shall be
         obtained with any insurance company authorized to do business in Mexico
         acceptable to the LESSOR. Likewise, the policies shall provide that the
         same may not be amended without the prior written  authorization of the
         LESSOR.  Additionally,  said insurance policies shall provide that they
         shall not be subject to cancellation  or change,  except after at least
         30 (thirty) days written notice to the LESSOR.

6.3      The minimum coverages  mentioned in paragraph 6.1.1 and 6.1.2 above
         shall be annually  increased at a rate of 3% per annum.

SEVENTH. TAXES AND COSTS.

7.1      The  LESSOR  shall be  responsible  of payment of the income and assets
         taxes to which it is  obligated.  On its  part,  the  LESSEES  shall be
         responsible for the payment of the property taxes,  the I.V.A.  tax and
         any other taxes which may be levied upon the LEASED PREMISES,  or which
         may  derive  from  this  agreement  or from  the use of the same by the
         LESSEES. LESSEES shall submit to the LESSOR a copy of the corresponding
         tax  receipts at least 10 (ten) days before said taxes  become due. The
         property  taxes shall have a cap of 5% per year of  increase  for which
         the  LESSEES  are  liable,  any  increase  above this  amount  shall be
         responsibility of the LESSOR.

EIGHTH.- REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.

8.1.     LESSOR

         8.1.1.   After written notice from the LESSEES, the LESSOR shall repair
                  the structural defects of the exterior walls, roof, hidden
                  plumbing, main sewer line, floor and any roof leaks not caused
                  by LESSEES and other structural items of the LEASED PREMISES
                  caused as a consequence of the normal use of the same.  The
                  parties further agree that:  1.- the repair of such structural
                  defects, and 2.- repairs covered  through  LESSEE-financed
                  or generated  insurance  proceeds  pursuant to  Section 6.1.2.
                  above, shall be deemed as the only necessary repairs for which
                  the LESSOR shall be responsible hereunder.  Notwithstanding
                  the foregoing, the LESSOR shall not be responsible for repairs
                  of the LEASED PREMISES, unless the LESSEES so inform said
                  LESSOR in writing within three (3) business days after the
                  LESSEES notice the damage.  LESSOR shall  proceed  diligently
                  to make such repairs as soon as practically possible and shall
                  continue to do so until the same are completed.

          8.1.2     The LESSOR shall not be responsible, nor have the obligation
                    to repair the damages caused by the LESSEES negligence, or
                    that of LESSEES workers, clients, contractors, or guests
                    shall not be responsible, nor have the obligation to repair
                    the damages caused by the LESSEES  negligence,  or that of
                    LESSEES workers, clients, contractors, or guests.

8.2.     LESSEES

         8.2.1.   LESSEES  shall be responsible for repairs to damages sustained
                  to the LEASED PREMISES, other than:  those described in clause
                  8.1.1. herein above. The damages referred to in this paragraph
                  include but are not limited to, the damages to and maintenance
                  of plumbing systems, sewage, telephone, gas as well as for the
                  equipment, interior walls, interior and exterior painting,
                  floor slab, ceilings, air conditioning and ventilation systems
                  and appliances, heaters, doors and windows, glass,docks, docks
                  levels, landscaping, lighting, electrical, etc., of the LEASED
                  PREMISES,  and in general,  everything  not  considered a
                  structural repair under clause 8.1.1. above. Likewise  LESSEES
                  shall repair all kinds of leaks and gutter malfunctions  if
                  caused by LESSEES.  All repairs  made by LESSEES must be equal
                  in quality and kind to the original work.  All expenses
                  resulting  out of  disregarding  or  negligence  to the LEASED
                  PREMISES solely by LESSEES, their employees, agents or guests,
                  or a violation of LESSEES obligations hereunder, shall be
                  borne by said LESSEES.

         8.2.2    The  LESSEES  shall  maintain  the  LEASED  PREMISES  and  its
                  improvements  free from any liens.  LESSEES shall maintain all
                  parts of the  Leased  Premises  in a neat,  clean and  orderly
                  condition, free of garbage, debris and illegal materials.

NINTH.- LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION.

9.1      Except for  intentional  or negligent  acts or omissions of LESSOR,  or
         that of LESSORs agents or employees,  the LESSOR shall not be liable to
         LESSEES or to any other person whatsoever for any loss or damage of any
         kind of nature  caused by  LESSEES  intentional  or  negligent  acts or
         omissions,  or that of other  occupants  of the  Industrial  Park or of
         adjacent property, or the public, or other causes beyond the control of
         the  LESSOR,  including,  but no  limited  to failure to furnish or any
         interruption  of any  utility or other  services in or about the LEASED
         PREMISES.

         LESSEES  recognize  that  additions,  replacements  and  repair  to the
         Industrial  Park may be made  from  time to time.  Accordingly,  LESSOR
         shall make its best efforts to keep  interferences  at a minimum,  and,
         where same  comprise or require  efforts over a period  anticipated  to
         exceed forty eight (48) hours,  shall  require  prior notice to LESSEES
         and reasonable  accommodation by LESSOR to provide  alternative vehicle
         access to the Leased Premises for such period.

9.2.     If the  LESSOR  or  LESSEES  are held  responsible  for any  obligation
         undertaken  by the other,  both parties agree to indemnify and hold the
         other  harmless  from any and all claims  for  damages or losses of any
         kind,  arising from  negligent  acts or omission of either party or its
         contractors, licensees, agents, invitees, or employees, or arising from
         any  accident,  injury or  damages  whatsoever  caused to any person or
         property  occurring  in or about  the  LEASED  PREMISES,  or the  areas
         adjoining  said  LEASED  PREMISES  and  against  all cost and  expense,
         including attorneys fees, incurred thereby, and to restore or reimburse
         any all such cost and expenses to the other party.

TENTH.- UTILITY SERVICES.

LESSEES agrees to request directly from the corresponding utility companies that
the public  services  that said LESSEES may need be rendered by such  companies,
and shall promptly pay for any and all utilities,  capacity  charges and related
services  furnished on LESSEES behalf in the LEASED PREMISES,  including but not
limited to water, gas,  electricity,  and telephone  charges. A complete list of
utility  services  available  in the  Industrial  Park and those  utilities  and
improvements  being supplied by the LESSOR to LESSEES to the Leased Premises are
hereby attached as Exhibit G.

ELEVENTH.- ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

11.1     The LESSEES may not assign  their joint  rights and  obligations  under
         this  agreement,  nor may they sublet the LEASED  PREMISES  unless they
         obtain LESSORS prior written  authorization;  which authorization shall
         not be unreasonably withheld.

11.2     The  LESSOR  shall be  entitled  to assign,  in whole or in part,  its,
         rights and obligations under this agreement.  Consequently, the LESSEES
         hereby  grants  authorization  to the  LESSOR  so that the  latter  may
         formalize  the  assignments  which it may deem  appropriate.  Likewise,
         LESSOR shall be expressly  entitled to guarantee  any of its present or
         future obligations with its rights under this agreement.

TWELFTH.- RENT WITHHOLDING.

The LESSEES hereby waive any right to withhold any rental payments. Accordingly,
the LESSEES shall deliver in a timely  fashion,  and under the terms  hereunder,
any and all  amounts to which the LESSOR may be entitled  to,  thus  agreeing to
assert  any  claim,  demand,  or  other  right  against  the  LESSOR  only by an
independent proceeding.

THIRTEENTH.- ACCESS TO THE LEASED PREMISES.

13.1     The LESSOR or its  authorized  representatives  shall have the right to
         enter the LEASED PREMISES during all of LESSEES  business hours, and in
         emergencies at all times, to make repairs, additions, or alterations to
         the LEASED PREMISES which it may be authorized or obligated to do under
         this  agreement,  but only after proper  written notice from LESSEES of
         such emergency or situation.

13.2     LESSOR  shall  have  the  right  to show  the  LEASED  PREMISES  to any
         prospective clients. Likewise LESSOR shall have the right to post those
         signs  which  it may  deem  appropriate  on the  facade  of the  LEASED
         PREMISES  in order to promote  its  future  rental,  only upon  written
         notification from LESSEES of said parties intent to terminate the Lease
         Agreement.

13.3     Except  in case of  emergency,  the  LESSOR  shall  give  notice to the
         LESSEES before entering the LEASED PREMISES, and the LESSEES shall have
         the  ongoing  right to escort  any  representative  of the  LESSOR  and
         prospective clients.

FOURTEENTH.- DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.

14.1     TOTAL

         In the event the whole or substantial  part of the LEASED  PREMISES are
         damaged or  destroyed  so as to impede the LESSEES  operations  for the
         purposes for which the same where leased, LESSOR shall, within 10 (ten)
         days from such  destruction,  determine whether the LEASED PREMISES can
         be restored within the following 4 (four) months and notify the LESSEES
         of  such  determination.  If the  LESSOR  determines  that  the  LEASED
         PREMISES  cannot be  restored  within the  following  4 (four)  months,
         either  the  LESSOR or the  LESSEES  shall have the right and option to
         immediately terminate this Lease Agreement by means of a written notice
         to the other party.  If the LESSOR  determines that the LEASED PREMISES
         can be restored within said 4 (four) month period, the LESSOR shall, at
         its own expense,  proceed  diligently  to rebuild the LEASED  PREMISES,
         waiving any right to receive rental  payments while the LEASED PREMISES
         are being rebuilt.

14.2     PARTIAL.

         In the event the  referred  damages do not  prevent the  LESSEES,  in a
         substantial way from continuing the normal operation of its business on
         the LEASED  PREMISES,  the LESSOR or the  LESSEES,  as the case may be,
         shall repair said damages under the terms of clause SEVENTH  above.  In
         said case the rent  hereunder  shall be abated  according to the actual
         square footage occupied by the LESSEES during the reconstruction phase.
         Should  there be any  dispute as to the actual  space  occupied  by the
         LESSEES  the parties  agree to submit the same before a licensed  civil
         engineer,  to be jointly determined by LESSOR and LESSEES,  and in lieu
         of an agreement thereof,  before a civil engineer selected by the citys
         private Civil Engineers Board (Colegio de Ingenieros Civiles).

14.3     If the damage in question  is caused by a  negligent  or willful act of
         the LESSEES or their employees, the LESSEES agree to punctually pay the
         rent hereunder (provided that all  LESSEE-generated  insurance proceeds
         are fully applied pursuant to sections 6.1.2, and 14.1 above).

FIFTEENTH.- CONDEMNATION.

15.1     In the event the whole or a portion of the LEASED  PREMISES is taken by
         expropriation,  for any public or  quasi-public  use or purposes,  this
         Lease shall  terminate and conclude on the date that the  possession is
         taken by the condemnor.


15.2     Taking by condemnation or eminent domain shall include: the exercise of
         any similar government power and sale and purchase or other disposition
         of the LEASED PREMISES in Mexican Law, regulation or governmental order
         which physically  prevents LESSEES from using all or part of the LEASED
         PREMISES.

SIXTEENTH.- CERTIFICATES.

The  parties  shall,  within (10) days of receipt of a written  request  made by
eachother,  deliver a statement in writing, certifying that this Lease Agreement
is unmodified and in full force and effect, (or if there have been modifications
that the same are in full force and effect, as modified); the dates to which the
rent and any other  charges have been paid in advance and that  LESSOR-built  or
LESSEE-built  Improvements have been  satisfactorily  completed.  It is intended
that any such statement may be relied upon by any person,  prospective purchaser
or lending  institution  interested  in either the  LEASED  PREMISES,  or in the
parties respective interests or assets.

SEVENTEENTH.- COVENANTS AND PARK RESTRICITONS.

17.1     The  LESSEES  agree to be  bound by the  terms  and  conditions  of the
         covenants and  restrictions  of Parque  Industrial  La Joya,  which are
         attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  E and  form  an  integral  part  of this
         agreement. The parties agree that any subsequent changes will not apply
         to  LESSEES  or to this  agreement,  unless  accepted  by the latter in
         writing.  In addition LESSOR and LESSEES agree that a variance has been
         granted in regards to sections 4, 5 and 6, of the above mentioned CC&Rs
         to  enable  the  building,  subject  of  this  lease  agreement  to  be
         constructed as per the attached plans and specifications.

17.2     Accordingly,  the  LESSEES  agree to pay in  advance to the LESSOR in a
         semiannual  basis the maintenance fee provided for in the covenants and
         restrictions of Parque Industrial La Joya,  according to the total area
         of the land (Phase I) where the LEASED  PREMISES are built at a maximum
         rate of $0.50 (Fifty cents U.S.
         Cy.) Per square meter per year.

17.3     LESSEES shall not pay the  aforementioned  maintenance fees for one (1)
         year as of the date of Final Occupancy.  The maintenance fee shall then
         be charged on the first phase of land  expansion  approximately  18,336
         square meters.

EIGHTEENTH. DEPOSITS.

18.1     LESSOR hereby  acknowledges to have received from LESSEES,  as deposit,
         the amount of  $123,200.00  Dollars (One Hundred  Twenty Three Thousand
         Two  Hundred  Dollars  00/100  U.S.  Cy.),  in order to  guarantee  its
         obligations  hereunder.  Said deposit shall be retained as follows: Two
         (2) months rent or $61,600.00  Dollars  (Sixty One Thousand Six Hundred
         Dollars 00/100 U.S. Cy.), to be held as a refundable  security  deposit
         and to be reimbursed to the LESSEES,  without interest after the LESSOR
         carries  out an  inspection  of the  conditions  under which the LEASED
         PREMISES are returned, normal wear and tear excluded. The remaining two
         (2) months rent to be credited  equally  through the first  twelve (12)
         months of rental payments.


18.2     In case of early termination for any cause  attributable to the LESSEES
         default,  the LESSOR shall be entitled to keep any amounts delivered to
         said LESSOR as prepaid rent or deposit,  regardless of any other rights
         to which the LESSOR may be entitled to.

NINETEENTH. NOTICES.

19.1     Any notice to be given to the LESSOR under this agreement shall be sent
         to the address  mentioned  in recital  I.C. or to such other  addresses
         which may from time to time be notified by the LESSOR to the LESSEES.

19.2     Any notice to be given to the LESSEES under this agreement shall be
         addressed to the LEASED PREMISES.

19.3     Said notice shall be in writing,  and shall be delivered  personally to
         the legal representative of the party in question, or sent by certified
         mail,  postage prepaid to the addressed  mentioned above, in which case
         the  corresponding  notice shall be deemed delivered 14 (fourteen) days
         after the date of mailing thereof.

TWENTIETH.- LESSEES=S DEFAULT.

20.1     Each of the  following  shall be a default  of the  LESSEES  and LESSOR
         shall provide written notice to LESSEES informing them of said default.
         Upon written  notification  from LESSOR,  LESSEES shall have 30 days to
         cure the default:

         20.1.1            In case the  LESSEES  fail to  surrender  the  LEASED
                           PREMISES upon the expiration of the term indicated in
                           clause THIRD above.

         20.1.2            The LESSEES failure to pay any monthly rent due and
                           payable hereunder.

         20.1.3            Default in the performance of any of the LESSEES
                           covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder.

         20.1.4            The filing of a petition  of  bankruptcy  against the
                           LESSEES,  said petition remaining  undischarged for a
                           period of 90 (ninety) days.

         20.1.5            In case of an attachment, execution or other judicial
                           seizure of substantial part of LESSEES assets, with a
                           minimum dollar value of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
                           ($500,000),  such  attachment,   execution  or  other
                           seizure  remaining  undismissed or undischarged for a
                           period of 30 (thirty) days after the levy thereof.

         20.1.6            In case of the  appointment  of a trustee or receiver
                           to take  possession  of all or  substantially  all of
                           LESSEES assets.

20.2     Upon occurrence of any one of the foregoing  LESSEES  defaults,  LESSOR
         shall have the right,  at its option and in addition to other rights or
         remedies  granted by law,  including the right to claim  damage,  to do
         either of the following:

         20.2.1.           Immediately  rescind this Lease  Agreement and eject
                           LESSEES from the LEASED  PREMISES.  Should LESSOR
                           initiate any action to terminate this  agreement,
                           LESSEES shall reimburse the  LESSOR any costs related
                           to the  LESSEES  vacancy  of the LEASED  PREMISES  in
                           the understanding that if the LESSEES fail to vacate
                           the LEASED PREMISES, and starting on the date on
                           which the corresponding action  is filed, the LESSEES
                           shall pay to the LESSOR, as liquidated damages,  a
                           monthly  amount  equal to 150% (One  Hundred  Fifty
                           percent)  of the  monthly  rent  in  force  on the
                           date on  which  said action  may be initiated or that
                           in force  prior to the  termination of the agreement.
                           The  LESSEES acknowledges that this provision shall
                           not be construed as an authorization to occupy the
                           LEASED PREMISES beyond the term set forth herein.

         20.2.2            Claim  specific  performance  after sixty (60) days
                           of continuing  default.  In the case of  default  as
                           specified above exceeding sixty (60) days of  LESSORs
                           written notification, LESSOR shall, in addition to
                           all other remedies, have the right to declare and
                           collect the entire unpaid balance of rent to the end
                           of the last year of the existing Lease Term or
                           extension thereof then in effect and also declare all
                           other sums due to LESSOR,  immediately  due  and
                           payable, plus interest at the rate of eighteen
                           percent (18%) per annum on said sums form the date of
                           such declaration until paid in full.

                           In the event that the LEASED  PREMISES  covered under
                           this Lease  Agreement  are  leased to another  tenant
                           during the remainder of the initial term or extension
                           thereof,  and the LESSEES  prepays the rental  unpaid
                           balance  as a result  of this  clause,  LESSOR  shall
                           promptly refund to LESSEES,  in monthly  installments
                           that portion of rent paid by LESSEES pursuant to this
                           paragraph  which is  allocable  to the  period of the
                           Lease  Term  during  which the  LEASED  PREMISES  was
                           leased  to  another  tenant  of  otherwise  used in a
                           beneficial manner as well as any other allocable sums
                           paid by  LESSEES  to  LESSOR,  less any loss o damage
                           incurred by LESSOR as a result of LESSEES default.

TWENTY FIRST.- MISCELLANEOUS.

21.1     In case any party fails to execute  any action  against the other as to
         protect a certain right under this agreement, said failure shall not be
         construed as a waiver of any other rights derived herefrom.

21.2     This agreement may only be modified by written  agreement signed by the
         authorized  representatives  of the parties  hereto.  Furthermore,  the
         parties  agree that the  LESSOR  shall not have the power to amend this
         Lease Agreement so as to reduce the rent,  decrease the terms or modify
         or negate any  substantial  obligation  without the written  consent of
         LESSEES.  Such  obligation  shall  continue until the LESSEES notify in
         writing that the LESSOR has complied with all of LESSORS obligations or
         has  paid  all  amounts  owed  to  the  abovementioned  party,  in  the
         understanding  that if the LESSOR fails to obtain the LESSEES  approval
         to carry out the  foregoing,  the amendment of the terms and conditions
         above mentioned shall have no effect whatsoever against said LESSEES.

21.3     In case any party hereto exercises an action against the other in order
         to demand the performance of this agreement, the prevailing party shall
         be entitled to reasonable attorneys fees.

21.4     Each party shall  execute such further  documents as shall be requested
         by the other  party,  but only to the  extent  that the  effect of said
         documents  is to give  legal  effect to rights and  obligations  stated
         forth in this Lease Agreement.

21.5     In case any competent  court  declares that any provision  hereunder is
         null and void, the remaining clauses shall continue in full effect.
21.6     The parties agree that this Lease  Agreement shall governed by the laws
         of  State  of  Baja  California.   For  everything  pertaining  to  the
         interpretation  and  compliance  of this Lease  Agreement  the  parties
         hereby  expressly submit to the jurisdiction of the Civil Courts of the
         City of Tijuana, Baja California,  waiving any other jurisdiction which
         might be applicable  by reason of their present or future  domiciles or
         otherwise.

21.7     The parties agree that this Lease  Agreement  shall be executed in both
         Spanish and English versions,  whereupon both versions shall constitute
         the  full  agreement  between  same,  to the  exclusion  of  any  other
         translation or interpretation.

TWENTY SECOND - EXPANSION & IMPROVEMENT OPTIONS.

22.1     The parties agree that there is an area of land  directly  adjacent (to
         the  north)  of  the  first   phase  land   expansion.   This  area  is
         approximately  5,416 square meters. The LESSEES shall have full use and
         enjoyment  of this  expansion  land,  free of charge,  for the first 24
         (twenty four) months of the lease agreement.

22.2     If the LESSEES wish to continue using the aforementioned expansion land
         after the free 24 (twenty four) month  period,  from years 3 through 5,
         the LESSEES  shall pay rent of $1,800.00  (One  Thousand  Eight Hundred
         Dollars and 00/100) per month.  After year 5, the LESSEES can  continue
         to pay the  ground  rent  herein  above  mentioned  or  relinquish  the
         expansion land to the LESSOR at no penalty or cost.

22.3     The parties  agree that upon  termination  of the  initial  lease term,
         LESSOR shall  repaint the exterior of the facility the color of LESSEES
         choice.

22.4     The parties  agree that upon  written  notice and  approval by LESSEES,
         LESSOR  shall   construct  an  expansion  of  the  lease   premises  of
         approximately  30,000 square feet of the expansion  land.  The rent for
         the shell  facility  shall not exceed $0.30  (Thirty  Cents) per square
         foot per month. There will be additional costs if the LESSEES choose to
         add  tenant  improvements  to the  facility  expansion  such as but not
         limited to offices, restrooms and cafeteria installations.

22.5     The parties agree that there is a $20,000.00  (Twenty  Thousand Dollar)
         landscape allowance included in the lease agreement.  This allowance is
         reserved for landscape  improvements within the fenced perimeter of the
         facility land area and does not include  exterior banks or common areas
         which shall be landscaped and maintained by LESSOR.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this agreement in the places and
on the dates stared hereinbelow.

                                 LESSORS LESSEE

/s/ Refugio V. Geffroy de Flourie             /s/ Jose Angel Aguayo Ramirez
- ------------------------------               -------------------------------
By Common Representative                      DAYRUNNER DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
Refugio V. Geffroy de Flourie                 By: Jose Angel Aguayo Ramirez


Date:  4/2/99                               Date:  3/31/99


Place:Tijuana, B.C.
                                            Place: Tijuana, B.C.

                                            LESSEE
                                            /s/ John Kirkland
                                            --------------------
                                            DAYRUNNER, INC,
                                            By Mr. John Kirkland

                                            Date: 4/5/99

                                            Place: Tijuana, B.C.





  WITNESS                                                  WITNESS


- -----------------------                                  ---------------------













                                    Exhibits

A: Land Ownership documentation
B: Drawing and description of plot of land
C: Acta Constitutiva of Dayrunner de Mexico
D: Building drawings and specifications
E: Parque Industria La Jollas,-CC&Rs
G: Utilities and tenant improvements list



                                                            EXHIBIT 10.20

                              FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT



THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is entered into by and between Day Runner, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"),  and Alan R. Rachlin, a resident of Virginia who is
operating a consulting  business as a sole  proprietorship  ("Consultant"),  and
shall be effective as of April 21, 1999 (the "Effective Date").

         A. The Company  and  Consultant  entered  into a  consulting  agreement
effective as of April 22, 1997 (the  "Consulting  Agreement").  All  capitalized
terms not otherwise  defined shall have the meaning set forth in the  Consulting
Agreement.

         B. The Company and Consultant desire to amend the Consulting  Agreement
as set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
set forth herein, the receipt of which are hereby acknowledged,  the Company and
Consultant agree as follows:

         1. The Term shall continue through and including May 21, 1999.

         2. All other terms and  conditions of the  Consulting  Agreement  shall
remain in full force and effect.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  executed  this First
Amendment to Consulting Agreement as of the effective date.

DAY RUNNER, INC.                                            ALAN R. RACHLIN



By:  /s/ Mark Vidovich                                      /s/ Alan R. Rachlin
    ---------------------------                             -------------------
       Mark Vidovich, Chairman                               Alan R. Rachlin




                                                            EXHIBIT 10.21
                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT


THIS CONSULTING  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement"),  which includes Exhibit A hereto
which is incorporated  herein by this reference,  is entered into by and between
DAY RUNNER, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ALAN R. RACHLIN, a
resident  of  Virginia  who  is  operating  a  consulting  business  as  a  sole
proprietorship  ("Consultant"),  and shall be  effective as of May 22, 1999 (the
"Effective Date").

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  covenants and agreements set
forth herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,  the
Company and Consultant agree as follows:

         1. CONSULTANCY.  The Company hereby retains Consultant,  and Consultant
hereby accepts such retention,  upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth herein, commencing as of May 22, 1999 and continuing through and including
November 21, 1999 (the  "Term").  Consultant  shall render such  services to the
Company as an  independent  contractor,  and not as an  employee,  agent,  joint
venturer or otherwise. Although Consultant is an attorney, it is understood that
such services  shall be rendered as a consultant to, and not as an attorney for,
the Company.  By executing this  Agreement,  the parties hereto  acknowledge and
agree that the First Amendment to Consulting  Agreement  between the Company and
Consultant effective as of April 21, 1999 has terminated effective as of May 21,
1999.

         2. DUTIES.  Consultant shall make himself  available during the Term to
advise the Chairman and such Company  employees as he designates  with regard to
such  strategic  business  issues and  projects as he shall  select,  including,
without  limitation,  those  relating to new or existing  business  development,
strategic  and  tactical  planning,  corporate  finance or  business  aspects of
potential securities or other legal matters. Time devoted to Consultant's duties
as a member of the Company's Board of Directors and committees thereof shall not
be considered as consulting services under this Agreement.  The Company shall be
entitled to require  Consultant  to make himself  available up to 60 days during
the Term (but not more than 10 days in any single month) for the  performance of
consulting  services  hereunder  at  such  times  and  places  as  are  mutually
satisfactory  to the  Company  and  Consultant.  Consultant  will  travel to the
Company's  principal  offices as necessary to meet with  management but will not
otherwise be required to perform any of his duties outside of Virginia.

         3.  COMPENSATION.  In consideration  for his agreement herein to render
consulting services to the Company, the Company agrees to compensate  Consultant
in cash at the rate of $2,500 per day.

         4. EXPENSES.  Any and all expenses  incurred by Consultant in rendering
consulting  services  hereunder  shall be borne by Consultant,  such expenses to
include travel within the  Virginia-Washington  D.C.-area,  secretarial  support
(unless provided with the Chairman's  permission by an employee of the Company),
office  supplies,  telephone  (unless long distance),  overhead,  meals,  market
research,  seminars,  textbooks and computer time. The Company shall pay all its
own  expenses  incurred  by it in  connection  with  such  consulting  and shall
reimburse  Consultant for all long distance  telephone  charges and expenses for
travel  (including  transportation,  hotel,  meals and other reasonable  charges
resulting from such travel) outside of the Virginia-Washington D.C.-area and for
such other  expenses  as are  authorized  by the  Chairman  as  appropriate  for
reimbursement.

         5. TERMINATION.  Consultant's retention hereunder shall continue during
the  Term  unless  earlier   terminated  by  Consultant's  death  or  by  lawful
termination of this Agreement  after breach hereof by Consultant.  Neither party
may terminate this Agreement for breach except after providing written notice to
the other of the alleged breach (specifically  describing therein in full detail
the basis for such  alleged  breach) and  allowing 30 days after such notice for
the other party to cure such breach or cease breaching the Agreement.

         6.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Consultant  shall  execute on the date hereof and
send to the Company the  Confidentiality  Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A
(the "Confidentiality Agreement").

         7.       MISCELLANEOUS.

                  7.1 Notices.  Except as otherwise  noted  herein,  all notices
pursuant to this Agreement  shall be in writing,  shall  specifically  reference
this  Agreement and shall be deemed duly sent and given upon actual  delivery to
and receipt by the relevant  party  (which in the case of the Company,  shall be
the Chairman).

                  7.2 Legal Advice and  Construction of Agreement.  Both parties
hereto have received  independent  legal advice with respect to, and neither has
relied upon the other (or his or its advisors) in, entering into this Agreement.

                  7.3 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  the  Confidentiality
Agreement and the Warrants  constitute a single integrated  contract  expressing
the entire  agreement of the parties with respect to the subject  matter  hereof
and  supersede all prior and  contemporaneous  oral and written  agreements  and
discussions with respect to the subject matter hereof.

                  7.4 Amendment and Waiver.  This  Agreement and each  provision
hereof  may be  amended,  modified,  supplemented  or  waived  only by a written
document  specifically  identifying  this  Agreement  and signed by both parties
hereto.

                  7.5  Specific  Performance.   Each  party  hereto  may  obtain
specific  performance  to  enforce  its/his  rights  hereunder  and  each  party
acknowledges  that  failure to fulfill  its/his  obligations  to the other party
hereto would result in irreparable harm.

                  7.6 Virginia Law. This  Agreement was negotiated and delivered
within the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia  and the rights  and  obligations  of the
parties  hereto shall be construed and enforced in accordance  with and governed
by the internal  (and not the conflict of laws) laws of Virginia  applicable  to
the  construction  and  enforcement  of contracts  between  parties  resident in
Virginia which are entered into and fully  performed in Virginia.  Any action or
proceeding  arising out of,  relating to or concerning  this Agreement  shall be
filed in the state courts of the County of Fairfax,  Commonwealth of Virginia or
in a U.S. District Court in the Eastern District of Virginia. The parties hereby
waive the right to object to such location on the basis of venue.

                  7.7  Attorney's  Fees. In the event a lawsuit is instituted by
either party concerning a dispute under this Agreement,  the prevailing party in
such lawsuit  shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all  reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  costs of suit and expenses  (including the  reasonable  fees,
costs and expenses of appeals),  in addition to whatever damages or other relief
the injured party is otherwise entitled to under law or equity.

                  7.8 Force  Majeure.  Neither  party  hereto shall be deemed in
default if its/his  performance of  obligations  hereunder is delayed or becomes
impossible or impracticable by reason of any act of God, war, fire,  earthquake,
strike,  civil  commotion,  epidemic,  or any other cause  beyond  such  party's
reasonable control.

                  7.9  Successors  and  Assigns.  Neither  party may assign this
Agreement or any of its/his rights or  obligations  hereunder to any third party
or entity, and this Agreement may not be involuntarily  assigned by operation of
law, without the prior written consent of the nonassigning  party, which consent
may be given or  withheld  by such  nonassigning  party in the sole  exercise of
its/his  discretion,  except that the Company  may assign  this  Agreement  to a
corporation  acquiring:  (1) 50% or more of the  Company's  capital  stock  in a
merger or  acquisition;  or (2) all or  substantially  all of the  assets of the
Company in a single  transaction;  and except that  Consultant  may  transfer or
assign  his  rights  under  this  Agreement  voluntarily,  involuntarily  or  by
operation  of law upon or as a result of his death to his heirs,  estate  and/or
personal  representative(s).  Any prohibited  assignment or attempted assignment
shall be null and void.  This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective lawful successors and
permitted assigns.

                  7.10  Limitation  of Damages.  Except as  expressly  set forth
herein,  in any action or proceeding  arising out of,  relating to or concerning
this  Agreement,  including any claim of breach of contract,  liability shall be
limited to compensatory  damages,  proximately  caused by the breach and neither
party  shall,  under  any  circumstances,  be  liable  to the  other  party  for
consequential,  incidental,  indirect  or  special  damages,  including  but not
limited to lost profits or income,  even if such party has been  apprised of the
likelihood of such damages occurring.

                  7.11   Counterparts.   This   Agreement  may  be  executed  in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

DAY RUNNER, INC.                                              ALAN R. RACHLIN
                                                             ------------------
By:___________________________                              /s/ ALAN R. RACHLIN
      Mark Vidovich
      Chairman




                                    EXHIBIT A


                            CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT


AGREEMENT,  dated and made  effective as of this 21st day of May,  1999,  by and
between Day Runner,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  ("Discloser"),  and Alan R.
Rachlin, a Virginia resident ("Disclosee");

WHEREAS,  Discloser  intends to provide  Disclosee  with  certain data and other
information possibly of a confidential or proprietary nature to Discloser; and

WHEREAS,  Discloser  considers  certain of this information  confidential but is
willing to provide such information to Disclosee on a confidential basis;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Confidential  Information"
shall mean that  information of Discloser  which is disclosed to Disclosee under
the  Consulting  Agreement,  effective  as of the date hereof by and between the
Discloser and Disclosee and which is in written graphic, recorded,  photographic
or any machine readable form, and which is conspicuously marked as confidential.

         2. (a) Disclosee will use such Confidential Information for his own use
only and shall use the same degree of care he uses to protect and  safeguard the
confidentiality  of  his  own  proprietary  information  to  not  disclose  such
Confidential  Information  to any person or persons  other than his attorneys or
accountants. Disclosee covenants that such degree of care is reasonably designed
to protect the  confidentiality  of  Disclosee's  proprietary  and  confidential
information.

     (b) Disclosee  shall not be liable for disclosure of any such  Confidential
Information if the same:

     (i) was in the public domain at the time it was disclosed;

     (ii) was known to Disclosee prior to the time of disclosure;

    (iii) is disclosed with the prior written approval of Discloser;

     (iv) is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of Disclosee;

     (v) is disclosed after two years from the date of this Agreement;

     (vi) was or is independently  developed by Disclosee without any use of the
Confidential Information;

     (vii) becomes known to Disclosee from a source other than Discloser without
breach of this Agreement by Disclosee;

     (viii)  is  or  has  been  furnished  by  Discloser  to  others  not  in  a
Confidential  relationship  with Discloser  without  restrictions  similar to or
stricter  than  those  herein  on the  right  of the  Receiving  party to use or
disclose;

     (ix) is received by Disclosee after written  notification to Discloser that
Disclosee will not accept any further information;

     (x)  is  disclosed  pursuant  to  the  order  or  requirement  of a  court,
administrative agency, or other governmental body; or

     (xi) is disclosed pursuant to litigation  involving  Disclosee and relating
to the information disclosed hereunder.

     (c) In the event of a disclosure under subsection  (b)(x) above,  Disclosee
shall give  Disclosure  written  notice of such order or  requirement as soon as
practicable prior to disclosure of the Confidential Information.

          3. The provisions of this Agreement  shall supersede the provisions of
any legends  which may be affixed to any  Confidential  Information  provided by
Discloser to Disclosee.

         4. This document  contains the entire agreement  between the parties as
to the subject  matter  hereof and  supersedes  any previous or  contemporaneous
understandings,  commitments or agreements,  oral or written, as to such subject
matter. This Agreement can only be amended by a written document executed by the
parties hereto.

         5. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the  Commonwealth of
Virginia.



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed  by  their  duly  authorized  representatives  as  of  the  date  first
above-written.

                                            Understood and Agreed:

"Discloser"                                 "Disclosee"

DAY RUNNER, INC.                            ALAN R. RACHLIN


By:/s/ Mark Vidovich            Signature: /s/ Alan R. Rachlin
 -----------------------                    -----------------------------
     Mark Vidovich
    Chairman








================================================================================
                                                                  Execution Copy
================================================================================

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.23


LC992590047

                       AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

                         dated as of September 30, 1999

                                      among

                                DAY RUNNER, INC.

                                DAY RUNNER UK plc

                                       and

                                 FILOFAX LIMITED

                                  as Borrowers

                            THE LENDERS HEREIN NAMED

                                   as Lenders

                                       and

                     WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

                             as Administrative Agent



<PAGE>







LC992590047                                              vi
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                Page

ARTICLE 1  DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS.......................................................................2

                   <S>                                                                                           <C>
                  1.1. Defined Terms..............................................................................2
                  1.2. Use of Defined Terms......................................................................29
                  1.3. Accounting Terms..........................................................................29
                  1.4. Rounding..................................................................................29
                  1.5. Exhibits and Schedules....................................................................29
                  1.6. Miscellaneous Terms.......................................................................29

ARTICLE 2 LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT............................................................................30

                  2.1. Loans.....................................................................................30
                  2.2. Conversion/Continuation of Loans..........................................................31
                  2.3. Foreign Currency Loans....................................................................32
                  2.4. Type of Loans.............................................................................33
                  2.5. Funding of Loans..........................................................................33
                  2.6. Notes.....................................................................................34
                  2.7. Letters of Credit.........................................................................35
                  2.8. Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Commitment...............................................38
                  2.9. Swing Line Loans..........................................................................39
                  2.10. Guaranty.................................................................................40
                  2.11. Extension of Revolving Loan Maturity Date................................................40

ARTICLE 3 PAYMENTS AND FEES......................................................................................41

                  3.1. Interest..................................................................................41
                  3.2. Principal.................................................................................42
                  3.3. Commitment Fee............................................................................44
                  3.4. Amendment Fee and Administrative Agent's Fee..............................................44
                  3.5. Letter of Credit Fees.....................................................................44
                  3.6. Increased Commitment Costs................................................................45
                  3.7. Eurodollar Costs and Related Matters......................................................46
                  3.8. Foreign Currency Costs and Related Matters................................................49
                  3.9. Intentionally Omitted.....................................................................51
                  3.10. Computation of Interest and Fees.........................................................51
                  3.11. Non-Banking Days.........................................................................52
                  3.12. Manner and Treatment of Payments.........................................................52
                  3.13. Funding Sources..........................................................................53
                  3.14. Failure to Charge Not Subsequent Waiver..................................................53
                  3.15. Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Payments Will be Made.............................53
                  3.16. Fee Determination Detail.................................................................54
                  3.17. Survivability............................................................................54
                  3.18. Application of Payments..................................................................54

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.........................................................................55

                  4.1. Existence and Qualification; Power; Compliance With Laws..................................55
                  4.2. Authority; Compliance With Other Agreements and Instruments
                           and Government Regulations............................................................56
                  4.3. No Governmental Approvals Required........................................................56
                  4.4. Subsidiaries..............................................................................56
                  4.5. Financial Statements......................................................................57
                  4.6. No Other Liabilities; No Material Adverse Changes.........................................57
                  4.7. Title to Property.........................................................................58
                  4.8. Intangible Assets.........................................................................58
                  4.9. Public Utility Holding Company Act........................................................58
                  4.10. Litigation...............................................................................58
                  4.11. Binding Obligations......................................................................58
                  4.12. No Default...............................................................................58
                  4.13. ERISA....................................................................................58
                  4.14. Regulations U and X; Investment Company Act..............................................59
                  4.15. Disclosure...............................................................................59
                  4.16. Tax Liability............................................................................59
                  4.17. Projections..............................................................................60
                  4.18. Environmental Matters....................................................................60
                  4.19. Solvency.................................................................................60
                  4.20. Year 2000 Matters........................................................................60

ARTICLE 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS (OTHER THAN INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS)..............................61

                  5.1. Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Liens................................................61
                  5.2. Preservation of Existence.................................................................61
                  5.3. Maintenance of Properties.................................................................61
                  5.4. Maintenance of Insurance..................................................................62
                  5.5. Compliance With Laws......................................................................62
                  5.6. Inspection Rights.........................................................................62
                  5.7. Keeping of Records and Books of Account...................................................62
                  5.8. Compliance With Agreements................................................................62
                  5.9. Use of Proceeds...........................................................................62
                  5.10. Hazardous Materials Laws.................................................................62
                  5.11. Additional Material Subsidiaries.........................................................63
                  5.12. Intentionally Omitted....................................................................63
                  5.13. Further Assurances.......................................................................63
                  5.14. Deposit Accounts and Cash Concentration..................................................64

ARTICLE 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS.....................................................................................65

                  6.1. Payment of Subordinated Obligations.......................................................65
                  6.2. Disposition of Property...................................................................65
                  6.3. Mergers...................................................................................66
                  6.4. Intentionally Omitted.....................................................................66
                  6.5. Intentionally Omitted.....................................................................66
                  6.6. Distributions.............................................................................66
                  6.7. ERISA.....................................................................................66
                  6.8. Change in Nature of Business..............................................................66
                  6.9. Liens.....................................................................................66
                  6.10. Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations....................................................67
                  6.11. Transactions with Affiliates.............................................................68
                  6.12. Funded Senior Debt Ratio.................................................................68
                  6.13. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio..............................................................68
                  6.14. Stockholders' Equity.....................................................................68
                  6.15. Investments..............................................................................69
                  6.16. Capital Expenditures.....................................................................70
                  6.17. Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries..............................................70
                  6.18. Lease Obligations........................................................................70
                  6.19. Minimum EBITDA...........................................................................71
                  6.20. Current Ratio............................................................................71
                  6.21. Operating Expenses.......................................................................71

ARTICLE 7 INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.................................................................72

                  7.1. Financial and Business Information........................................................72
                  7.2. Compliance Certificates...................................................................75

ARTICLE 8 CONDITIONS 76

                  8.1. Effective Date............................................................................76
                  8.2. Revolving Loans...........................................................................79

ARTICLE 9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT...................................................79

                  9.1. Events of Default.........................................................................79
                  9.2. Remedies Upon Event of Default............................................................81

ARTICLE 10 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT..............................................................................82

                  10.1. Appointment and Authorization............................................................82
                  10.2. Administrative Agent and Affiliates......................................................83
                  10.3. Lenders' Credit Decisions................................................................83
                  10.4. Action by Administrative Agent...........................................................83
                  10.5. Liability of Administrative Agent........................................................84
                  10.6. Indemnification..........................................................................85
                  10.7. Successor Administrative Agent...........................................................86
                  10.8. No Obligations of Borrowers..............................................................86

ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................................87

                  11.1. Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver...........................................................87
                  11.2. Amendments; Consents.....................................................................87
                  11.3. Costs, Expenses and Taxes................................................................88
                  11.4. Nature of Lenders' Obligations...........................................................89
                  11.5. Survival of Representations and Warranties...............................................89
                  11.6. Notices..................................................................................89
                  11.7. Execution of Loan Documents..............................................................89
                  11.8. Binding Effect; Assignment...............................................................90
                  11.9. Right of Setoff..........................................................................92
                  11.10. Sharing of Setoffs......................................................................92
                  11.11. Indemnity by Borrowers..................................................................93
                  11.12. Nonliability of the Lenders.............................................................94
                  11.13. No Third Parties Benefited..............................................................95
                  11.14. Confidentiality.........................................................................95
                  11.15. Further Assurances......................................................................95
                  11.16. Integration.............................................................................96
                  11.17. Governing Law...........................................................................96
                  11.18. Severability of Provisions..............................................................96
                  11.19. Headings................................................................................96
                  11.20. Time of the Essence.....................................................................96
                  11.21. Foreign Lenders and Participants........................................................96
                  11.22. Joint and Several Liability.............................................................97
                  11.23. Removal of a Lender.....................................................................98
                  11.24. Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury........................................................98
                  11.25. Purported Oral Amendments...............................................................99
                  11.26. Acknowledgment of Lenders...............................................................99



<PAGE>
</TABLE>






                                           EXHIBITS

Exhibit Number               Exhibit Name

Exhibit A                    Form of Borrower Guaranty

Exhibit B                    Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit C                    Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit D-1                  Form of Revolving Loan Note

Exhibit D-2                  Form of Term Loan Note

Exhibit E                    Form of Pricing Certificate

Exhibit F                    Form of Request for Letter of Credit

Exhibit G                    Form of Subsidiary Guaranty

Exhibit H                    Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit I                    Notice of Swing Line Loan

Exhibit J                    Form of Pledge Agreement

Exhibit K                    Form of Mortgage of Shares

Exhibit L                    Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit M                    Form of Security Document

Exhibit N                    Form of Borrower Guaranty of Revolving Loans

Exhibit O                    Form of Borrower Guaranty of Term Loans

Exhibit P                    Form of Subsidiary Guaranty of Revolving Loans

Exhibit Q                    Form of Subsidiary Guaranty of Term Loans

Exhibit R                    Form of Subordinated Promissory Note



<PAGE>






                                          SCHEDULES

Schedule Number              Schedule Name

Schedule 1.1                 Lender Pro Rata Shares

Schedule 1.2                 Subsidiary Overdraft Indebtedness

Schedule 2.1                 Term Loans on Effective Date

Schedule 4.1                 Borrowers

Schedule 4.4                 Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.6                 Funded Debt

Schedule 4.7                 Liens

Schedule 5.14(a)             Foreign Subsidiary Deposit Accounts

Schedule 5.14(b)             Foreign Subsidiary Deposit Account Balances

Schedule 6.10                Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.15                Existing Investments





<PAGE>







LC992590047

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                         Dated as of September 30, 1999

         This AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of September 30, 1999
is entered  into by and among Day Runner,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  ("Day
Runner"), Day Runner UK plc, a company incorporated with limited liability under
the laws of England  and Wales and a  wholly-owned  indirect  subsidiary  of Day
Runner ("Bidco"), Filofax Limited, a company incorporated with limited liability
under the laws of England and Wales and a  wholly-owned  indirect  subsidiary of
Bidco  ("Filofax";  Day  Runner,  Bidco and  Filofax  being  referred  to herein
collectively as the "Borrowers", and individually as a "Borrower"),  each lender
whose name is set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement and each lender
which may hereafter  become a party to this  Agreement  pursuant to Section 11.8
(collectively,  the "Lenders," and  individually,  a "Lender"),  and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender.

         WHEREAS,  certain of the Borrowers,  Day Runner Canada Inc., an Ontario
corporation  formerly  known as  Ultima  Distribution  Inc.  and a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of Day Runner  ("DRC"),  the Lenders and Wells Fargo Bank,  National
Association,  as  Administrative  Agent and Issuing  Lender,  entered  into that
certain  Revolving Loan Agreement  dated as of September 23, 1998 (the "Existing
Credit Agreement");

         WHEREAS, the Borrowers,  DRC, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and
the Issuing Lender desire to amend and restate the Existing Credit  Agreement in
its  entirety  to give  effect  to the terms  and  provisions  set forth in this
Agreement (the Existing Credit Agreement as amended and restated by this Amended
and Restated Loan Agreement, as the same may be further amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, this "Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  on the date  hereof,  Syndicated  Loans  (as  defined  in the
Existing  Credit  Agreement) are outstanding in the aggregate  principal  amount
equal to the Foreign Currency Equivalent of $109,688,128.48;

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Existing Credit  Agreement,  the Lenders made
(a) Tender Offer Loans (as defined  herein) to Bidco in an  aggregate  principal
amount equal to the Foreign  Currency  Equivalent of  $20,443,666.20  and Tender
Offer Loans to Day Runner in an aggregate  principal amount of $70,000,000,  all
of  which  are  deemed  to be  outstanding  on the  date  hereof  and (b)  other
Syndicated Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) to the Borrowers,
in  an  aggregate   principal   amount   outstanding   on  the  date  hereof  of
$19,244,462.28;

         WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested,  that (a) the Tender Offer Loans
made to Day Runner and Bidco under the Existing Credit Agreement be reclassified
as Term Loans under this  Agreement,  (b) the  Syndicated  Loans (other than the
Tender Offer Loans) made to the Borrowers under the Existing Credit Agreement be
continued as  Revolving  Loans under this  Agreement,  (c) the Letters of Credit
issued  under the  Existing  Credit  Agreement be continued as Letters of Credit
under this Agreement,  (d) Syndicated Loans made to DRC, as Borrower,  under the
Existing Credit Agreement (such Syndicated Loans, the "DRC Loans") be assumed by
Day Runner  and  continued  as  Revolving  Loans to Day  Runner  (and as Foreign
Currency  Loans  denominated  in  Canadian  dollars  until  no  later  than  the
expiration of the current Foreign Currency Period with respect to each such Loan
and on or before  such time  each  such  Loan will be  converted  into a Loan in
Dollars or another  permitted  denomination),  under this Agreement and that Day
Runner be deemed to make an  intercompany  loan to DRC in an amount equal to the
principal  amount of such DRC Loans  outstanding on the Effective  Date, and (e)
the Lenders, from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth herein,  make  Revolving  Loans to the Revolving Loan  Borrowers,  and the
Lenders have agreed to such requests;

         WHEREAS,  DRC is signatory to this Agreement solely for the purposes of
effecting the  amendment and  restatement  of the Existing  Credit  Agreement as
contemplated by this Agreement and upon the effectiveness of the this Agreement,
DRC  shall  not be a  "Borrower"  under  this  Agreement  and shall not have any
obligations or liabilities hereunder.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

                                    Article 1

                        DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     1.1 Defined Terms.  As used in this  Agreement,  the following  terms shall
have the meanings set forth below:

         "Adjusted  Eurodollar  Rate"  applicable to any Interest Period means a
rate per annum equal to the quotient obtained (rounded upward, if necessary,  to
the next higher 1/100 of 1%) by dividing (i) the applicable  Eurodollar  Rate by
(ii) 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

         "Administrative  Agent" means Wells Fargo Bank,  National  Association,
when acting in its  capacity as the  Administrative  Agent under any of the Loan
Documents, or any successor Administrative Agent.

         "Administrative  Agent's Fee" means the annual administration fee to be
paid by Day Runner to the Administrative Agent described in the fee letter dated
as of October 12, 1999 from the  Administrative  Agent to, and  acknowledged and
accepted by, Day Runner.

         "Administrative   Agent's  Office"  means  the  Administrative  Agent's
address as set forth on the  signature  pages of this  Agreement,  or such other
address as the Administrative Agent hereafter may designate by written notice to
the Borrowers and the Lenders.

         "Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person which directly or
indirectly controls,  or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such
Person.  As used in this  definition,  "control"  (and  the  correlative  terms,
"controlled by" and "under common control with") shall mean possession, directly
or  indirectly,  of power to direct  or cause the  direction  of  management  or
policies  (whether  through  ownership of  securities  or  partnership  or other
ownership interests, by contract or otherwise); provided that, in any event, any
Person that owns,  directly or indirectly,  20% or more of the securities having
ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body of a
corporation that has more than 100 record holders of such securities,  or 20% or
more of the  partnership or other  ownership  interests of any other Person that
has more than 100  record  holders  of such  interests,  will be deemed to be an
Affiliate of such corporation, partnership or other Person.

         "Aggregate  Exposure Amount" means as of any date of determination  and
with  respect to all  Letters  of Credit  then  outstanding,  the sum of (a) the
aggregate  effective face amounts of all such Letters of Credit not then paid by
the Issuing  Lender plus (b) the  aggregate  amounts paid by the Issuing  Lender
under such  Letters  of Credit  not then  reimbursed  to the  Issuing  Lender by
Borrowers.

         "Agreement"  means this Amended and Restated  Loan  Agreement as it may
from time to time be supplemented, modified, amended, restated or extended.

         "Alternate Base Rate" means, as of any date of determination,  the rate
per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the
higher of (a) the Prime  Rate in  effect on such date or (b) the  Federal  Funds
Rate in effect on such date plus 1/2 of 1% (50 basis points).

         "Alternate Base Rate Loan" means a Loan made hereunder and specified to
be an Alternate Base Rate Loan in accordance with Article 2.

         "Applicable Base Rate Margin" means (a) for the Initial Pricing Period,
200 basis  points  per annum and (b) for each  Pricing  Period  thereafter,  the
interest  rate  margin set forth  below  (expressed  in basis  points per annum)
opposite the  Applicable  Pricing  Level for the Fiscal  Quarter  ending 55 days
prior to the commencement of such Pricing Period:

                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                      Applicable Pricing Level                  Margin
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               I                                    12.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               II                                   25.00
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               III                                  62.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               IV                                   87.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               V                                   112.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               VI                                  137.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               VII                                 162.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               VIII                                200.00
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

         Any change in the Applicable  Base Rate Margin based on a change in the
Applicable Pricing Level shall be effective immediately after the receipt by the
Administrative  Agent of the Pricing Certificate  relating to the Fiscal Quarter
ending 55 days prior to the  commencement of such Pricing Period;  provided that
(i) in the event that the  Borrowers do not deliver a Pricing  Certificate  with
respect to any Fiscal Quarter within the time set forth in Section 7.1(b),  then
until (but only until) such  Pricing  Certificate  is delivered  the  Applicable
Pricing Level shall be Pricing Level VIII and (ii) if any Pricing Certificate is
subsequently  determined  to be in  error,  then  any  resulting  change  in the
Applicable  Pricing  Level shall be made  retroactively  to the beginning of the
relevant Pricing Period.

         "Applicable  Commitment  Fee Rate"  means (a) for the  Initial  Pricing
Period,  67.5 basis points per annum and (b) for each Pricing Period thereafter,
the rate set forth below  (expressed  in basis  points per annum)  opposite  the
Applicable  Pricing  Level for the  Fiscal  Quarter  ending 55 days prior to the
commencement of such Pricing Period:

                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                      Applicable Pricing Level              Commitment Fee Rate
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               I                                    37.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               II                                   37.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               III                                  37.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               IV                                   37.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               V                                    50.00
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               VI                                   50.00
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               VII                                  50.00
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               VIII                                 67.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

         Any change in the  Applicable  Commitment Fee Rate based on a change in
the Applicable Pricing Level shall be effective immediately after the receipt by
the  Administrative  Agent of the  Pricing  Certificate  relating  to the Fiscal
Quarter  ending  55 days  prior  to the  commencement  of such  Pricing  Period;
provided  that (i) in the  event  that the  Borrowers  do not  deliver a Pricing
Certificate  with  respect  to any Fiscal  Quarter  within the time set forth in
Section  7.1(b),  then  until  (but only  until)  such  Pricing  Certificate  is
delivered the  Applicable  Pricing Level shall be Pricing Level VIII and (ii) if
any Pricing  Certificate  is  subsequently  determined to be in error,  then any
resulting change in the Applicable  Pricing Level shall be made retroactively to
the beginning of the relevant Pricing Period.

         "Applicable  Eurodollar  Rate Margin" means (a) for the Initial Pricing
Period,  300 basis points per annum and (b) for each Pricing Period  thereafter,
the interest  rate margin set forth below  (expressed in basis points per annum)
opposite the  Applicable  Pricing  Level for the Fiscal  Quarter  ending 55 days
prior to the commencement of such Pricing Period:

                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                      Applicable Pricing Level                 Margin
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               I                                   112.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               II                                  125.00
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               III                                 162.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               IV                                  187.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               V                                   212.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               VI                                  237.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               VII                                 262.50
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

                               VIII                                300.00
                  ---------------------------------- ---------------------------

         Any change in the Applicable  Eurodollar  Rate Margin based on a change
in the Applicable Pricing Level shall be effective immediately after the receipt
by the Administrative  Agent of the Pricing  Certificate  relating to the Fiscal
Quarter  ending  55 days  prior  to the  commencement  of such  Pricing  Period;
provided  that (i) in the  event  that the  Borrowers  do not  deliver a Pricing
Certificate  with  respect  to any Fiscal  Quarter  within the time set forth in
Section  7.1(b),  then  until  (but only  until)  such  Pricing  Certificate  is
delivered the  Applicable  Pricing Level shall be Pricing Level VIII and (ii) if
any Pricing  Certificate  is  subsequently  determined to be in error,  then any
resulting change in the Applicable  Pricing Level shall be made retroactively to
the beginning of the relevant Pricing Period.

         "Applicable  Lending Office" means,  with respect to each Lender,  such
Lender's  Domestic Lending Office in the case of an Alternate Base Rate Loan and
such Lender's Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

         "Applicable  Pricing  Level"  means,  on any day, the pricing level set
forth  below  opposite  the  Funded  Debt Ratio as of the last day of the Fiscal
Quarter most recently ended prior to such day:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

          <S>                                                <C>
             Pricing Level                                    Funded Debt Ratio
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                I                                    Less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                II                    Greater than 2.00 to 1.00, but less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                III                   Greater than 2.50 to 1.00, but less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                IV                    Greater than 3.00 to 1.00, but less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                V                     Greater than 3.50 to 1.00, but less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                VI                    Greater than 4.00 to 1.00, but less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                VII                   Greater than 4.50 to 1.00, but less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                VIII                                      Greater than 5.00 to 1.00
         ----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

provided  that (i) in the  event  that the  Borrowers  do not  deliver a Pricing
Certificate  with  respect  to any Fiscal  Quarter  within the time set forth in
Section  7.1(b),  then  until  (but only  until)  such  Pricing  Certificate  is
delivered the  Applicable  Pricing Level shall be Pricing Level VIII and (ii) if
any Pricing  Certificate  is  subsequently  determined to be in error,  then any
resulting change in the Applicable  Pricing Level shall be made retroactively to
the beginning of the relevant Fiscal Quarter.

         "Applicable Standby Letter of Credit Fee Rate" means, as of any date of
determination, the then effective Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin.

     "Assignment   and   Acceptance"   means  an   assignment   and   acceptance
substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

         "Banking Day" means any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday,
other  than a day on which  banks are  authorized  or  required  to be closed in
California or New York.

         "Borrower" means each of Day Runner, Bidco and Filofax, and "Borrowers"
is a collective reference to all of them.

         "Borrower  Guaranties"  means  the  collective  reference  to (a)  each
Borrower  Guaranty,  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit A,  executed  by the
Borrowers (other than Filofax), (b) the Borrower Guaranty of Revolving Loans, in
substantially  the form of Exhibit N,  executed by Filofax and (c) the  Borrower
Guaranty  of Term Loans,  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit O,  executed by
Filofax,  in each  case  delivered  pursuant  to  Article  8, as the same may be
amended,  supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; and each of them
is a "Borrower Guaranty".

         "Capital  Expenditure"  means any expenditure by any Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries for or related to fixed assets or purchased intangibles that is
treated as a capital  expenditure  under  GAAP,  including  any amount  which is
required to be treated as an asset subject to a Capital Lease Obligation.

         "Capital  Lease"  means any leasing or similar  arrangement  which,  in
accordance with GAAP, is classified as a capital lease.

         "Capital Lease Obligations" means all monetary  obligations of a Person
under any Capital Lease.

         "Cash" means, when used in connection with any Person, all monetary and
non-monetary  items owned by that Person that are treated as cash in  accordance
with GAAP, consistently applied.

         "Cash Equivalents" means, when used in connection with any Person, that
Person's Investments in:

          (a)  Government  Securities  due within one year after the date of the
     making of the Investment;

          (b) readily  marketable direct  obligations of any State of the United
     States of America  or any  political  subdivision  of any such State or any
     public  agency  or  instrumentality  thereof  given  on the  date  of  such
     Investment  a credit  rating of at least Aa by Moody's  Investors  Service,
     Inc. or AA by Standard & Poor's  Rating  Group (a division of  McGraw-Hill,
     Inc.), in each case due within one year from the making of the Investment;

          (c)  certificates  of deposit issued by, bank deposits in,  eurodollar
     deposits  through,  bankers'  acceptances  of,  and  repurchase  agreements
     covering  Government   Securities  executed  by  any  Lender  or  any  bank
     incorporated  under the Laws of the  United  States of  America,  any State
     thereof  or the  District  of  Columbia  and  having  on the  date  of such
     Investment  combined  capital,  surplus and  undivided  profits of at least
     $250,000,000, or total assets of at least $5,000,000,000,  in each case due
     within one year after the date of the making of the Investment;

          (d)  certificates  of deposit issued by, bank deposits in,  eurodollar
     deposits  through,  bankers'  acceptances  of,  and  repurchase  agreements
     covering  Government  Securities  executed  by any  Lender or any branch or
     office located in the United States of America of a bank incorporated under
     the Laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America having on
     the date of such Investment combined capital, surplus and undivided profits
     of at least $500,000,000,  or total assets of at least $15,000,000,000,  in
     each  case  due  within  one  year  after  the  date of the  making  of the
     Investment;

          (e)  readily  marketable  commercial  paper or other  debt  securities
     issued by corporations doing business in and incorporated under the Laws of
     the United  States of America  or any State  thereof or of any  corporation
     that is the holding company for a bank described in clause (c) or (d) above
     given on the date of such  Investment  a credit  rating  of at least P-1 by
     Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or A-1 by Standard & Poor's Rating Group (a
     division of McGraw-Hill,  Inc.), in each case due within one year after the
     date of the making of the Investment;

          (f) a readily  redeemable  "money market  mutual fund"  sponsored by a
     bank  described  in  clause  (c) or  (d)  hereof,  or a  broker  or  dealer
     registered  under Section 15(b) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended,  having  on  the  date  of  the  Investment  capital  of at  least
     $50,000,000,  that has and  maintains  an  investment  policy  limiting its
     investments  primarily to instruments of the types described in clauses (a)
     through (e) hereof and given on the date of such Investment a credit rating
     of at least Aa by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  and AA by  Standard &
     Poor's Rating Group (a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc.);

          (g)  corporate  notes or bonds having an original  term to maturity of
     not more than one year issued by a corporation  incorporated under the Laws
     of the United  States of  America,  or a  participation  interest  therein;
     provided that (i) commercial  paper issued by such  corporation is given on
     the date of such  Investment  a  credit  rating  of at least Aa by  Moody's
     Investors  Service,  Inc.  and AA by  Standard  &  Poor's  Rating  Group (a
     division of  McGraw-Hill,  Inc.),  (ii) the amount of all such  Investments
     issued  by the same  issuer  does  not  exceed  $5,000,000  and  (iii)  the
     aggregate amount of all such Investments does not exceed $15,000,000; and

          (h) any security denominated in pounds sterling issued by or on behalf
     of the  government  of the  United  Kingdom  or  any  other  unsubordinated
     security, investment or instrument which is denominated in pounds sterling,
     has a  maturity  of less  than one  year,  and is given on the date of such
     Investment a credit rating of at least P-1 by Moody's  Investor's  Service,
     Inc.  or  A-1  by  Standard  &  Poor's  Ratings  Services  (a  division  of
     McGraw-Hill, Inc.).

     "Certificate" means a certificate signed by a Senior Officer or Responsible
Official (as applicable) of the Person providing the certificate.

     "Change  in  Control"  means  (a) any  transaction  or  series  of  related
transactions in which any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert (other
than a Permitted  Stockholder)  acquire beneficial ownership (within the meaning
of Rule  13d-3(a)(1)  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended),
directly or  indirectly,  of 25% or more of the  outstanding  Day Runner  Common
Stock,  (b) Day  Runner  consolidates  with or  merges  into  another  Person or
conveys,  transfers  or leases its  properties  and assets  substantially  as an
entirety  to any  Person,  or any Person  consolidates  with or merges  into Day
Runner in a  transaction  in which the  outstanding  Day Runner  Common Stock is
changed into or exchanged for cash,  securities  or other  property and with the
effect that any Person becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,  of
25% or more of Day Runner  Common Stock or that the Persons who were the holders
of Day Runner Common Stock  immediately  prior to the transaction hold less than
75% of the common stock of the surviving  corporation after the transaction,  or
(c) during any period of 24 consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning
of such period  constituted the board of directors of Day Runner  (together with
any new or replacement  directors  whose election by the board of directors,  or
whose nomination for election,  was approved by a vote of at least a majority of
the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of
such period or whose  election or nomination  for  reelection  was previously so
approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the directors then in
office.

     "Closing Date" means September 23, 1998.

     "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or replaced and
as in effect from time to time.

     "Collateral"  means all  Property  and  interests  in Property now owned or
hereafter acquired by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries upon which a Lien is
granted to the Administrative  Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders,  under any
of the Loan Documents.

     "Collateral  Documents"  means each of the Pledge  Agreements  and Security
Agreements.

     "Commercial Letter of Credit" means each Letter of Credit issued to support
the  purchase  of goods by a Borrower  which is  determined  to be a  commercial
letter of credit by the Issuing Lender.

     "Common Stock" means the common stock of any Borrower or its successor.

     "Companies Act" means the Companies Act 1985 of Great Britain.

     "Compliance  Certificate"  means a  certificate  in the form of  Exhibit C,
properly completed and signed by a Senior Officer of Day Runner.

     "Concentration Account" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14.

     "Contractual  Obligation"  means,  as to any Person,  any  provision of any
outstanding  security  issued  by  that  Person  or of any  material  agreement,
instrument or  undertaking to which that Person is a party or by which it or any
of its Property is bound.

     "Current  Assets" means, as of any date of  determination,  all assets that
would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of
Day  Runner  and  its  Subsidiaries  as  current  assets  as  at  such  date  of
determination.

     "Current  Liabilities"  means,  as  of  any  date  of  determination,   all
liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated
balance sheet of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  as current  liabilities as at
such date of determination.

     "Current  Ratio" means, as of any date of  determination,  the ratio of (a)
Current Assets to (b) the sum of (i) Current Liabilities plus (ii) the aggregate
principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding as of such date.

     "Day  Runner  Common  Stock"  means the  Common  Stock of Day Runner or its
successor.

     "Debtor  Relief  Laws" means the  Bankruptcy  Code of the United  States of
America,  as amended from time to time,  and all other  applicable  liquidation,
conservatorship,    bankruptcy,   moratorium,    rearrangement,    receivership,
insolvency,  reorganization,  or similar debtor relief Laws from time to time in
effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.

     "Default" means any event that, with the giving of any applicable notice or
passage of time specified in Section 9.1, or both, would be an Event of Default.

     "Default Rate" means the interest rate prescribed in Section 3.9.

     "Designated  Capital  Expenditures"  means  Capital  Expenditures  that are
either (i) financed  directly or indirectly  with the proceeds of a Loan or (ii)
not financed by the relevant Borrower by any third party financing source.

     "Designated  Eurodollar  Market" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate
Loan, the London Eurodollar Market.

     "Designated  Foreign  Currency  Market" means,  with respect to any Foreign
Currency  Loan, the Foreign  Currency  Market  designated by the  Administrative
Agent as appropriate for that Foreign Currency Loan.

     "Disqualified  Stock" means any capital stock,  warrants,  options or other
rights to  acquire  capital  stock (but  excluding  any debt  security  which is
convertible, or exchangeable, for capital stock), which, by its terms (or by the
terms  of  any  security  into  which  it is  convertible  or  for  which  it is
exchangeable),  or upon the  happening of any event,  matures or is  mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable
at the option of the  holder  thereof,  in whole or in part,  on or prior to the
Term Loan Maturity Date.

     "Disposition"  means the sale,  transfer or other disposition in any single
transaction or series of related  transactions of any asset, or group of related
assets,  of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  other than (i) inventory or
Cash  Equivalents  sold or  otherwise  disposed  of in the  ordinary  course  of
business  of such  Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary  and  (ii)  equipment  sold or
otherwise  disposed of where such  equipment is obsolete or no longer  useful in
the ordinary  course of business of such  Borrower or such  Subsidiary,  and the
aggregate  value of assets so  disposed  does not exceed  $100,000 in any Fiscal
Year.

     "Distribution"  means,  with respect to any shares of capital  stock or any
warrant or option to purchase an equity security or other equity security issued
by a Person,  (a) any Stock Repurchase by such Person and (b) the declaration or
(without   duplication)  payment  by  such  Person  of  any  dividend  or  other
distribution in Cash or in Property  (except for Property  constituting  capital
stock of such Person that is not  Disqualified  Stock) on or with respect to any
such security.

     "Dollars" or "$" means United States of America dollars.

     "Domestic Lending Office" means, with respect to any Lender,  the office of
such Lender  specified as its  "Domestic  Lending  Office" next to its signature
hereto, or such other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time
specify to the Borrowers and to the Administrative Agent.

     "DRC" means Day Runner Canada Inc., an Ontario  corporation  formerly known
as Ultima Distribution Inc. and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Day Runner.

     "DRC Loans" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

     "DRI  International"  means DRI  International  Holdings,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Day Runner.

     "DR-UK Holdings" means DR UK Holdings Limited, a company  incorporated with
limited  liability  under the laws of England and Wales and a Subsidiary  of DRI
International.

     "EBITDA" means,  with respect to any period,  the sum of (a) Net Income for
that period, plus (b) any extraordinary loss included in such Net Income,  minus
(c) any  extraordinary  gain  included  in such Net  Income,  plus (d)  Interest
Expense  of Day  Runner  and its  Subsidiaries  for  that  period,  plus (e) the
aggregate  amount  of taxes on or  measured  by  income  of Day  Runner  and its
Subsidiaries  for that period (whether or not payable during that period),  plus
(f) depreciation, amortization and all other non-cash expenses of Day Runner and
its Subsidiaries for that period, plus (g) to the extent deducted in determining
such Net Income,  for any period  including  Day Runner's  Fiscal  Quarter ended
March 31, 1999, the amount of Tender Offer Transaction  Expenses in such period,
plus (h) for any period that includes  fiscal  periods ended on or prior to June
30, 1999, to the extent deducted in determining  such Net Income,  the aggregate
amount of asset write  downs with  respect to Filofax  Group  recorded in any of
such  fiscal  periods,  in each case as  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP,
consistently  applied plus (i) to the extent  deducted in  determining  such Net
Income,  the amount of expenses incurred in connection with Day Runner's efforts
to be  acquired  by  another  Person  or  restructure  Day  Runner or any of its
Subsidiaries  incurred  during such period;  provided  that, for any period that
includes Day Runner's Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 1998, the acquisition of
Filofax  Group by Bidco shall be deemed to have  occurred as of the first day of
such period.

     "Effective  Date" means the first Banking Day on which the  conditions  set
forth in Section 8.1 are  satisfied  or waived,  but in any event not later than
October 15, 1999.

     "EMU" means the Economic and Monetary Union as  contemplated  in the treaty
on European unity effected  pursuant to the Treaty of Rome of March 25, 1957, as
amended by the Single  European Act 1986 and the Maastricht  Treaty,  as amended
from time to time.

     "EMU  Legislation"  means  legislative  measures  of the  European  Council
(including,   without   limitation,   European  Council   regulations)  for  the
introduction  of,  changeover  to or operation  of a single or unified  European
currency  (whether  known  as  the  euro  or  otherwise),   being  in  part  the
implementation of the third stage of EMU.

     "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and any
regulations  issued  pursuant  thereto,  as amended or replaced and as in effect
from time to time.

     "ERISA Affiliate" means each Person (whether or not incorporated)  which is
required to be aggregated with Borrower pursuant to Section 414 of the Code.

     "Eurodollar  Banking Day" means any Banking Day on which dealings in Dollar
deposits are conducted by and among banks in the Designated Eurodollar Market.

     "Eurodollar  Lending Office" means, as to each Lender, its office or branch
so designated by written notice to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent as
its Eurodollar  Lending Office. If no Eurodollar Lending Office is designated by
a Lender,  its Eurodollar  Lending Office shall be its office at its address for
purposes of notices hereunder.

     "Eurodollar  Market" means a regular established market located outside the
United  States of America  by and among  banks for the  solicitation,  offer and
acceptance of Dollar deposits in such banks.

     "Eurodollar  Obligations"  means  eurocurrency  liabilities,  as defined in
Regulation D or any  comparable  regulation  of any  Governmental  Agency having
jurisdiction over any Lender.

     "Eurodollar  Rate" means,  with respect to any  Eurodollar  Rate Loan,  the
average of the interest rates per annum (rounded  upward,  if necessary,  to the
next 1/16 of 1%) at which  deposits  in Dollars are offered to Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association in the Designated  Eurodollar Market at or about 11:00 A.M.
local time in the Designated  Eurodollar Market, two (2) Eurodollar Banking Days
before the first day of the applicable  Eurodollar Period in an aggregate amount
approximately  equal to the amount of the Loan to be made by Wells  Fargo  Bank,
National  Association with respect to such Eurodollar Rate Loan and for a period
of time comparable to the number of days in the applicable Eurodollar Period.

     "Eurodollar  Rate Loan" means a Loan made  hereunder  and specified to be a
Eurodollar Rate Loan in accordance with Article 2.

     "Eurodollar   Reserve   Percentage"  means  for  any  day  that  percentage
(expressed  as a decimal)  which is in effect on such day, as  prescribed by the
Board  of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System  (or any  successor)  for
determining  the maximum  reserve  requirement  for a member bank of the Federal
Reserve System in New York City with deposits  exceeding five billion dollars in
respect  of  "Eurocurrency  liabilities"  (as  defined in  Regulation  D)) or in
respect  of any  other  category  of  liabilities  which  includes  deposits  by
reference to which the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined.

     "Euros"  means  the  single   currency  of  the   countries   described  as
"Participating Member States of the European Union" within any EMU Legislation.

     "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

     "Existing  Credit  Agreement"  has the meaning set forth in the preamble to
this Agreement.

     "Extension Determination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

     "Federal Funds Rate" means, as of any date of  determination,  the rate set
forth in the daily  statistical  release  designated as the Composite  3:30 P.M.
Quotations  for  U.S.  Government  Securities,  or  any  successor  publication,
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor,
the "Composite 3:30 P.M.  Quotation")  for such date under the caption  "Federal
Funds Effective  Rate".  If on any relevant date the  appropriate  rate for such
date is not yet published in the Composite  3:30 P.M.  Quotations,  the rate for
such date will be the arithmetic  mean of the rates for the last  transaction in
overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on that
date by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds  transactions in New York
City selected by the Administrative  Agent. For purposes of this Agreement,  any
change in the  Alternate  Base Rate due to a change in the  Federal  Funds  Rate
shall be effective as of the opening of business on the  effective  date of such
change.

     "Filofax Group" means Filofax Group Limited,  a company  incorporated  with
limited liability under the laws of England and Wales and a wholly-owned  direct
subsidiary of Bidco.

     "Filofax  Overdraft  Account"  means one or more cash  collateral  accounts
maintained  with a Lender in England by Filofax which are subject to Liens which
secure Filofax Overdraft  Indebtedness described in clause (i) of the definition
thereof.

     "Filofax  Overdraft  Indebtedness"  means  Indebtedness of (i) Filofax to a
Lender  that is  outstanding  from  time to time in  amounts  and in  currencies
determined by reference to Filofax's  accounts  receivable in foreign currencies
and (ii) the  Subsidiaries  of Filofax Group (other than Filofax) to one or more
financial  institutions as set forth in Schedule 1.2 hereto,  as the same may be
renewed, extended or refinanced from time to time, provided that with respect to
Indebtedness  described in clause (ii) above, the aggregate  principal amount of
such  Indebtedness  outstanding  at any time does not exceed  $1,500,000 (or the
Foreign Currency Equivalent thereof).

     "Filofax Working Capital Guaranties" means the collective  reference to (a)
the Borrower  Guaranty of Revolving Loans, in substantially  the form of Exhibit
N, executed by Filofax and (b) the Subsidiary  Guaranty of Revolving  Loans,  in
substantially the form of Exhibit P, executed by Filofax Group.

     "Fiscal Quarter" means the fiscal quarter of Borrowers ending on each March
31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

     "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of Borrowers ending on each June 30.

     "Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio"  means,  as of the last day of any  Fiscal
Quarter,  the ratio of (a) EBITDA for the fiscal  period  consisting of the four
(4) Fiscal Quarters ended on that date,  minus Designated  Capital  Expenditures
made by Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  during such fiscal period,  minus cash
payments for federal,  state,  local and foreign taxes actually paid during such
period by Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries,  plus tax  refunds  received in cash
during such period with respect to any federal,  state, local, or foreign taxes,
minus cash dividends paid during such period by Day Runner and its Subsidiaries,
minus the fair market value of any Stock  Repurchases  during such period to (b)
the sum of (i)(A) Interest  Expense of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries for such
fiscal period minus (B) Interest Income of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  for
such fiscal period plus (ii) the principal  portion of Capital Lease Obligations
of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  during such fiscal period  actually paid or
required to be paid (without  duplication)  during such fiscal period plus (iii)
any  required  principal  repayments  of  Indebtedness  of Day  Runner  and  its
Subsidiaries   during  such  fiscal  period  (except   respect  to  Intercompany
Indebtedness),  including without limitation required principal  repayments with
respect to the Obligations,  minus (iv) the principal amount of any Indebtedness
incurred by Day Runner and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal period (excluding
any Intercompany  Indebtedness) the proceeds of which is used during such period
to refinance  existing  Indebtedness of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  during
such period.

     "Foreign  Currency"  means,  with  respect  to a Foreign  Currency  Loan or
Foreign  Currency  Letter of Credit,  the foreign  currency  applicable  to that
Foreign Currency Loan or Foreign Currency Letter of Credit.

     "Foreign  Currency  Banking Day" means any Banking Day on which dealings in
deposits in the applicable  Foreign Currency are conducted by and among banks in
the Designated Foreign Currency Market.

     "Foreign Currency  Equivalent" means, as of any date of determination,  the
equivalent  amount in Dollars of a Foreign  Currency Loan or a Foreign  Currency
Letter of Credit,  as the case may be, using the currency exchange rate for such
date for the applicable  Foreign Currency in the New York City wholesale foreign
currency  exchange  market in trading  among banks in amounts of  $1,000,000  or
more, set at 11:00 A.M. London Time two (2) Foreign  Currency Banking Days prior
to the date of  determination,  or, if not so set for such  date,  as  otherwise
reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

     "Foreign  Currency  Letter of Credit" means a Letter of Credit issued or to
be issued in (a) British  pounds,  (b) Canadian  dollars,  (c) Euros or (d) such
other  currency  (other than Dollars) as may be acceptable to all of the Lenders
in their sole and absolute discretion.

     "Foreign  Currency  Limitation"  means, at any time, sixty percent (60%) of
the Revolving Commitment in effect at such time.

     "Foreign  Currency  Loan" means a Revolving  Loan made or to be made in (a)
pounds  sterling,  (b) Euros or (c) such other currency  (other than Dollars) as
may be acceptable to all of the Lenders in their sole and absolute discretion.

     "Foreign  Currency  Market"  means a  regular  established  market  located
outside the United  States of America by and among  banks for the  solicitation,
offer and acceptance of Foreign Currency deposits in such banks.

     "Foreign  Currency  Period"  means,  as to each Foreign  Currency Loan, the
period  commencing on the date specified by the applicable  Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.2 or 2.3, as applicable,  and ending 1, 2, 3 or 6 months (or, with the
written  consent  of  all of the  Lenders,  any  other  period)  thereafter,  as
specified by the applicable  Borrower in (1) the applicable  Notice of Borrowing
with   respect  to  a   Revolving   Loan  or  (2)  the   applicable   Notice  of
Conversion/Continuation with respect to a Loan; provided that:

          (a) The first day of any Foreign  Currency  Period  shall be a Foreign
     Currency Banking Day;

          (b) Any Foreign Currency Period that would otherwise end on a day that
     is not a Foreign  Currency Banking Day shall be extended to the immediately
     succeeding  Foreign  Currency  Banking  Day unless  such  Foreign  Currency
     Banking Day falls in another  calendar  month,  in which case such  Foreign
     Currency Period shall end on the  immediately  preceding  Foreign  Currency
     Banking Day; and

          (c) No Foreign Currency Period shall extend beyond (i) with respect to
     any Term Loan,  the Term Loan  Maturity  Date and (ii) with  respect to any
     Revolving Loan, the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

     "Foreign  Currency Rate" means,  with respect to any Foreign  Currency Rate
Loan, the interest rate per annum at which deposits in that Foreign Currency are
offered to the Administrative Agent in the Designated Foreign Currency Market at
11:00 A.M.  (London time) two (2) Foreign Currency Banking Days before the first
day  of  the  applicable   Foreign   Currency  Period  in  an  aggregate  amount
approximately  equal to the  amount of the Loan to be made with  respect to such
Foreign  Currency Rate Loan and for a period of time comparable to the number of
days in the applicable Foreign Currency Period.

     "Foreign  Subsidiary"  means  a  Subsidiary  of any  Borrower  that  (a) is
organized  under the Laws of a  jurisdiction  other  than the  United  States of
America,  any State  thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) conducts all or
substantially all of its business outside the United States of America.

     "Funded  Debt"  means,  as  to  any  Person  (without   duplication),   (a)
indebtedness  of such Person for  borrowed  money or for the  deferred  purchase
price of Property  (excluding  trade and other accounts  payable in the ordinary
course of business in  accordance  with  ordinary  trade  terms),  including any
Guaranty  Obligation for any such  indebtedness,  (b) all  indebtedness  of such
Person  evidenced  by notes,  bonds,  debentures,  debentures  or other  similar
instruments, (c) indebtedness of such Person that is non-recourse to such Person
but is secured by assets of such Person,  to the extent of the fair market value
of such assets as  determined  in good faith by such Person,  (d) the  principal
portion of Capital Lease  Obligations  of such Person  required under GAAP to be
shown on the  balance  sheet of such  Person,  (e)  indebtedness  of such Person
arising  under  bankers'  acceptance  facilities  or  under  facilities  for the
discount of accounts receivable of such Person, and (f) any direct or contingent
obligations  of such Person  under  letters of credit  issued for the account of
such Person.

     "Funded Debt Ratio" means,  as of the last day of any Fiscal  Quarter,  the
ratio of (a) the outstanding  principal  amount of all Funded Debt of Day Runner
and its Subsidiaries  (limited in the case of Filofax Overdraft  Indebtedness to
that  portion  thereof in excess of the amount of cash on deposit in the Filofax
Overdraft  Account  as of  such  date)  to (b)  EBITDA  for  the  fiscal  period
consisting of the four (4) Fiscal Quarters ended on that date.

     "Funded Senior Debt Ratio" means, as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter,
the ratio of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all Funded Debt (other than
Subordinated   Obligations  and  limited  in  the  case  of  Filofax   Overdraft
Indebtedness  to that portion thereof in excess of the amount of cash on deposit
in the  Filofax  Overdraft  Account  as of  such  date)  of Day  Runner  and its
Subsidiaries on that date to (b) EBITDA for the fiscal period  consisting of the
four (4) Fiscal Quarters ended on that date.

     "GAAP" means, as of any date of  determination,  accounting  principles (a)
set forth as  generally  accepted in then  currently  effective  Opinions of the
Accounting  Principles  Board of the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public
Accountants,  (b) set forth as generally  accepted in then  currently  effective
Statements  of the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or (c) that are then
approved by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the
accounting  profession in the United States of America.  The term  "consistently
applied," as used in connection therewith,  means that the accounting principles
applied are  consistent  in all material  respects  with those  applied at prior
dates or for prior periods.

     "Government  Securities" means readily marketable (a) direct full faith and
credit obligations of the United States of America or obligations  guaranteed by
the full faith and credit of the United States of America and (b) obligations of
an agency or instrumentality  of, or corporation owned,  controlled or sponsored
by, the United States of America that are generally considered in the securities
industry to be implicit obligations of the United States of America.

     "Governmental Agency" means (a) any international, foreign, federal, state,
county or  municipal  government,  or  political  subdivision  thereof,  (b) any
governmental or quasi-governmental  agency,  authority,  board, bureau,  central
bank, commission, department, instrumentality or public body or (c) any court or
administrative tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

     "Guaranty  Obligation"  means, as to any Person,  any (a) guarantee by that
Person of Indebtedness of, or other obligation  performable by, any other Person
or (b)  assurance  given by that  Person to an obligee of any other  Person with
respect to the  performance of an obligation by, or the financial  condition of,
such other  Person,  whether  direct,  indirect  or  contingent,  including  any
purchase or  repurchase  agreement  covering such  obligation or any  collateral
security  therefor,  any agreement to provide funds (by means of loans,  capital
contributions  or otherwise) to such other Person,  any agreement to support the
solvency  or  level  of any  balance  sheet  item of such  other  Person  or any
"keep-well"  or other  arrangement  of whatever  nature given for the purpose of
assuring or holding  harmless  such  obligee  against  loss with  respect to any
obligation  of such other  Person;  provided,  however,  that the term  Guaranty
Obligation  shall  not  include  endorsements  of  instruments  for  deposit  or
collection  in the  ordinary  course of  business.  The  amount of any  Guaranty
Obligation in respect of  Indebtedness  shall be deemed to be an amount equal to
the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by
the Person in good faith.  The amount of any other Guaranty  Obligation shall be
deemed to be zero unless and until the amount thereof has been (or in accordance
with Financial  Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 5 should be) quantified
and reflected or disclosed in the  consolidated  financial  statements (or notes
thereto) of the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary of any Borrower.

     "Hazardous  Materials" means substances  defined as "hazardous  substances"
pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act of  1980,  42  U.S.C.  (S)  9601 et  seq.,  or as  "hazardous",  "toxic"  or
"pollutant"  substances or as "solid waste" pursuant to the Hazardous  Materials
Transportation  Act, 49 U.S.C. (S) 1801, et seq., the Resource  Conservation and
Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. (S) 6901, et seq., or as "friable  asbestos" pursuant to
the  Toxic  Substances  Control  Act,  15 U.S.C.  (S) 2601 et seq.  or any other
applicable  Hazardous  Materials Law, in each case as such Laws are amended from
time to time.

     "Hazardous   Materials  Laws"  means  all  Laws  governing  the  treatment,
transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials  applicable to any of the Real
Property.

     "Indebtedness"  means,  as to any  Person  (without  duplication),  (a) any
Funded Debt of such  Person,  (b) all  obligations  of such Person to  purchase,
redeem,  retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any capital
stock of or other  ownership  or  profit  interest  in such  Person or any other
Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, (c) all
Indebtedness  of others  referred  to in  clauses  (a) and (b) above  guaranteed
directly or  indirectly  in any manner by such Person,  or in effect  guaranteed
directly  or  indirectly  by such  Person  through  an  agreement  (i) to pay or
purchase  such  Indebtedness  or to advance or supply  funds for the  payment or
purchase of such  Indebtedness,  (ii) to  purchase,  sell or lease (as lessee or
lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services,  primarily for the purpose of
enabling the debtor to make payment of such Debt or to assure the holder of such
Indebtedness  against  loss,  (iii) to supply  funds to or in any  other  manner
invest in the debtor  (including  any  agreement to pay for property or services
irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered)
or (iv) otherwise to assure a creditor  against loss,  and (d) all  Indebtedness
referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above secured by (or for which the holder
of such  Indebtedness  has an existing  right,  contingent or  otherwise,  to be
secured by) any Lien on property  (including,  without limitation,  accounts and
contract  rights) owned by such Person,  even though such Person has not assumed
or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness.

     "Initial  Pricing  Period" means the period from the Effective Date through
the date  upon  which the  Borrowers  deliver  the  Pricing  Certificate  to the
Administrative  Agent with respect to the Fiscal  Quarter  ending  September 30,
1999.

     "Intangible  Assets"  means assets that are  considered  intangible  assets
under  GAAP,  including  customer  lists,  goodwill,  covenants  not to compete,
copyrights, trade names, trademarks and patents.

     "Intercompany  Indebtedness"  means any Indebtedness owed (i) by Day Runner
to any of its Subsidiaries,  (ii) by any Subsidiary of Day Runner to Day Runner,
or (iii) by any Subsidiary of Day Runner to any other Subsidiary of Day Runner.

     "Interest  Expense" means,  with respect to Day Runner and its Subsidiaries
as of the last day of any fiscal period, determined on a consolidated basis, the
sum of (a) all  interest,  fees,  charges and related  expenses  for that fiscal
period in connection  with borrowed money  (including any  obligations for fees,
charges and related expenses payable to the issuer of any letter of credit,  but
excluding  (x) Fees (other than the  Administrative  Agent's Fee) required to be
paid by the Borrowers to the Lenders or the  Administrative  Agent in connection
with this Agreement and (y)  amortization or write-off of capitalized  fees paid
in connection with the execution and delivery of the Existing Credit  Agreement)
or the  deferred  purchase  price of  assets  that in each  case are  considered
"interest  expense"  under  GAAP plus (b) the  portion  of rent paid or  payable
(without  duplication) for that fiscal period by that Person under Capital Lease
Obligations  that  should be treated as interest in  accordance  with  Financial
Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 13.
     "Interest  Period" means,  with respect to each  Eurodollar  Rate Loan, the
period  commencing on the date specified by the applicable  Borrower pursuant to
Section  2.1(a),  2.1(d) or 2.2(b),  as the case may be, and ending 1, 2, 3 or 6
months  thereafter,  as specified by the  applicable  Borrower in the applicable
Notice  of  Borrowing  or  Notice  of  Conversion/Continuation,  as  applicable;
provided that:

          (a) The first day of any Interest Period shall be a Eurodollar Banking
     Day;

          (b) Any Interest  Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not
     a Eurodollar  Banking Day shall be extended to the  immediately  succeeding
     Eurodollar  Banking Day unless such Eurodollar Banking Day falls in another
     calendar  month,  in which  case such  Eurodollar  Period  shall end on the
     immediately preceding Eurodollar Banking Day; and

          (c) No Interest  Period  shall  extend  beyond (i) with respect to any
     Term  Loan,  the Term  Loan  Maturity  Date and (ii)  with  respect  to any
     Revolving Loan, the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

     "Interest Rate Protection  Agreement" means a written agreement between any
Borrower and one or more  financial  institutions  providing for "swap",  "cap",
"collar" or other interest rate protection with respect to any Indebtedness.

     "Investment" means, when used in connection with any Person, any investment
by or of that Person, whether by means of purchase or other acquisition of stock
or other  securities of, or all or any substantial  portion of the assets of (or
comprising  a division or business  unit of),  any other Person or by means of a
loan, advance creating a debt, capital  contribution,  guaranty or other debt or
equity participation or interest in any other Person,  including any partnership
and joint venture  interests of such Person.  The amount of any Investment shall
be the amount  actually  invested  (minus any return of capital  with respect to
such  Investment  which has actually been received in Cash or has been converted
into Cash or a Cash Equivalent),  without adjustment for subsequent increases or
decreases in the value of such Investment.

     "Issuing Lender" means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

     "Laws" means, collectively, all international,  foreign, federal, state and
local   statutes,   treaties,   rules,   regulations,   ordinances,   codes  and
administrative or judicial precedents.

     "Lender"  means each lender whose name is set forth in the signature  pages
of this  Agreement  and each lender which may  hereafter  become a party to this
Agreement pursuant to Section 11.8.

     "Letters  of  Credit"  means  any of the  Commercial  Letters  of Credit or
Standby  Letters of Credit  issued by the  Issuing  Lender  under the  Revolving
Commitment  pursuant to Section 2.7, as the same may be supplemented,  modified,
amended, renewed, extended or supplanted.

     "Lien" means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment
for  security,  security  interest,  encumbrance,  lien or  charge  of any kind,
whether  voluntarily  incurred  or arising  by  operation  of Law or  otherwise,
affecting any Property,  including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, any lease in the nature of a security interest.

     "Loan" means a Revolving  Loan, a Swing Line Loan or a Term Loan (including
without  limitation  any such Revolving Loan or Term Loan that is also a Foreign
Currency Loan) and "Loans" includes all of the foregoing.

     "Loan  Documents"  means,  collectively,  this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the
Borrower Guaranties, the Subsidiary Guaranties, the Collateral Documents and any
other agreements of any type or nature  hereafter  executed and delivered by any
Borrower or any of their respective  Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or
to any Lender in any way relating to or in  furtherance  of this  Agreement,  in
each case either as originally  executed or as the same may from time to time be
supplemented, modified, amended, restated, extended or supplanted.

     "Lockbox" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14.

     "Margin  Stock" means "margin  stock" as such term is defined in Regulation
U.

     "Material  Adverse  Effect" means any  circumstance  or event, or series of
circumstances  or events  which (a) has had or could  reasonably  be expected to
have any material adverse effect  whatsoever upon the validity or enforceability
of any Loan  Document,  (b) has  been or  could  reasonably  be  expected  to be
material  and  adverse to the  business,  condition  (financial  or  otherwise),
operations, performance, Properties or prospects of Day Runner or Day Runner and
its  Subsidiaries,  taken as a whole  or (c) has  materially  impaired  or could
reasonably  be expected  to  materially  impair the  ability of any  Borrower to
perform the Obligations.

     "Material Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of Day Runner either (x) owning at
least  five  percent  (5%) of the  consolidated  assets  of Day  Runner  and its
Subsidiaries as of the end of the immediately  prior Fiscal Quarter or (y) as of
the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, generating at least five percent (5%) of the
consolidated  net sales of Day Runner and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal period
consisting of the four (4) Fiscal Quarters ended on that date.

     "Monthly Payment Date" means the last Banking Day of each month.

     "Multiemployer  Plan" means any employee benefit plan of the type described
in  Section  4001(a)(3)  of ERISA  to which  any  Borrower  or any of its  ERISA
Affiliates contributes or is obligated to contribute.

         "Net Cash Issuance Proceeds" means, with respect to the issuance of any
debt security or equity security by a Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries,  the
Cash proceeds received by or for the account of a Borrower or such Subsidiary in
consideration of such issuance net of (a) underwriting discounts and commissions
actually paid to any Person not an Affiliate of any Borrower and (b)  reasonable
professional fees and disbursements actually paid in connection therewith.

         "Net Cash Sales Proceeds" means,  with respect to any Disposition,  the
sum of (a) the Cash proceeds received by or for the account of the Borrowers and
their respective  Subsidiaries from such Disposition plus (b) the amount of Cash
received  by  or  for  the  account  of  the  Borrowers  and  their   respective
Subsidiaries upon the sale, collection or other liquidation of any proceeds that
are not Cash from such Disposition,  in each case net of (i) any amount required
to be paid to any Person owning an interest in the assets  disposed of, (ii) any
amount  applied to the  repayment of  Indebtedness  secured by a Lien  permitted
under Section 6.9 on the asset disposed of, (iii) any transfer,  income or other
taxes payable as a result of such Disposition, (iv) reasonable professional fees
and expenses,  fees due to any  Governmental  Agency,  broker's  commissions and
other  out-of-pocket  costs of sale  actually  paid to any Person that is not an
Affiliate of any Borrower  attributable to such Disposition and (v) any reserves
established in accordance with GAAP in connection with such Disposition.

     "Net Income" means, with respect to any period, the consolidated net income
of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  for that period,  determined  in accordance
with GAAP, consistently applied.

     "Note" and "Notes" have the meanings set forth in Section 2.6(a).

     "Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

     "Obligations"  means all  present and future  obligations  of every kind or
nature of the Borrowers or any of their respective  Subsidiaries at any time and
from time to time owed to the Administrative  Agent or the Lenders or any one or
more of them,  under any one or more of the Loan  Documents,  whether  due or to
become due, matured or unmatured,  liquidated or unliquidated,  or contingent or
noncontingent,  including  obligations  of performance as well as obligations of
payment,  and  including  interest that accrues  after the  commencement  of any
proceeding  under any Debtor Relief Law by or against any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries.

     "Party"  means  any  Person  other  than the  Administrative  Agent and the
Lenders, which now or hereafter is a party to any of the Loan Documents.

     "PBGC" means the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  or any  successor
thereof established under ERISA.

     "Pension Plan" means any "employee  pension  benefit plan" (as such term is
defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA),  other than a  Multiemployer  Plan,  which is
subject to Title IV of ERISA and is  maintained  by any Borrower or to which any
Borrower contributes or has an obligation to contribute.

     "Permitted Encumbrances" means:

          (a) Inchoate  Liens  incident to  construction  on or  maintenance  of
     Property;  or Liens incident to  construction on or maintenance of Property
     now or hereafter filed of record for which adequate  reserves have been set
     aside (or deposits  made  pursuant to  applicable  Law) and which are being
     contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings  and have not proceeded
     to judgment,  provided  that, by reason of  nonpayment  of the  obligations
     secured by such Liens, no such Property is subject to a material  impending
     risk of loss or forfeiture;

          (b)  Liens for taxes and  assessments  on  Property  which are not yet
     delinquent;  or Liens for  taxes  and  assessments  on  Property  for which
     adequate reserves have been set aside and are being contested in good faith
     by appropriate  proceedings,  provided that, by reason of nonpayment of the
     obligations  secured  by such  Liens,  no such  Property  is  subject  to a
     material impending risk of loss or forfeiture;

          (c) defects and  irregularities  in title to any Property which in the
     aggregate  do not  materially  impair the fair  market  value or use of the
     Property for the purposes for which it is or may  reasonably be expected to
     be held;

          (d) easements,  exceptions,  reservations, or other agreements for the
     purpose of pipelines,  conduits,  cables,  wire communication  lines, power
     lines and substations,  streets,  trails, walkways,  drainage,  irrigation,
     water, and sewerage purposes,  dikes, canals,  ditches, the removal of oil,
     gas, coal, or other minerals,  and other like purposes  affecting  Property
     which in the aggregate do not  materially  burden or impair the fair market
     value  or use of such  Property  for the  purposes  for  which it is or may
     reasonably be expected to be held;

          (e) easements,  exceptions,  reservations, or other agreements for the
     purpose of facilitating  the joint or common use of Property in or adjacent
     to a shopping  center or similar  project  affecting  Property which in the
     aggregate do not  materially  burden or impair the fair market value or use
     of such  Property  for the purposes  for which it is or may  reasonably  be
     expected to be held;

          (f) rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Agency to control
     or  regulate,  or  obligations  or duties to any  Governmental  Agency with
     respect to, the use of any Property;

          (g) rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Agency to control
     or  regulate,  or  obligations  or duties to any  Governmental  Agency with
     respect to, any right, power, franchise, grant, license, or permit;

          (h)  present or future  zoning laws and  ordinances  or other laws and
     ordinances restricting the occupancy, use, or enjoyment of Property;

          (i) statutory Liens,  other than those described in clauses (a) or (b)
     above,  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  with  respect  to
     obligations  which are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith,
     provided  that, if delinquent,  adequate  reserves have been set aside with
     respect  thereto and, by reason of nonpayment,  no Property is subject to a
     material impending risk of loss or forfeiture;

          (j)  covenants,  conditions,  and  restrictions  affecting  the use of
     Property  which in the aggregate do not  materially  impair the fair market
     value  or use of the  Property  for the  purposes  for  which  it is or may
     reasonably be expected to be held;

          (k) rights of tenants  under  leases  and rental  agreements  covering
     Property  entered  into in the  ordinary  course of  business of the Person
     owning such Property;

          (l) Liens  consisting  of pledges or  deposits  to secure  obligations
     under workers' compensation laws or similar legislation, including Liens of
     judgments thereunder which are not currently dischargeable;

          (m) Liens  consisting  of pledges or  deposits  of  Property to secure
     performance in connection with operating leases made in the ordinary course
     of business,  provided the aggregate value of all such pledges and deposits
     in  connection  with any such lease does not at any time  exceed 20% of the
     annual fixed rentals payable under such lease;

          (n) Liens  consisting of deposits of Property to secure bids made with
     respect to, or performance of, contracts (other than contracts  creating or
     evidencing an extension of credit to the depositor);

          (o) Liens  consisting  of any right of offset,  or statutory  bankers'
     lien,  on bank  deposit  accounts  maintained  in the  ordinary  course  of
     business  so long as such bank  deposit  accounts  are not  established  or
     maintained  for the purpose of  providing  such right of offset or bankers'
     lien;

          (p) Liens  consisting  of deposits  of  Property  to secure  statutory
     obligations of a Borrower; and

          (q) Liens consisting of deposits of Property to secure (or in lieu of)
     surety, appeal or customs bonds.

     "Permitted Stockholder" means Jill Tate Higgins and her heirs, devisees and
legatees,  and  trusts  for the  sole  benefit  of  such  Persons,  and  Persons
wholly-owned by such Persons.

     "Person" means any individual or entity, including a trustee,  corporation,
limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, joint stock
company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, business association, firm,
joint venture, Governmental Agency, or other entity.

     "Pledge  Agreements"  means  the  collective  reference  to (a) the  Pledge
Agreement,  in substantially the form of Exhibit J, executed and delivered on or
prior to the Effective Date by Day Runner, or by any Subsidiary, as the same may
be amended,  supplemented  or otherwise  modified from time to time and (b) each
Mortgage  of  Shares,  in  substantially  the form of Exhibit  K,  executed  and
delivered on or prior to the Effective Date by each of DRI International,  DR-UK
Holdings,  Bidco,  Filofax Group and Filofax,  and (c) each Pledge  Agreement or
Mortgage of Shares, in substantially the form of Exhibit J or K, as the case may
be,  executed and delivered by any  Subsidiary  pursuant to Section 5.13, in any
case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, and each of them is a "Pledge Agreement".

     "Pricing  Certificate"  means  a  certificate  in the  form of  Exhibit  E,
properly completed and signed by a Senior Officer of Day Runner.

     "Pricing  Period" means the period  beginning 55 days after the end of each
Fiscal  Quarter  and  ending  55 days  after  the end of the  subsequent  Fiscal
Quarter.

     "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest  announced from time to time by the
Administrative Agent in San Francisco, California (or other headquarters city of
the  Administrative  Agent),  as its "prime  rate."  The "prime  rate" is one of
several base rates used by the Administrative Agent and serves as the basis upon
which  effective  rates of interest are  calculated  for loans and other credits
making reference thereto. The "prime rate" is evidenced by the recording thereof
after its  announcement  in such internal  publication  or  publications  as the
Administrative  Agent may  designate.  Any  change in the Prime  Rate shall take
effect at the opening of business on the day such change is internally announced
within the offices of the Administrative Agent.

     "Projections"  means (i) the projected  financial  information dated August
27, 1999 prepared by Day Runner and (ii) any budget and projection  delivered by
Day Runner pursuant to Section 7.1(d).

     "Property"  means any  interest in any kind of  property or asset,  whether
real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

     "Pro Rata Share"  means,  with respect to each Lender,  (a) with respect to
Revolving  Loans  and  Letters  of  Credit,  the  percentage  of  the  Revolving
Commitment  set forth  opposite the name of that Lender on Schedule 1.1, as such
percentage  may  be  increased  or  decreased  pursuant  to  an  Assignment  and
Acceptance executed in accordance with Section 11.8 and (b) with respect to Term
Loans,  the  percentage  of the Term Loans set forth  opposite  the name of that
Lender on  Schedule  1.1,  as such  percentage  may be  increased  or  decreased
pursuant to an Assignment  and  Acceptance  executed in accordance  with Section
11.8.

     "Quarterly  Payment  Date" means the last Banking Day of each March,  June,
September and December.

     "Real Property" means, as of any date of  determination,  all real property
then or theretofore  owned,  leased or occupied by any of the Borrowers or their
respective Subsidiaries.

     "Regulation D" means Regulation D, as at any time amended,  of the Board of
Governors of the Federal  Reserve System,  or any other  regulation in substance
substituted therefor.

     "Regulation U" means Regulation U, as at any time amended,  of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System,  or any other  regulations in substance
substituted therefor.

     "Request  for Letter of  Credit"  means a written  request  for a Letter of
Credit in substantially the form of Exhibit F, signed by a Responsible  Official
of Day Runner and properly  completed to provide all information  required to be
included  therein,  and  delivered  to the Issuing  Bank and the  Administrative
Agent.

     "Requirement of Law" means,  as to any Person,  the articles or certificate
of incorporation and by-laws or other  organizational or governing  documents of
such Person, and any Law, or judgment, award, decree, writ or determination of a
Governmental  Agency,  in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or
any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject.

     "Requisite  Lenders"  means  (a) as of any  date  of  determination  if the
Revolving  Commitment  is then in effect,  Lenders  constituting  50% or more in
number and having in the aggregate more than 50% of the sum of (i) the Revolving
Commitment  then in effect and (ii) the aggregate  principal  amount of the Term
Loans  outstanding on such date and (b) as of any date of  determination  if the
Revolving Commitment has then been suspended or terminated and there is then any
principal amount of any Loan outstanding on such date, Lenders  constituting 50%
or more in number and having Loans  representing more than 50% of the sum of (i)
the aggregate  principal amount of the Revolving Loans  outstanding on such date
and (ii) the aggregate  principal  amount of the Term Loans  outstanding on such
date.

     "Responsible  Official"  means (a) any Senior Officer of Day Runner and (b)
any other responsible official of any Borrower so designated in a written notice
thereof from a Senior Officer to the Administrative  Agent. The Lenders shall be
entitled to conclusively rely upon any document or certificate that is signed or
executed by a Responsible  Official of a Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries as
having been  authorized by all  necessary  corporate,  partnership  and/or other
action on the part of such Borrower or such Subsidiary.

     "Revolving  Commitment" means,  subject to Section 2.8,  $120,000,000 minus
the Term Loan Amount.

     "Revolving  Loan" means any Loan made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) or Section
2.9(d). "Revolving Loan" shall not include any Swing Line Loan or any Term Loan.

     "Revolving Loan Borrower" means a Borrower other than Bidco.

     "Revolving  Loan Maturity Date" means October 31, 2000, as such date may be
extended pursuant to Section 2.11.

     "Revolving  Loan  Sublimit"  means,  with  respect  to any  Revolving  Loan
Borrower,  the amount set forth below opposite the name of such Borrower,  which
amount is the maximum amount of Revolving Loans available to be extended to such
Borrower (it being understood that no Revolving Loans shall be made to Bidco, as
Borrower):

    --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------


                       Borrower                              Sublimit
    --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------
    --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------

                     Day Runner                       100% of the Revolving
                                                      Commitment then in effect
    --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------
    --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------

                    Filofax                              $20,000,000
    --------------------------------------------- ------------------------------

     "SEC Document" means any document,  exhibit, report, form or other document
filed  by any  Borrower  or  required  to be  filed  by any  Borrower  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission,  including without limitation annual reports
on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.

     "Security  Agreements" means the collective  reference to (a) each Security
Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit L, executed and delivered by Day
Runner or a domestic Subsidiary of Day Runner on or prior to the Effective Date,
or  pursuant  to  Section  5.13,  as the same may be  amended,  supplemented  or
otherwise  modified  from  time  to  time  and (b)  the  Security  Document,  in
substantially  the form of Exhibit M, executed and delivered by Filofax or Topps
on or prior to the Effective  Date, as the same may be amended,  supplemented or
otherwise  modified  from  time  to  time,  and  each  of  them  is a  "Security
Agreement".

     "Senior Officer" means (a) with respect to any Person,  if, at any relevant
time,  such office exists and any person is then  incumbent in such office,  (i)
the chairman,  (ii) the chief executive officer,  (iii) the president,  (iv) any
executive vice  president,  (v) the chief  operating  officer,  (vi) the general
counsel,  (vii) the chief financial officer,  (viii) the treasurer,  or (ix) the
controller of such Person and, in each case, if such office does not exist or no
person  is then  incumbent  in  such  office,  any  individual  with  comparable
executive,  management or financial  responsibilities  or functions and (b) with
respect to each  Subsidiary  of Day Runner not  organized  under the laws of the
United States of America, any other senior executive officer.

     "Solvent",  when used with respect to any Person, means that at the time of
determination:

          (i) the fair  market  value of its  assets  (including  any  rights of
     reimbursement  and  contribution)  is in excess of the total  amount of its
     liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent liabilities); and

          (ii) the present fair saleable value of its assets is greater than its
     probable  liability on its existing debts as such debts become absolute and
     matured; and

          (iii)  it is then  able  and  expects  to be  able  to pay  its  debts
     (including, without limitation,  contingent debts and other commitments) as
     they mature; and

          (iv) it has capital  sufficient  to carry on its business as conducted
     and as proposed to be conducted.

For  purposes  of  determining  whether a Person is  Solvent,  the amount of any
contingent  liability  shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the
facts and  circumstances  existing at such time,  represents the amount that can
reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

     "Special  Eurodollar  Circumstance" means the application or adoption after
the  Effective  Date of any Law or  interpretation,  or any  change  therein  or
thereof,  or any change in the  interpretation or administration  thereof by any
Governmental  Agency,  central  bank or  comparable  authority  charged with the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or compliance by any Lender or its
Eurodollar  Lending Office with any request or directive  (whether or not having
the force of Law) of any such  Governmental  Agency,  central bank or comparable
authority.

     "Standby  Letter of  Credit"  means  each  Letter  of Credit  that is not a
Commercial Letter of Credit.

     "Stock  Repurchase"  means,  with  respect to any Person,  the  retirement,
redemption,  purchase or other  acquisition for Cash or for Property (except for
Property  constituting  capital  stock of such Person  that is not  Disqualified
Stock) by such Person of any shares of capital stock or any warrant or option to
purchase an equity security or other equity security issued by such Person.

     "Stockholders'  Equity"  means,  as of any date of  determination  and with
respect to any Person, the consolidated stockholders' equity of the Person as of
that date  determined  in  accordance  with GAAP;  provided  that there shall be
excluded  from  Stockholders'  Equity any amount  attributable  to  Disqualified
Stock.

     "Subordinated  Obligations"  means any  Indebtedness of Day Runner that (i)
does not have any scheduled principal payment, mandatory principal prepayment or
sinking fund payment due prior to September 30, 2002, (ii) is not secured by any
Lien on any  Property  of Day  Runner or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (iii) is not
guarantied by any Subsidiary of Day Runner, (iv) is subordinated by its terms in
right of  payment  to the  Obligations  on  terms,  and in form  and  substance,
satisfactory  to the  Administrative  Agent and the  Requisite  Lenders,  (v) is
subject to financial  performance  and other covenants and events of default and
other  default  provisions  satisfactory  to the  Administrative  Agent  and the
Requisite Lenders,  (vi) is subject to payment blockage and delayed acceleration
provisions  satisfactory to the Administrative  Agent and the Requisite Lenders,
and (vii) has other terms, and is otherwise in form and substance,  satisfactory
to the  Administrative  Agent and the Requisite  Lenders,  in each case in their
sole and absolute discretion.

     "Subsidiary" means, as of any date of determination and with respect to any
Person,  any corporation,  limited liability company or partnership  (whether or
not, in any case,  characterized as such or as a "joint  venture"),  whether now
existing or hereafter organized or acquired: (a) any Person which is required to
be treated as a "consolidated  subsidiary"  under GAAP, or (b) any Person (i) in
the case of a corporation or limited liability  company,  of which a majority of
the  securities  having  ordinary  voting power for the election of directors or
other governing body (other than securities  having such power only by reason of
the  happening  of a  contingency)  are at the time  beneficially  owned by such
Person and/or one or more  Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) in the case of a
partnership, of which a majority of the partnership or other ownership interests
are at the time  beneficially  owned by such  Person  and/or  one or more of its
Subsidiaries.

     "Subsidiary  Guarantors" means all Subsidiaries of any Borrower that are or
become parties to the Subsidiary Guaranty.

     "Subsidiary   Guaranties"  means  the  collective   reference  to  (a)  the
Subsidiary  Guaranty,  in  substantially  the form of  Exhibit G,  executed  and
delivered on or prior to the  Effective  Date by each of DRI  International  and
DR-UK Holdings, and each other Subsidiary Guarantor, as it may from time to time
be supplemented,  modified,  amended, extended or supplanted, (b) the Subsidiary
Guaranty of Revolving  Loans, in  substantially  the form of Exhibit P, executed
and delivered on or prior to the Effective Date by Filofax Group, as it may from
time to time be supplemented, modified, amended, extended or supplanted, and (c)
the Subsidiary  Guaranty of Term Loans, in substantially  the form of Exhibit Q,
executed and delivered on or prior to the Effective Date by Filofax Group, as it
may  from  time  to  time  be  supplemented,   modified,  amended,  extended  or
supplanted; and each of them is a "Subsidiary Guaranty".

     "Swing Line" means the revolving  line of credit  established  by the Swing
Line Lender in favor of the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.9.

     "Swing Line Lender" means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

     "Swing  Line  Loans"  means  loans  made by the  Swing  Line  Lender to the
Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.9.

     "Swing  Line  Outstandings"  means,  as of any date of  determination,  the
aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans then outstanding.

     "Syndicated  Loans"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in the  Existing  Credit
Agreement.

     "Tender  Offer" means the offer made on September 24, 1998 by  Wasserstein
Perella & Co.  Limited on behalf of Bidco to acquire the entire issued and to be
issued share capital of Filofax Group.

     "Tender  Offer Loans"  means the Loans (as defined in the  Existing  Credit
Agreement) made to Day Runner and to Bidco under the Existing  Credit  Agreement
in an aggregate  principal  amount equal to the Foreign  Currency  Equivalent of
$90,443,666.20,  all of which continues to be outstanding on the Effective Date,
the proceeds of which were used directly or indirectly (i) to purchase shares of
capital  stock of Filofax Group  pursuant to the Tender  Offer,  (ii) to acquire
shares of capital stock of Filofax Group in  accordance  with the  provisions of
Sections  428-430F of the  Companies  Act or (iii) to pay stamp duties and stamp
duty reserve  taxes in  connection  with the shares of capital  stock of Filofax
Group purchased by Bidco pursuant to the Tender Offer.

     "Tender  Offer Notes" means  unsecured  promissory  notes made by Bidco and
guaranteed,  by unsecured guaranty,  by Day Runner, issued to the former holders
of the share  capital of Filofax Group who elected to receive such notes instead
of all or part of the cash  consideration  to which such holders  otherwise were
entitled under the Tender Offer.

     "Tender Offer  Transaction  Expenses"  means the  reasonable  out-of-pocket
costs and  expenses of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  incurred in  connection
with the Tender  Offer,  including,  without  limitation,  such  reasonable  and
out-of-pocket fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants and other professional
advisors to Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries,  and of attorneys  to  Wasserstein
Perella & Co.  Limited,  for  services  rendered in  connection  with the Tender
Offer.

     "Term  Loan"  means the Loan  outstanding  hereunder  pursuant  to  Section
2.1(e).

     "Term Loan Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(e).

     "Term Loan Interest  Reserve  Account" has the meaning set forth in Section
5.14.

     "Term Loan Maturity Date" means September 30, 2001.

     "to the best knowledge of" means, when modifying a representation, warranty
or other statement of any Person,  that the fact or situation  described therein
is known by the Person (or, in the case of a Person other than a natural Person,
known by any Senior Officer of that Person) making the representation,  warranty
or other  statement,  or with the exercise of reasonable due diligence under the
circumstances  (in accordance  with the standard of what a reasonable  Person in
similar  circumstances would have done) would have been known by the Person (or,
in the case of a Person other than a natural Person,  would have been known by a
Senior Officer of that Person).

     "Topps" means Topps of England Limited, a company incorporated with limited
liability under the laws of England and Wales and a Subsidiary of Filofax Group.

     "type",  when  used with  respect  to any Loan,  means the  designation  of
whether such Loan is an Alternate Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

     "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of any Borrower,  100% of the
capital  stock  or  other  equity  interest  of  which  is  owned,  directly  or
indirectly, by any Borrower, except for director's qualifying shares required by
applicable Laws.

     1.2 Use of Defined  Terms.  Any defined term used in the plural shall refer
to all members of the relevant class,  and any defined term used in the singular
shall refer to any one or more of the members of the relevant class.

     1.3 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined in this
Agreement shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required
by this  Agreement  to be  submitted by the  Borrowers,  or any of them,  to the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders,  shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP
applied on a  consistent  basis,  except as  otherwise  specifically  prescribed
herein.  In the event that GAAP changes  during the term of this  Agreement such
that the covenants  contained in Sections 6.12 through  6.15,  inclusive,  would
then be  calculated  in a different  manner,  (a) the  Borrowers and the Lenders
agree to negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement in such respects as are
necessary to conform those  covenants as criteria for  evaluating the Borrowers'
financial  condition to substantially  the same criteria as were effective prior
to such change in GAAP and (b) the Borrowers shall be deemed to be in compliance
with the covenants contained in the aforesaid Sections if and to the extent that
the Borrowers  would have been in compliance  therewith  under GAAP as in effect
immediately prior to such change,  but shall have the obligation to deliver each
officer's  certificate set forth in Section 7.1 to the Administrative  Agent and
the  Lenders,  on  the  dates  therein  specified,  with  an  attached  detailed
reconciliation  demonstrating  such compliance and setting forth the differences
in calculation of such covenants  under GAAP as amended as compared with GAAP as
in effect immediately prior to such change.

     1.4  Rounding.  Any  financial  ratios  required  to be  maintained  by the
Borrowers  pursuant  to this  Agreement  shall be  calculated  by  dividing  the
appropriate  component by the other component,  carrying the result to one place
more  than the  number  of  places  by which  such  ratio is  expressed  in this
Agreement  and  rounding  the result up or down to the  nearest  number  (with a
round-up  if there is no  nearest  number) to the number of places by which such
ratio is expressed in this Agreement.

     1.5 Exhibits and Schedules.  All Exhibits and Schedules to this  Agreement,
either  as  originally  existing  or as the  same  may  from  time  to  time  be
supplemented, modified or amended, are incorporated herein by this reference.

     1.6  Miscellaneous  Terms. The term "or" is disjunctive;  the term "and" is
conjunctive.  The term  "shall"  is  mandatory;  the term  "may" is  permissive.
Masculine terms also apply to females;  feminine terms also apply to males.  The
term "including" is by way of example and not limitation.

                                    Article 2
                           LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

     2.1 Loans

          (a) Revolving Loans.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
     this  Agreement,  at any time and from time to time from the Effective Date
     through the Banking Day prior to the  Revolving  Loan Maturity  Date,  each
     Lender shall,  pro rata  according to and limited by that Lender's Pro Rata
     Share of the Revolving  Commitment as then in effect,  make Revolving Loans
     to each  Revolving  Loan  Borrower in such amounts as such  Revolving  Loan
     Borrower may request such that,  after giving  effect to any  repayments of
     Revolving Loans and Letter of Credit  reimbursement  obligations and Tender
     Offer Notes made on the same Banking Day (or for which  provision  has been
     made for  payment  on the same  Banking  Day  that is  satisfactory  to the
     Administrative  Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) do not cause the
     sum of (i) the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Revolving
     Loans plus (ii) the Aggregate Exposure Amount of all outstanding Letters of
     Credit  plus (iii) the Swing  Line  Outstandings  to exceed  the  Revolving
     Commitment;  provided,  however, that at no time shall the sum with respect
     to a  single  Revolving  Loan  Borrower  of (i) the  aggregate  outstanding
     principal  amount of the Revolving  Loans to such  Revolving  Loan Borrower
     plus (ii) the Aggregate Exposure Amount of all Letters of Credit issued for
     the account of such  Revolving  Loan Borrower plus (iii) in the case of Day
     Runner, the Swing Line Outstandings,  exceed such Revolving Loan Borrower's
     Revolving Loan Sublimit.  Syndicated Loans  outstanding  under the Existing
     Credit  Agreement on the Effective  Date (other than the Tender Offer Loans
     made to Day Runner and Bidco under the  Existing  Credit  Agreement)  shall
     automatically,   without  further  action,   continue  as  Revolving  Loans
     outstanding  under this  Agreement.  Subject to the  limitations  set forth
     herein,  each Revolving Loan Borrower may borrow,  repay and reborrow under
     the Revolving Commitment without premium or penalty.

          (b) Intentionally Omitted.

          (c) Notice of Borrowing in Respect of Revolving  Loans. The applicable
     Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent a notice in the form set forth
     hereto as Exhibit H (a "Notice of Borrowing")  not later than (x) 8:00 A.M.
     (California  time)  on the  date  (which  must  be a  Banking  Day)  of any
     Revolving  Loan  requested  as an Alternate  Base Rate Loan,  (y) 9:00 A.M.
     (California  time) at least three Eurodollar  Banking Days before the first
     day of the  applicable  Interest  Period with respect to any Revolving Loan
     requested as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and (z) 9:00 A.M. (California time) not
     later than four Foreign  Currency  Banking Days before the first day of the
     applicable  Foreign  Currency  Period with  respect to any  Revolving  Loan
     requested  as a Foreign  Currency  Loan.  Such  Notice of  Borrowing  shall
     specify (i) the requested  date of such  Revolving  Loan,  which shall be a
     Banking  Day in the case of an  Alternate  Base Rate  Loan or a  Eurodollar
     Banking Day in the case of a Eurodollar  Rate Loan,  (ii) the type of Loan,
     (iii) the amount of such Loan,  (iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan,
     the Interest  Period for such Loan,  (v) in the case of a Foreign  Currency
     Loan, the Foreign  Currency and the Foreign  Currency Period for such Loan,
     and (vi) in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the
     anticipated  use of proceeds of such Revolving  Loan. A Notice of Borrowing
     shall be irrevocable upon the Administrative Agent's receipt thereof.

          (d) Minimum  Amounts with respect to Revolving  Loans.  Each Revolving
     Loan that is requested  as an Alternate  Base Rate Loan (other than a Swing
     Line Loan) shall be in a principal  amount not less than  $500,000 and in a
     multiple of $100,000. Each Revolving Loan that is requested as a Eurodollar
     Rate Loan shall be in a principal  amount not less than $3,000,000 and in a
     multiple of $1,000,000.  Each Revolving Loan that is requested as a Foreign
     Currency  Loan shall be in a  principal  amount  not less than the  Foreign
     Currency Equivalent of $3,000,000 and in a multiple of $1,000,000.

          (e) Term Loans.  Prior to the Effective  Date, the Lenders,  on one or
     more occasions, made Tender Offer Loans to Day Runner and to Bidco pursuant
     to the Existing Credit Agreement,  in the aggregate  principal amount equal
     to  the  Foreign  Currency  Equivalent  of  $90,443,666.20,  all  of  which
     continues to be  outstanding  on the date hereof (the "Term Loan  Amount").
     The Tender Offer Loans  outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement are
     hereby  reclassified as Term Loans made to Day Runner or Bidco, as the case
     may be, and shall  continue to be  outstanding  under this  Agreement.  The
     principal  amount of the Term  Loans  owing to each  Lender is set forth on
     Schedule 2.1 hereto.  The  Borrowers may repay or prepay Term Loans without
     premium or penalty  (except as provided in Section 3.7 or 3.8), and amounts
     so repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

     2.2 Conversion/Continuation of Loans.

          (a)  Subject to  Section  3.7 (and with  respect  to Foreign  Currency
     Loans,  Sections 2.3 and 3.8),  the Borrowers  shall have the option (i) to
     convert  at any  time all or any part of  outstanding  any Loan  that is an
     Alternate Base Rate Loan (other than Swing Line Loans) to a Eurodollar Rate
     Loan or a Foreign  Currency  Loan;  (ii) to convert  all or any part of any
     outstanding  Loan that is a Eurodollar  Rate Loan having an Interest Period
     which expires on the same date to an Alternate  Base Rate Loan or a Foreign
     Currency Loan on such expiration date; (iii) to continue all or any part of
     any  outstanding  Eurodollar  Rate Loan  having an  Interest  Period  which
     expires  on the same date as a  Eurodollar  Rate Loan,  and the  succeeding
     Interest  Period of such continued  Loan shall commence on such  expiration
     date;  (iv) to convert  all or any part of any  outstanding  Loan that is a
     Foreign  Currency Loan having an Interest  Period which expires on the same
     date to an  Alternate  Base  Rate  Loan or a  Eurodollar  Rate Loan on such
     expiration  date;  or (v) to  continue  all or any part of any  outstanding
     Foreign  Currency Loan having an Interest  Period which expires on the same
     date as a Foreign Currency Loan, and the succeeding Interest Period of such
     continued Loan shall commence on such expiration date;  provided,  however,
     no such  outstanding  Loan may be  continued  as, or be  converted  into, a
     Eurodollar  Rate Loan or a Foreign  Currency Loan if an Event of Default or
     Default has occurred and is  continuing;  provided  further that Day Runner
     shall convert each DRC Loan into a Loan  denominated in Dollars by no later
     than the expiration of the Foreign  Currency  Period in effect with respect
     to such Loan as of the Effective  Date. Any conversion or  continuation  of
     Loans under this Section  2.2(a) (other than a Loan to be converted into an
     Alternate  Base Rate Loan or a DRC  Loan)  shall be in a minimum  amount of
     $3,000,000  and in  integral  multiples  of  $1,000,000  in  excess of that
     amount.

          (b) To convert or continue a Loan under Section 2.2(a),  the Borrowers
     shall  deliver a Notice of  Conversion/Continuation  to the  Administrative
     Agent no later than 9:00 A.M.  (California time) at least three (3) Banking
     Days in advance of the proposed  conversion/continuation  date. A Notice of
     Conversion/Continuation      shall     specify     (i)     the     proposed
     conversion/continuation  date  (which  shall be a  Banking  Day),  (ii) the
     principal amount of the Loan to be converted/continued,  (iii) whether such
     Loan  shall  be  converted  and/or  continued,  and  (iv) in the  case of a
     conversion  to, or  continuation  of, a  Eurodollar  Rate Loan or a Foreign
     Currency Loan, the requested  Interest Period.  Promptly after receipt of a
     Notice  of   Conversion/Continuation   under  this  Section   2.2(b),   the
     Administrative  Agent shall  notify each  Lender by telex or  telecopy,  or
     other     similar    form    of     transmission,     of    the    proposed
     conversion/continuation.   Any   Notice  of   Conversion/Continuation   for
     conversion to, or  continuation  of, a Loan shall be  irrevocable,  and the
     Borrowers shall be bound to convert or continue in accordance therewith.

     2.3 Foreign Currency Loans.

     Subject to the limitations contained in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above, (x) the
Term Loans in respect of which  Bidco is the  Borrower  may be Foreign  Currency
Loans denominated in Euros or British pounds sterling and (y) Revolving Loans in
an  aggregate  principal  amount up to the Foreign  Currency  Equivalent  of the
Foreign  Currency  Limitation  may, at the election of the Borrowers,  be one or
more Foreign Currency Loans. With respect to Foreign Currency Loans:

          (a) All principal of, and interest on, any Foreign Currency Loan shall
     be payable in the same currency as that Foreign Currency Loan;

          (b) Each Foreign Currency Loan shall be due and payable on the earlier
     of (A) the last  day of the  related  Foreign  Currency  Period  or (B) the
     Revolving Loan Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable;

          (c)  Determination  of credit  availability  under Section  2.1(a) and
     2.1(b), as of any date, if there are then any outstanding  Foreign Currency
     Loans or Foreign Currency Letters of Credit,  shall be based on the Foreign
     Currency Equivalent thereof as of such date;

          (d) The Requisite Lenders may suspend the obligation of the Lenders to
     make Foreign  Currency Loans with respect to a particular  Foreign Currency
     if the Requisite  Lenders  determine  that current or  reasonably  expected
     market conditions for that Foreign Currency are unusually  unstable or make
     it unlawful,  impossible or impracticable  for the Lenders to fund or hedge
     their obligations with respect to a Foreign Currency Loan;

          (e)  Concurrently  with (i) any Notice of Borrowing  with respect to a
     Revolving Loan requested to be made as a Foreign  Currency Loan or (ii) any
     Notice of Conversion/Continuation  with respect to any Loan requested to be
     continued as or converted  into a Foreign  Currency  Loan,  the  requesting
     Borrower  shall pay to the  Administrative  Agent,  for the  account of the
     Lenders pro rata in  accordance  with their Pro Rata Share of the Revolving
     Commitment or the Term Loans, as applicable, a processing fee of $2,500;

          (f)  Unless  the  Administrative   Agent  and  the  Requisite  Lenders
     otherwise  consent,  no more than ten (10)  Foreign  Currency  Periods  and
     Interest  Periods with respect to  Eurodollar  Loans shall exist at any one
     time; and

          (g) the applicable  Borrower shall execute and deliver,  to any Lender
     requesting it, a promissory note payable in the applicable Foreign Currency
     in a form  consistent  with this Agreement  covering that Lender's Pro Rata
     Share of any Foreign Currency Loan.

     2.4 Type of Loans.

          (a) If no Notice of Conversion/Continuation has been made with respect
     to any Loan within the  requisite  notice  period set forth in Section 2.2,
     prior to the end of the Interest Period for any outstanding Eurodollar Rate
     Loan,  then on the last day of such  Interest  Period,  such Loan  shall be
     automatically  converted  into an  Alternate  Base  Rate  Loan in the  same
     amount.

          (b) Each Loan (other than a Foreign Currency Loan) shall constitute an
     Alternate Base Rate Loan unless  properly  designated as a Eurodollar  Rate
     Loan pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2.

          (c) With respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, on the date which is two
     (2) Eurodollar Banking Days before the first day of the applicable Interest
     Period,  the  Administrative  Agent shall confirm its  determination of the
     applicable  Eurodollar Rate (which determination shall be conclusive in the
     absence of manifest  error) and  promptly  shall give notice of the same to
     the applicable  Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopier (and if
     by telephone, promptly confirmed by telecopier).

          (d) Nothing contained herein shall require any Lender to fund any Loan
     in the Designated Eurodollar Market.

     2.5 Funding of Loans.

          (a)  Promptly  following  receipt  of  a  Notice  of  Borrowing,   the
     Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender participating in such Loan by
     telephone  or  telecopier  (and  if by  telephone,  promptly  confirmed  by
     telecopier)  of the date and type of the  Revolving  Loan,  the  applicable
     Foreign  Currency,  the  applicable  Interest  Period or  Foreign  Currency
     Period, and that Lender's share of the Revolving Loan.

          (b) Not later than 11:00 A.M.,  California time, on the date specified
     for any Loan  (which  must be a Banking  Day),  each  Lender  participating
     therein  shall  make  available  its  share  of  such  Revolving  Loan,  in
     immediately  available funds (if a Foreign Currency Loan, in the applicable
     Foreign   Currency)   available   to  the   Administrative   Agent  at  the
     Administrative   Agent's  Office.   Upon  satisfaction  or  waiver  of  the
     applicable  conditions  set forth in  Article 8, the  Administrative  Agent
     shall (i) apply the funds so  received  from the Lenders to repay all Swing
     Line  Loans (if any)  then  outstanding,  together  with  interest  accrued
     thereon,  and (ii) credit the remainder of such funds to the  Concentration
     Account or disburse  such  remainder  as may be directed by the  applicable
     Borrower.

          (c) Unless the  Administrative  Agent shall have been  notified by any
     Lender no later than 11:00 A.M. on the Banking Day of the proposed  funding
     by the Administrative Agent of any Revolving Loan that such Lender does not
     intend to make available to the Administrative  Agent such Lender's portion
     of the total amount of such Loan, the Administrative  Agent may assume that
     such Lender has made such amount available to the  Administrative  Agent on
     the date of the Loan and the  Administrative  Agent may, in  reliance  upon
     such assumption,  make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding
     amount.  If the  Administrative  Agent  has  made  funds  available  to the
     applicable Borrower based on such assumption and such corresponding  amount
     is not in fact made available to the  Administrative  Agent by such Lender,
     the  Administrative  Agent shall be entitled to recover such  corresponding
     amount  on  demand  from  such  Lender.  If such  Lender  does not pay such
     corresponding  amount  forthwith  upon the  Administrative  Agent's  demand
     therefor,  the  Administrative  Agent  promptly shall notify the applicable
     Borrower and the applicable Borrower shall pay such corresponding amount to
     the Administrative  Agent. The Administrative  Agent also shall be entitled
     to  recover  from such  Lender  interest  on such  corresponding  amount in
     respect  of each  day  from the date  such  corresponding  amount  was made
     available  by the  Administrative  Agent to such  Borrower to the date such
     corresponding  amount is recovered by the  Administrative  Agent, at a rate
     per annum equal to the daily  Federal Funds Rate.  Nothing  herein shall be
     deemed to relieve  any Lender from its  obligation  to fulfill its share of
     the   Revolving   Commitment   or  to   prejudice   any  rights  which  the
     Administrative Agent or the applicable Borrower may have against any Lender
     as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

         2.6      Notes.

          (a) Each  Borrower's  obligation to repay (i) the  Revolving  Loans of
     each Lender shall be evidenced by a single note, in substantially  the form
     of Exhibit D-1 hereto, payable to the order of such Lender (each such Note,
     a "Revolving Loan Note"), and each Borrower's  obligation to repay the Term
     Loan of each Lender shall be evidenced by a single note,  in  substantially
     the form of Exhibit D-2 hereto,  payable to the order of such Lender  (each
     such note,  a "Term Loan  Note").  Each  reference  in this  Agreement to a
     "Note"  or the  "Notes"  of such  Lender  shall be  deemed  to refer to and
     include any or all of such Revolving Loan Notes and Term Loan Notes, as the
     context may require.

          (b) Each  Lender  may, by notice to the  applicable  Borrower  and the
     Administrative  Agent,  request  that its  Alternate  Base Rate Loans,  its
     Eurodollar  Rate Loans  and/or its Foreign  Currency  Loans be evidenced by
     separate  Notes.  Each  such  Note  shall be in  substantially  the form of
     Exhibit D-1 or D-2 hereto, as applicable, with appropriate modifications to
     reflect  the fact that it  evidences  solely  the  relevant  kind of Loans.
     Unless a Lender has  received a separate  promissory  note  evidencing  its
     share of a Foreign  Currency  Loan pursuant to Section 2.3 and this Section
     2.6(b),  the Loans made by each Lender as part of a Foreign  Currency  Loan
     shall be evidenced by that Lender's  Revolving Loan Note or Term Loan Note,
     as the case may be, with the references  therein to "Dollars"  being deemed
     references  to the Foreign  Currency  which is the subject of such  Foreign
     Currency Loan.  Each reference in this Agreement to a "Note" or the "Notes"
     of such  Lender  shall be deemed to refer to and include any or all of such
     Notes, as the context may require.

     2.7 Letters of Credit.

          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  at any time and from
     time to time from the  Effective  Date  through the Banking Date that is 30
     days prior to the Revolving  Loan Maturity  Date,  the Issuing Lender shall
     issue  such  Letters  of Credit  under  the  Revolving  Commitment  as each
     Borrower may request by a Request for Letter of Credit;  provided  that (i)
     after giving  effect to such Letter of Credit and any  repayments  of Loans
     made, or  satisfaction of Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit made,
     on the same Banking Day, (A) the sum of (1) the aggregate  principal amount
     of Revolving Loans  outstanding,  plus (2) the Aggregate Exposure Amount of
     all outstanding  Letters of Credit, plus (3) the Swing Loan Outstandings do
     not  exceed the  Revolving  Commitment  and (B) with  respect to any single
     Borrower,  the sum of (1) the aggregate  principal  amount of the Revolving
     Loans  to such  Borrower  plus (2) the  Aggregate  Exposure  Amount  of all
     outstanding  Letters of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower plus
     (3) as  applicable,  the Swing Loan  Outstandings  to such  Borrower do not
     exceed such  Borrower's Loan Sublimit,  (ii) the Aggregate  Exposure Amount
     under all outstanding Letters of Credit shall not exceed  $15,000,000;  and
     (iii) with  respect to a Request  for  Letter of Credit  with  respect to a
     Foreign  Currency  Letter  of  Credit,  the  Issuing  Lender  shall  not be
     obligated to issue the Foreign  Currency Letter of Credit with respect to a
     particular Foreign Currency if and so long as the Issuing Lender determines
     that current or  reasonably  expected  market  conditions  for that Foreign
     Currency are  unusually  unstable or would make it unlawful,  impossible or
     impracticable for the Issuing Lender to fund or hedge its obligations under
     the Foreign Currency Letter of Credit.  For purposes of the foregoing,  the
     aggregate  principal amount of Loans outstanding and the Aggregate Exposure
     Amount of  outstanding  Letters of  Credit,  to the  extent  consisting  of
     Foreign   Currency   Loans  and   Foreign   Currency   Letters  of  Credit,
     respectively, shall be based on the Foreign Currency Equivalents thereof as
     of the Banking Day immediately preceding the date of the Request for Letter
     of  Credit.  Each  Letter of Credit  shall be in a form  acceptable  to the
     Issuing  Lender.  Unless  all the  Lenders  otherwise  consent in a writing
     delivered  to the  Administrative  Agent,  the term of any Letter of Credit
     shall not exceed one (1) year (subject to extension in accordance  with the
     terms  thereof;  provided  that all  conditions  precedent to issuance of a
     Letter of Credit are  satisfied in connection  with any such  extension) or
     extend  beyond the  Revolving  Loan  Maturity  Date.  The Letters of Credit
     outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement on the Effective Date shall
     automatically,  without  further  action,  continue  as  Letters  of Credit
     outstanding  under this  Agreement.  (b) Each  Request for Letter of Credit
     shall be submitted to the Issuing Lender, with a copy to the Administrative
     Agent,  at least two (2)  Banking  Days  prior to the date  upon  which the
     related Letter of Credit is proposed to be issued. The Administrative Agent
     shall promptly notify the Issuing Lender whether such Request for Letter of
     Credit,  and the issuance of a Letter of Credit pursuant thereto,  conforms
     to the requirements of this Agreement. Upon issuance of a Letter of Credit,
     the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative  Agent, and the
     Administrative  Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders,  of the amount and
     terms thereof.

          (c) Upon the  issuance  of a Letter of Credit,  each  Lender  shall be
     deemed to have purchased a pro rata  participation in such Letter of Credit
     from the Issuing  Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's Pro Rata Share
     of the maximum amount  available for drawing  thereunder.  Without limiting
     the  scope and  nature  of each  Lender's  participation  in any  Letter of
     Credit,  to the extent that the Issuing  Lender has not been  reimbursed by
     Borrowers for any payment  required to be made by the Issuing  Lender under
     any Letter of Credit, each Lender shall, pro rata according to its Pro Rata
     Share,  reimburse  the  Issuing  Lender  through the  Administrative  Agent
     promptly upon demand for the amount of such payment. The obligation of each
     Lender  to  so  reimburse   the  Issuing   Lender  shall  be  absolute  and
     unconditional  and shall not be affected by the  occurrence  of an Event of
     Default or any other occurrence or event. Any such reimbursement  shall not
     relieve or otherwise  impair the obligation of the  applicable  Borrower to
     reimburse  the  Issuing  Lender for the amount of any  payment  made by the
     Issuing  Lender  under any  Letter  of Credit  together  with  interest  as
     hereinafter provided.

          (d) Each  Borrower  agrees to pay to the  Issuing  Lender  through the
     Administrative  Agent an amount  equal to any  payment  made by the Issuing
     Lender with respect to each Letter of Credit with respect to such  Borrower
     within  one  (1)  Banking  Day  after  demand  made by the  Issuing  Lender
     therefor,  together  with  interest  on such  amount  from  the date of any
     payment made by the Issuing Lender at the rate applicable to Alternate Base
     Rate Loans for two (2)  Banking  Days after  demand and  thereafter  at the
     Default  Rate.  The  principal  amount of any such payment shall be used to
     reimburse the Issuing Lender for the payment made by it under the Letter of
     Credit and, to the extent that the Lenders have not  reimbursed the Issuing
     Lender pursuant to Section 2.7(c),  the interest amount of any such payment
     shall be for the  account  of the  Issuing  Lender.  Each  Lender  that has
     reimbursed the Issuing  Lender  pursuant to Section 2.7(c) for its Pro Rata
     Share of any payment  made by the Issuing  Lender  under a Letter of Credit
     shall  thereupon  acquire a pro rata  participation,  to the extent of such
     reimbursement,  in the claim of the Issuing  Lender  against the applicable
     Borrower for  reimbursement  of principal  and interest  under this Section
     2.7(d) and shall share, in accordance with that pro rata participation,  in
     any principal payment made by the applicable  Borrower with respect to such
     claim and in any interest payment made by the applicable Borrower (but only
     with respect to periods  subsequent to the date such Lender  reimbursed the
     Issuing Lender) with respect to such claim.

          (e) Each Borrower may, pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing, request that
     Revolving Loans be made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) to provide funds for the
     payment  required by Section  2.7(d) and, for this purpose,  the conditions
     precedent  set forth in Article 8 shall not  apply.  The  proceeds  of such
     Revolving  Loans shall be paid directly to the Issuing  Lender to reimburse
     it for the payment made by it under the Letter of Credit.

          (f) If a Borrower fails to make the payment required by Section 2.7(d)
     within the time period therein set forth, in lieu of the  reimbursement  to
     the Issuing  Lender under Section 2.7(c) the Issuing Lender may (but is not
     required to),  without notice to or the consent of such Borrower,  instruct
     the Administrative Agent to cause Loans to be made by the Lenders under the
     Revolving Commitment in an aggregate amount equal to the amount paid by the
     Issuing Lender with respect to that Letter of Credit and, for this purpose,
     the  conditions  precedent  set forth in  Article 8 shall  not  apply.  The
     proceeds  of such Loans shall be paid  directly  to the  Issuing  Lender to
     reimburse it for the payment made by it under the Letter of Credit.

          (g) The issuance of any supplement, modification,  amendment, renewal,
     or extension to or of any Letter of Credit shall be treated in all respects
     the same as the issuance of a new Letter of Credit.

          (h) The obligation of each Borrower to reimburse to the Issuing Lender
     the amount of any payment  made by the Issuing  Lender  under any Letter of
     Credit shall be absolute,  unconditional, and irrevocable. Without limiting
     the foregoing,  each Borrower's obligations shall not be affected by any of
     the following circumstances:

               (i) any lack of validity or enforceability  prior  to its  stated
     expiration  date of the  Letter of  Credit,  this  Agreement,  or any other
     agreement or instrument relating thereto;

              (ii)  any  amendment  or waiver of  or any  consent to  departure
from the Letter of Credit, this Agreement,  or any other agreement or instrument
relating thereto, with or without the consent of such Borrower;

             (iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense, or other rights
which such  Borrower  may have  at  any time  against the  Issuing  Lender,  the
Administrative  Agent or any Lender, any beneficiary of the Letter of Credit (or
any  persons or  entities  for whom any such  beneficiary  may be acting) or any
other Person,  whether in connection with the Letter of Credit,  this Agreement,
or any  other  agreement  or  instrument  relating  thereto,  or  any  unrelated
transactions;

             (iv)  any  demand,  statement,  or  any other  document  presented
under the Letter  of Credit  proving  to  be  forged,  fraudulent,  invalid, or
insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate
in any respect;

               (v)  the  existence,  character,  quality, quantity,  condition,
value or delivery of any  Property  purported  to be  represented  by  documents
presented in connection with any Letter of Credit or any difference  between any
such Property and the character,  quality, quantity, condition, or value of such
Property as described in such documents;

              (vi)    the time,  place,  manner,  order or contents of shipments
or deliveries of Property as described in documents presented in connection with
any  Letter of Credit  or the  existence,  nature  and  extent of any  insurance
relative thereto;

              (vii)   the  solvency  or  financial  responsibility  of any party
issuing any documents in connection with a Letter of Credit;

             (viii)any failure or delay in notice of shipments or arrival of any
Property;

               (ix)    any error in the transmission of any message  relating to
a Letter of Credit, or any delay or interruption in any such message;

                (x)    any error,  neglect or default  of any  correspondent  of
the Issuing Lender in connection with a Letter of Credit;

                (xi)  any   consequence   arising   from   acts  of  God,   war,
insurrection,  civil unrest, disturbances,  labor disputes, emergency conditions
or other causes beyond the control of the Issuing Lender;

                (xii) the form, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any
contract  or  document  referred  to in any document submitted  to  the  Issuing
Lender in connection with a Letter of Credit; and

                (xiii)  where the Issuing Lender has acted in good faith and
observed general banking usage, any other circumstances whatsoever.

          (i) The Issuing Lender shall be entitled to the protection accorded to
     the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.6.

          (j) The Uniform  Customs and  Practice  for  Documentary  Credits,  as
     published  in its most  current  version  by the  International  Chamber of
     Commerce,  shall be deemed a part of this  Section  and shall  apply to all
     Letters of Credit to the extent not inconsistent with applicable Law.

          (k) No action  taken or omitted in good  faith by the  Issuing  Lender
     under or in  connection  with any Letter of Credit,  if taken or omitted in
     the  absence  of gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct,  shall put such
     Issuing Bank under any resulting liability to any Lender, any Borrower, any
     of the Borrowers' Subsidiaries or, so long as it is not issued in violation
     of Section 2.7(a),  relieve any Lender of its obligations hereunder to such
     Issuing  Lender.  Solely as between the Issuing Lender and the Lenders,  in
     determining  whether to pay under any Letter of Credit,  the Issuing Lender
     shall have no  obligation  to the  Lenders  other than to confirm  that any
     documents  required to be delivered under a Letter of Credit appear to have
     been  delivered  and that  they  appear on their  face to  comply  with the
     requirements of such Letter of Credit.

     2.8 Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Commitment.

     Day Runner shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, without
premium or penalty, upon at least five (5) Banking Days' prior written notice by
a Responsible Official of Day Runner to the Administrative Agent, voluntarily to
reduce,  permanently  and  irrevocably,  in  aggregate  principal  amounts in an
integral  multiple of $1,000,000 but not less than $5,000,000,  a portion of the
then  undisbursed  portion of the  Revolving  Commitment,  or to  terminate  the
Revolving  Commitment,  provided  that the  Revolving  Commitment  shall  not be
terminated while any Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans remain outstanding. The
Administrative  Agent  shall  promptly  notify the Lenders of any  reduction  or
termination of the Revolving Commitment under this Section.

     2.9 Swing Line Loans.

          (a) The Swing Line Lender  shall from time to time from the  Effective
     Date through the day prior to the  Revolving  Loan Maturity Date make Swing
     Line Loans to Day Runner (i) in such  amounts as Day Runner may  request or
     (ii) in connection with the  Administrative  Agent's "Credit Sweep" program
     (or other program having  comparable  features and procedures)  pursuant to
     which, at the close of business on each Banking Day, if there then would be
     a debit balance in the  Concentration  Account,  the Swing Line Lender will
     credit the  Concentration  Account in an amount  such  that,  after  giving
     effect to such credit, the Concentration Account reflects a positive credit
     balance of $1.00 (and each such credit  shall  constitute a Swing Line Loan
     for all purposes of this Agreement),  provided that (A) after giving effect
     to such  Swing  Line  Loan,  the  Swing  Line  Outstandings  do not  exceed
     $10,000,000,  and (B) without the consent of all of the  Lenders,  no Swing
     Line Loan may be made during the  continuation  of a Default or an Event of
     Default of which the Swing Line  Lender has  knowledge.  Day Runner  hereby
     requests  and  authorizes  the Swing Line  Lender to make from time to time
     Swing Line Loans in the manner set forth in clause (ii)  above.  Day Runner
     may borrow,  repay and  reborrow  Swing Line Loans under this  Section 2.9.
     Unless notified to the contrary by the Swing Line Lender,  borrowings under
     the Swing Line  (other  than  pursuant to clause (ii) above) may be made in
     amounts which are integral multiples of $100,000 upon telephonic request by
     a Responsible  Official of Day Runner made to the Administrative  Agent not
     later than 1:00 P.M.,  California time, on the Banking Day of the requested
     borrowing (which telephonic  request shall be promptly confirmed in writing
     by  telecopier by  transmission  of a Notice of Swing Line Loan in the form
     attached hereto as Exhibit I). Promptly after receipt of such a request for
     borrowing,  the Administrative Agent shall provide telephonic  verification
     to the Swing  Line  Lender  that,  after  giving  effect  to such  request,
     availability   for  Loans  will  exist  under  Section   2.1(a)  (and  such
     verification shall be promptly confirmed in writing by telecopier).  If Day
     Runner  instructs the Swing Line Lender to debit its demand deposit account
     at the Swing Line  Lender in the amount of any  payment  with  respect to a
     Swing Line Loan,  or the Swing Line Lender  otherwise  receives  repayment,
     after 1:00 P.M.,  California  time, on a Banking Day, such payment shall be
     deemed  received  on the next  Banking  Day.  The Swing Line  Lender  shall
     promptly  notify the  Administrative  Agent of the Swing Loan  Outstandings
     each time there is a change therein.

          (b) Swing Line Loans  shall bear  interest at a  fluctuating  rate per
     annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin
     in effect  from time to time.  Interest  shall be payable  on each  Monthly
     Payment  Date or otherwise as may be specified by the Swing Line Lender and
     in any event on the  Revolving  Loan Maturity  Date.  The Swing Line Lender
     shall be  responsible  for  invoicing  Day  Runner for such  interest.  The
     interest payable on Swing Line Loans is solely for the account of the Swing
     Line Lender (subject to clauses (d) and (e) below).

          (c) Each  Swing  Line Loan shall be  repayable  on the  earlier of (i)
     demand  therefor made by the Swing Line Lender and (ii) the Revolving  Loan
     Maturity Date.

          (d) Upon the making of a Swing Line Loan,  each Lender shall be deemed
     to have purchased from the Swing Line Lender a participation  therein in an
     amount equal to that  Lender's Pro Rata Share of the  Revolving  Commitment
     times the amount of the Swing Line Loan.  Within one (1)  Banking Day after
     demand made by the Swing Line Lender,  each Lender shall,  according to its
     Pro Rata Share of the Revolving  Commitment,  promptly provide to the Swing
     Line  Lender  its  purchase  price  therefor  in an  amount  equal  to  its
     participation  therein.  The  obligation  of each  Lender to so provide its
     purchase price to the Swing Line Lender shall be absolute and unconditional
     and shall  not be  affected  by the  occurrence  of a  Default  or Event of
     Default;  provided  that no Lender  shall be  obligated to purchase its Pro
     Rata  Share  of  (i)  Swing  Line  Loans  to the  extent  that  Swing  Line
     Outstandings are in excess of $10,000,000 and (ii) any Swing Line Loan made
     (without the consent of all of the Lenders)  during the  continuation  of a
     Default or an Event of Default of which the Swing Line Lender had knowledge
     at the time such Swing Line Loan was made. Each Lender that has provided to
     the Swing Line Lender the purchase price due for its participation in Swing
     Line Loans shall thereupon acquire a pro rata participation,  to the extent
     of such payment,  in the claim of the Swing Line Lender  against Day Runner
     for  principal and interest and shall share,  in  accordance  with that pro
     rata  participation,  in any  principal  payment  made by Day  Runner  with
     respect to such claim and in any  interest  payment made by Day Runner (but
     only with  respect to periods  subsequent  to the date such Lender paid the
     Swing Line Lender its purchase price) with respect to such claim.

          (e) Upon any demand for payment of the Swing Line  Outstandings by the
     Swing Line Lender (unless Day Runner has made other arrangements reasonably
     acceptable  to the  Swing  Line  Lender  to repay in full  the  Swing  Line
     Outstandings),  Day Runner  shall  request a  Revolving  Loan  pursuant  to
     Section 2.1 sufficient to repay all Swing Line Outstandings  (and, for this
     purpose,  Section  2.1(d)  shall not  apply).  In the event that Day Runner
     fails to request a Revolving  Loan within the time specified by Section 2.1
     on any such date,  the  Administrative  Agent may,  but is not required to,
     without notice to or the consent of any Borrower,  cause Revolving Loans to
     be  made  by the  Lenders  under  the  Revolving  Commitment,  pro  rata in
     accordance   with  their   respective  Pro  Rata  Share  of  the  Revolving
     Commitment,  in an aggregate  amount  sufficient to repay in full the Swing
     Line  Outstandings.  The conditions  precedent set forth in Article 8 shall
     not apply to  Revolving  Loans to be made by the  Lenders  pursuant to this
     Section 2.9(e). The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be paid directly
     to the Swing Line Lender for application to the Swing Line Outstandings.

     2.10 Guaranty.

     The Obligations shall be guaranteed  pursuant to the Subsidiary  Guaranties
and the Borrower Guaranties.

     2.11 Extension of Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

     In the event that the Revolving  Commitment  has not been  terminated on or
before  October 9, 2000 (such date,  the "Extension  Determination  Date"),  the
Revolving  Loan Maturity Date shall be extended,  automatically  and without any
further  action by the  Borrowers or the Lenders,  to September 30, 2001, if and
only if:

          (a) the  Funded  Senior  Debt  Ratio as of the last day of the  Fiscal
     Quarter  ended June 30,  2000,  as reflected  in the  financial  statements
     delivered by Day Runner on or before the Extension  Determination Date, and
     certified by the chief financial officer of Day Runner, is not greater than
     5.50 to 1.00;

          (b) the Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio as of the last day of the Fiscal
     Quarter  ended June 30,  2000,  as reflected  in the  financial  statements
     delivered by Day Runner on or before the Extension  Determination Date, and
     certified by the chief  financial  officer of Day Runner,  is not less than
     1.10 to 1.00;

          (c) EBITDA for the period of four  consecutive  Fiscal Quarters ending
     on June 30, 2000, as reflected in the financial statements delivered by Day
     Runner on or before the Extension  Determination Date, and certified by the
     chief financial officer of Day Runner, is not less than $18,000,000;

          (d) no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
     continuing on the Extension Determination Date; and

          (e) each of the  representations  and  warranties of the Borrowers and
     Subsidiary  Guarantors  set forth in the Loan  Documents  shall be true and
     complete on and as of the Extension  Determination Date with the same force
     and  effect  as  if  made  on  and  as  of  such  date  (or,  if  any  such
     representation  or warranty is  expressly  stated to have been made as of a
     specific date, as of such specific date).

                                    Article 3
                                PAYMENTS AND FEES

     3.1 Interest.

          (a) (i)  Interest  will accrue on each  Alternate  Base Rate Loan (and
     each  other  Obligation  (other  than  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans and  Foreign
     Currency  Loans)  not paid when due) at the  Alternate  Base Rate in effect
     from time to time plus Applicable Base Rate Margin;

          (ii)  Interest  will accrue on each  Eurodollar  Rate Loan during each
     Interest  Period  applicable  thereto  at  the  Adjusted   Eurodollar  Rate
     applicable during such Interest Period plus the Applicable  Eurodollar Rate
     Margin in effect from time to time; and

          (iii)  Interest will accrue on each Foreign  Currency Loan during each
     Foreign  Currency Period  applicable  thereto at the Foreign  Currency Rate
     applicable for such Foreign  Currency Loan plus the  Applicable  Eurodollar
     Rate Margin in effect from time to time.

          (b) Interest shall be payable on the outstanding  principal  amount of
     each Loan or other Obligation from the date such Loan is made or such other
     Obligation is due and payable, as the case may be, until payment in full is
     made,  and shall  accrue and be payable at the rates set forth or  provided
     for herein before and after Default, before and after maturity,  before and
     after  judgment,  and before and after the  commencement  of any proceeding
     under any Debtor Relief Law.

          (c) Interest accrued on each Alternate Base Rate Loan shall be due and
     payable  on (i) each  Monthly  Payment  Date and  (ii) the  Revolving  Loan
     Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable. Each change in
     the interest  rate under this Section 3.1 due to a change in the  Alternate
     Base Rate shall take effect simultaneously with the corresponding change in
     the  Alternate  Base  Rate.  Each  change in the  interest  rate under this
     Section 3.1 due to a change in the  Applicable  Base Rate Margin shall take
     effect  simultaneously with the corresponding change in the Applicable Base
     Rate Margin.

          (d) Interest  accrued on each Eurodollar Rate Loan which is for a term
     of three  months or less  shall be due and  payable  on the last day of the
     related Interest Period.  Interest on each other Eurodollar Rate Loan shall
     be due and  payable on the date which is three  months  after the date such
     Eurodollar  Rate  Loan was made  (and,  in the  event  that the  applicable
     Interest  Period is longer than six months,  every three months  thereafter
     through the last day of the Interest  Period).  Each change in the interest
     rate  under  this  Section  3.1 due to a change in the  Eurodollar  Reserve
     Percentage shall take effect  simultaneously with the corresponding  change
     in the  Eurodollar  Reserve  Percentage.  Each change in the interest  rate
     under this Section 3.1 due to a change in the  Applicable  Eurodollar  Rate
     Margin shall take effect  simultaneously  with the corresponding  change in
     the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin.

          (e) Interest accrued on each Foreign Currency Loan which is for a term
     of three  months or less  shall be due and  payable  on the last day of the
     related Foreign  Currency  Period.  Interest on each other Foreign Currency
     Loan shall be due and payable on the date which is three  months  after the
     date such Foreign  Currency Loan was made. Each change in the interest rate
     under this Section 3.1 due to a change in the  Applicable  Eurodollar  Rate
     Margin shall take effect  simultaneously  with the corresponding  change in
     the Applicable Eurodollar Rate Margin.

          (f) Default Interest.  Notwithstanding the rates of interest specified
     in Section 3.1(a), effective immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of
     Default,  and for as long  thereafter  as such  Event of  Default  shall be
     continuing, the principal balance or all Loans, and the amount of all other
     Obligations,  shall bear  interest at a rate which is two percent  (2%) per
     annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise  applicable  hereunder to
     such Loans or other  Obligations  from time to time, to the fullest  extent
     permitted  by  applicable  Laws.  Accrued  and unpaid  interest on past due
     amounts  (including,  without  limitation,  interest on past due  interest)
     shall be compounded monthly, on the last day of each calendar month, to the
     fullest  extent  permitted by  applicable  Laws,  and shall be payable upon
     demand.

     3.2 Principal.

          (a) If not sooner paid,  the principal  amount of the Revolving  Loans
     shall be payable as follows:

               (i) the amount,  if any, by which the sum of (A) the  Revolving
     Loans plus(B) the Aggregate Exposure Amount of all outstanding Letters of
     Credit plus (C)  the  Swing  Line  Outstandings at any time  exceeds  the
     then applicable  Revolving  Commitment  shall be payable immediately  (with
     the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans and Aggregate
     Exposure Amount of  outstanding Letters of Credit, to the extent consisting
     of Foreign Currency Loans and Foreign Currency Letters of Credit,
     respectively, being based on the Foreign Currency Equivalents thereof as of
     the last Banking Day in each calendar month);

               (ii)   in the event and on each  occasion  that any  Borrower  or
     any Subsidiary of  a  Borrower issues  any  equity security or  incurs  any
     Indebtedness  after the date hereof  (other  than  Indebtedness  permitted
     pursuant to Section  6.10(a)(as  to  refinancings),  (b),  (c),  (d),  (e),
     (h) or (i)), including without limitation any Subordinated Obligations, the
     Borrowers shall substantially  concurrently  with (in any event not later
     than the third Banking Day next following) the issuance of such  securities
     or the incurrence of such Indebtedness,  prepay the Loans in an aggregate
     amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Issuance  Proceeds therefrom to prepay
     the outstanding Loans in accordance with Section 3.2(c);

               (iii) at the end of each  Banking  Day,  all funds on deposit in
     the Concentration  Account (after giving effect to the transfer to the Term
     Loan Interest Reserve Account required  pursuant to Section 5.14(c)) shall
     be applied first to reduce  the Swing  Line  Outstandings, and then,  after
     the principal balance of the Swing Line Outstandings is reduced to zero, to
     prepay Revolving Loans, and then,  after  the  principal  balance of  the
     Revolving Loans Outstandings is reduced to zero, to prepay Term Loans;

                (iv)  not  later  than  the  third  Banking  Day  following  the
     completion  of any  Disposition  (other  than any  Disposition  permitted
     under Section  6.2 (other  than under  Section  6.2(c)),  the  Borrowers
     shall make a prepayment of the Loans in an amount equal to 100% of the Net
     Cash Sale Proceeds of such Disposition in accordance with Section 3.2(c);
     and

                 (v)  the principal of the Loans then  outstanding  shall in any
     event be payable on  the  Revolving  Loan  Maturity Date  or the Term Loan
     Maturity Date,  as  applicable,  and the  Revolving  Commitment  shall
     terminate  on the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

          (b) The principal of the Loans,  or any of them,  may, at any time and
     from time to time,  voluntarily  be paid or  prepaid,  in whole or in part,
     without premium or penalty, except that any payment or prepayment of all or
     any part of any  Eurodollar  Rate Loan or  Foreign  Currency  Loan on a day
     other than the last day of the applicable  Interest Period shall be subject
     to Sections 3.7 and 3.8.  Each  prepayment  of principal on any  Eurodollar
     Rate Loan or any Foreign  Currency Loan shall be  accompanied by payment of
     interest  accrued to the date of payment on the amount of  principal  paid.
     With respect to each  prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section  3.2(b),
     such  prepayments  shall be applied first to prepay  outstanding  Revolving
     Loans,  and then,  after the principal  balance of the  Revolving  Loans is
     reduced to zero, to prepay outstanding Term Loans, and in each such case in
     accordance with Section 3.2(d).

          (c) Prepayments of Loans made pursuant to Section  3.2(a)(ii) shall be
     applied first to prepay the outstanding  principal amount of the Term Loans
     and then, after the principal balance of the Term Loans is reduced to zero,
     to reduce the  Revolving  Commitment  (and,  to the extent  applicable,  to
     prepay the Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(i)),  in each case in
     accordance with Section 3.2(d).  The Revolving  Commitment shall be reduced
     in  an  amount  equal  to  the  prepayment  required  pursuant  to  Section
     3.2(a)(iv) (or, if the Revolving Commitment then is less than the amount of
     the required  prepayment,  to zero),  and such prepayment  shall be applied
     first to make any  prepayment  of Revolving  Loans  required  under Section
     3.2(a)(i) as a result of such  reduction and then to the principal  balance
     of the Term Loans.

          (d)  Subject to  Section  3.2(b),  amounts  applied  pursuant  to this
     Section 3.2 to prepay  Loans shall be applied  first to reduce  outstanding
     Alternate  Base  Rate  Loans.   Any  amounts   remaining  after  each  such
     application  shall be applied to first to reduce  Eurodollar Rate Loans and
     then to reduce Foreign Currency Loans, in each case subject to Sections 3.7
     and 3.8.

     3.3 Commitment Fee.

     From the Effective  Date through the  Revolving  Loan  Maturity  Date,  the
Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable accounts of the
Lenders pro rata according to their Pro Rata Share of the Revolving  Commitment,
a commitment  fee equal to the sum of (a) the daily  Applicable  Commitment  Fee
Rate per annum times the average daily amount by which the Revolving  Commitment
exceeds  the  sum of (i) the  average  daily  principal  amount  of  outstanding
Revolving  Loans (but  excluding the  principal  amount of any Swing Line Loans)
plus (ii) the average daily Aggregate Exposure Amount of all outstanding Letters
of Credit. The average daily principal amount of outstanding Revolving Loans, in
the case of Foreign  Currency Loans,  and the average daily  Aggregate  Exposure
Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit, in the case of Foreign Currency Letters
of Credit,  shall be determined for this purpose for each calendar month of each
Fiscal Quarter based on the Foreign Currency  Equivalents thereof as of the last
Banking Day in each such calendar  month.  The  commitment  fee shall be payable
quarterly in arrears on each  Quarterly  Payment Date and on the Revolving  Loan
Maturity Date.

     3.4 Amendment Fee and Administrative Agent's Fee.

     In  consideration  of the  agreements  of the  Lenders  contained  in  this
Agreement, Day Runner agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account
of each Lender executing this Agreement, on the Effective Date, an amendment fee
(the  "Amendment  Fee")  in an  amount  equal  to  0.50%  of the sum of (x) such
Lender's  Term  Loan  and (y) such  Lender's  Pro  Rata  Share of the  Revolving
Commitment  as in effect on the  Effective  Date,  after  giving  effect to this
Agreement.  In addition, Day Runner agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent on
the  Effective  Date the  Administrative  Agent's  Fee and other  advisory  fees
described in the fee letter dated as of October 12, 1999 from the Administrative
Agent to, and acknowledged and accepted by, Day Runner (such fees, together with
the Amendment  Fees and the  Administrative  Agent's Fee, the "Fees").  The Fees
shall be payable in  immediately  available  funds and, once paid,  shall not be
refundable.

     3.5 Letter of Credit Fees.

     With  respect  to each  Letter  of  Credit,  each  Borrower  shall  pay the
following fees:

          (a) to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders
     in  accordance  with their Pro Rata Share of the  Revolving  Commitment,  a
     standby letter of credit fee in an amount equal to the  Applicable  Standby
     Letter of Credit Fee Rate as of the date of the  issuance of such Letter of
     Credit times the face amount of such Standby  Letter of Credit  through the
     termination  or  expiration  of such  Standby  Letter  of  Credit,  payable
     quarterly in advance,  which the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to
     the Lenders; and

          (b) concurrently with each issuance, negotiation, drawing or amendment
     of each Letter of Credit, to the Issuing Lender for the sole account of the
     Issuing Lender,  issuance,  negotiation,  drawing and amendment fees in the
     amounts  set forth  from  time to time as the  Issuing  Lender's  published
     scheduled fees for such services.

     All fees with  respect  to a  Foreign  Currency  Letter of Credit  shall be
payable in Dollars  based on the Foreign  Currency  Equivalent as of the Banking
Day immediately  preceding the date of the Request for Letter of Credit. Each of
the fees  payable with respect to Letters of Credit under this Section is earned
when due and is nonrefundable.

     3.6 Increased Commitment Costs.

     If any Lender shall determine in good faith that the introduction after the
Closing Date of any  applicable  law,  rule,  regulation or guideline  regarding
capital adequacy,  or any change therein or any change in the  interpretation or
administration  thereof by any central bank or other Governmental Agency charged
with the interpretation or administration  thereof, or compliance by such Lender
(or its Eurodollar  Lending Office) or any corporation  controlling such Lender,
with any request,  guideline or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or
not having the force of Law) of any such  central  bank or other  authority  not
imposed as a result of such  Lender's  or such  corporation's  failure to comply
with any other Laws,  affects or would affect the amount of capital  required or
expected to be maintained  by such Lender or any  corporation  controlling  such
Lender and  (taking  into  consideration  such  Lender's  or such  corporation's
policies with respect to capital  adequacy and such Lender's  desired  return on
capital)  determines in good faith that the amount of such capital is increased,
or the rate of return on capital is  reduced,  in an amount  deemed  material by
such Lender in its sole  discretion,  as a consequence of its obligations  under
this Agreement,  then, within five (5) Banking Days after demand of such Lender,
the Borrowers  shall pay to such Lender,  from time to time as specified in good
faith by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender in
light  of  such  circumstances,  to the  extent  reasonably  allocable  to  such
obligations under this Agreement;  provided that, before making any such demand,
each Lender  agrees to use  reasonable  efforts  (consistent  with its  internal
policy  and  legal  and  regulatory   restrictions)  to  designate  a  different
Applicable Lending Office if the making of such designation would avoid the need
for, or materially  reduce the amount of, such  increased cost and would not, in
the reasonable  judgment of such Lender,  be otherwise  disadvantageous  to such
Lender,  provided  that such  Borrower  shall not be  obligated  to pay any such
amount  which arose prior to the date which is one hundred and eighty (180) days
preceding  the date of such demand or is  attributable  to periods  prior to the
date which is one  hundred  and eighty  (180)  days  preceding  the date of such
demand.  Each Lender's  determination of such amounts shall be conclusive in the
absence of manifest error.

     3.7 Eurodollar Costs and Related Matters.

          (a) In the event that any  Governmental  Agency  imposes on any Lender
     any  reserve  or   comparable   requirement   (including   any   emergency,
     supplemental  or other reserve) with respect to the Eurodollar  Obligations
     hereunder of that Lender,  the Borrowers  shall pay that Lender within five
     (5) Banking Days after  demand all amounts  necessary  to  compensate  such
     Lender  (determined as though such Lender's  Eurodollar  Lending Office had
     funded  100%  of its  Eurodollar  Rate  Loan in the  Designated  Eurodollar
     Market) in respect of the  imposition  of such  reserve  requirements.  The
     Lender's determination of such amount shall be conclusive in the absence of
     manifest error.

          (b) If, after the date hereof,  the  existence  or  occurrence  of any
     Special Eurodollar Circumstance:

               (1) shall subject any Lender or its Eurodollar  Lending Office to
          any tax, duty or other charge or cost with respect to any Eurodollar
          Rate Loan, any of its Notes evidencing Eurodollar Rate Loans or its
          obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Loans, or shall change the basis of
          taxation of payments to any Lender attributable to the principal of or
          interest on any Eurodollar Rate Loan or any other amounts due under
          this Agreement in respect of any Eurodollar  Rate Loan,  any  of its
          Notes evidencing  Eurodollar Rate  Loans  or  its  obligation to make
          Eurodollar  Rate Loans,  excluding (i) taxes imposed on or  measured
          in whole or in part by  its  overall  net  income or net worth  by any
          jurisdiction  (or  political  subdivision  thereof)  in  which  it  is
          organized or maintains its  principal  office  or  Eurodollar  Lending
          Office and (ii) any withholding  taxes imposed by the United States of
          America for any period  with respect to which it has failed to provide
          the  Borrowers with the appropriate form or forms required by Section
          11.21, to the extent such forms are then required by applicable Laws;

              (2) shall impose,  modify  or  deem   applicable  any  reserve not
          applicable  or deemed  applicable  on the date  hereof  (including any
          reserve imposed  by the  Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve
          System, special deposit,capital or similar requirements against assets
          of, deposits with or for the  account of, or credit  extended  by, any
          Lender or its  Eurodollar  Lending Office); or

             (3)  shall  impose  on  any  Lender  or its  Eurodollar  Lending
          Office or the Designated  Eurodollar  Market any other  condition
          affecting any Eurodollar Rate Loan, any of its Notes  evidencing
          Eurodollar Rate Loans, its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or
          this Agreement, or shall otherwise affect any of the same;

     and the result of any of the foregoing, as determined in good faith by such
Lender, increases the cost in a material amount to such Lender or its Eurodollar
Lending Office of making or maintaining  any Eurodollar  Rate Loan or in respect
of any Eurodollar Rate Loan, any of its Notes  evidencing  Eurodollar Rate Loans
or its obligation to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or reduces the amount of any sum
received or  receivable  by such Lender or its  Eurodollar  Lending  Office with
respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, any of its Notes evidencing Eurodollar Rate
Loans or its obligation to make  Eurodollar  Rate Loans  (assuming such Lender's
Eurodollar  Lending  Office had funded 100% of its  Eurodollar  Rate Loan in the
Designated  Eurodollar Market),  then, within five (5) Banking Days after demand
by such  Lender  (with  a copy  to the  Administrative  Agent),  the  applicable
Borrower  shall pay to such  Lender  such  additional  amount or amounts as will
compensate  such Lender for such  increased  cost or  reduction  (determined  as
though such Lender's Eurodollar Lending Office had funded 100% of its Eurodollar
Rate Loans in the Designated  Eurodollar  Market);  provided that the applicable
Borrower  shall not be obligated to pay any such amount which arose prior to the
date which is one  hundred  and eighty  (180)  days  preceding  the date of such
demand or is  attributable to periods prior to the date which is one hundred and
eighty (180) days  preceding the date of such demand.  A statement of any Lender
claiming  compensation  under this subsection shall be conclusive in the absence
of manifest error.

          (c) If, after the date hereof,  the  existence  or  occurrence  of any
     Special  Eurodollar  Circumstance  shall,  in the good faith opinion of any
     Lender,  make it unlawful or impossible  for such Lender or its  Eurodollar
     Lending Office to make, maintain or fund its portion of any Eurodollar Rate
     Loan,  or  materially  restrict the authority of such Lender to purchase or
     sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the Designated  Eurodollar Market,
     or to determine or charge  interest rates based upon the  Eurodollar  Rate,
     and such  Lender  shall so  notify  the  Administrative  Agent,  then  such
     Lender's  obligation to make  Eurodollar  Rate Loans shall be suspended for
     the duration of such  illegality or  impossibility  and the  Administrative
     Agent  forthwith  shall give  notice  thereof to the other  Lenders and the
     Borrowers. Upon receipt of such notice, the outstanding principal amount of
     such  Lender's  Eurodollar  Rate  Loans,  together  with  accrued  interest
     thereon,  automatically  shall be converted to Alternate Base Rate Loans on
     either  (1) the last day of the  Eurodollar  Period(s)  applicable  to such
     Loans if such Lender may lawfully  continue to maintain and fund such Loans
     to such day(s) or (2) immediately if such Lender may not lawfully  continue
     to fund and maintain such Loans to such day(s), provided that in such event
     the  conversion  shall not be subject to payment of a prepayment  fee under
     Section  3.7(e).  Each  Lender  agrees to  endeavor  promptly to notify the
     applicable  Borrower  of  any  event  of  which  it has  actual  knowledge,
     occurring  after the Closing  Date,  which will cause that Lender to notify
     the  Administrative  Agent under this  Section,  and agrees to  designate a
     different Eurodollar Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need
     for such  notice and will not, in the good faith  judgment of such  Lender,
     otherwise be  disadvantageous  to such Lender. In the event that any Lender
     is unable,  for the reasons set forth above, to make,  maintain or fund its
     portion of any Eurodollar  Rate Loan, such Lender shall fund such amount as
     an  Alternate  Base Rate Loan for the same period of time,  and such amount
     shall be treated in all respects as an Alternate Base Rate Loan. Any Lender
     whose  obligation to make  Eurodollar  Rate Loans has been suspended  under
     this  Section  shall  promptly  notify  the  Administrative  Agent  and the
     Borrowers of the  cessation of the Special  Eurodollar  Circumstance  which
     gave rise to such suspension.

          (d) If, with respect to any proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan:

              (1)    the  Administrative  Agent reasonably  determines that, by
          reason of  circumstances  affecting the Designated  Eurodollar  Market
          generally that  are beyond  the reasonable control of the Lenders,
          deposits  in Dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not being offered
          to any Lender in the Designated Eurodollar Market for the applicable
          Interest Period; or

               (2)  the  Requisite  Lenders  advise the  Administrative  Agent
          that the Eurodollar Rate as determined by the Administrative Agent
          (i) does not represent the effective pricing to such Lenders for
          deposits in Dollars in the Designated Eurodollar Market in the
          relevant amount for the applicable Interest Period, or (ii) will not
          adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making the
          applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans; then the  Administrative  Agent
          forthwith shall give notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders,
          whereupon until the Administrative  Agent notifies the Borrowers  that
          the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the
          obligation of the Lenders to make any future Eurodollar Rate Loans
          shall be suspended.

                    (e) Upon payment of any Eurodollar  Rate Loan (including as
          the result of a conversion required under Section 3.7(c)) on a day
          other than the last day in the applicable Interest Period (whether
          voluntarily,  involuntarily, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise),
          or upon the failure of a Borrower to borrow on the date or in the
          amount specified for a Eurodollar Rate Loan in any Notice of
          Borrowing, such  Borrower shall pay to the appropriate Lender  within
          five (5) Banking  Days after demand a fee (determined as though  100%
          of the Eurodollar Rate Loan, as the case may be, had been funded in
          the Designated Eurodollar Market) equal to the sum of:

                         (1) the  present value  of the  excess,  if any, of (i)
          the additional  interest  that  would  have  accrued  on the  amount
          prepaid or not borrowed at the applicable  Eurodollar  Rate if that
          amount had remained or been outstanding through the last day of the
          applicable Interest Period over (ii) the interest that the Lender
          could recover by placing such amount on deposit in the Designated
          Eurodollar Market for a period beginning on the date of the prepayment
          or failure  to borrow  and ending on the last day of the  applicable
          Interest Period (or, if no deposit rate quotation is available for
          such period, for the most  comparable  period  for  which a  deposit
          rate  quotation  may be obtained), discounted at the Federal Funds
          Rate; plus

                         (2) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by  the  Lender
          reasonably attributable to such payment, prepayment or failure to
          borrow.

          Each  Lender's  determination  of the  amount  of any  prepayment  fee
     payable  under this Section  shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
     error.

          (f) Each Lender agrees to endeavor promptly to notify the Borrowers of
     any event of which it has actual  knowledge,  occurring  after the  Closing
     Date, which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to clause (a)
     or  clause  (b) of this  Section,  and  agrees  to  designate  a  different
     Eurodollar  Lending Office if such  designation  will avoid the need for or
     reduce  the  amount of such  compensation  and will not,  in the good faith
     judgment of such Lender,  otherwise be  disadvantageous to such Lender. Any
     request for compensation by a Lender under this Section shall set forth the
     basis upon which it has been determined that such an amount is due from the
     applicable  Borrower,  a calculation of the amount due, and a certification
     that the corresponding costs have been incurred by the Lender.

     3.8 Foreign Currency Costs and Related Matters.

          (a) In the event that any  Governmental  Agency  imposes on any Lender
     any reserve or comparable  requirement with respect to the Foreign Currency
     Loans hereunder of that Lender,  the Borrowers shall pay that Lender within
     five (5) Banking Days after demand all amounts necessary to compensate such
     Lender in respect of the  imposition  of such  requirements.  The  Lender's
     determination of such amount shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
     error.

          (b) If, after the date  hereof,  the adoption of any Law or any change
     in the  interpretation  of  administration  of any Law (including,  without
     limitation,   the   imposition   of  any  currency   exchange   control  or
     restriction):

              (1)  shall subject any Lender or its Applicable Lending Office to
     any tax, duty or other charge or cost with respect to any Foreign Currency
     Loan,any of its Notes evidencing Foreign Currency Loans or its obligation
     to make Foreign Currency Loans, or shall change the basis of taxation of
     payments to any Lender attributable to the principal of or interest on any
     Foreign Currency Loan or any other amounts due under this Agreement in
     respect of any Foreign Currency Loan, any of its Notes evidencing Foreign
     Currency Loans or its obligation to make Foreign Currency Loans;

               (2)  shall  impose  on any  Lender  or its  Applicable  Lending
     Office or the Designated  Foreign Currency Market any other condition
     affecting any Foreign Currency Loan, any of its Notes  evidencing  Foreign
     Currency Loans, or its  obligation to make Foreign  Currency Loans or this
     Agreement, or shall otherwise affect any of the same;

and the  result of any of the  foregoing,  as  determined  in good faith by such
Lender,  increases the cost to such Lender or its Applicable  Lending Office, in
an amount  deemed by it to be  material,  of making or  maintaining  any Foreign
Currency  Loan or in  respect of any  Foreign  Currency  Loan,  any of its Notes
evidencing  Foreign  Currency Loans or its  obligation to make Foreign  Currency
Loans or reduces the amount of any sum received or  receivable by such Lender or
its Applicable  Lending Office with respect to any Foreign Currency Loan, any of
its Notes  evidencing  Foreign  Currency Loans or its obligation to make Foreign
Currency Loans,  then,  within five (5) Banking Days after demand by such Lender
(with a copy to the Administrative  Agent), the applicable Borrower shall pay to
such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for
such  increased cost or reduction;  provided that the applicable  Borrower shall
not be  obligated  to pay any such amount which arose prior to the date which is
one  hundred  and eighty  (180)  days  preceding  the date of such  demand or is
attributable  to periods prior to the date which is one hundred and eighty (180)
days  preceding  the date of such  demand.  A statement  of any Lender  claiming
compensation  under  this  subsection  shall be  conclusive  in the  absence  of
manifest error.

          (c) If, after the date  hereof,  the adoption of any Law or any change
     in the  interpretation  of  administration  of any Law (including,  without
     limitation, the imposition of any currency exchange control or restriction)
     shall,  in the good  faith  opinion  of any  Lender,  make it  unlawful  or
     impracticable  for such Lender or its  Applicable  Lending  Office to make,
     maintain or fund its portion of any Foreign  Currency  Loan,  or materially
     restrict  the  authority  of such Lender to  purchase  or sell,  or to take
     deposits  of, the  relevant  Foreign  Currency  in the  Designated  Foreign
     Currency  Market,  or to determine or charge  interest rates based upon the
     Foreign  Currency Rate, and such Lender shall so notify the  Administrative
     Agent,  then such Lender's  obligation to make Foreign  Currency Rate Loans
     shall be suspended for the duration of such illegality or  impracticability
     and the  Administrative  Agent  forthwith  shall give notice thereof to the
     other  Lenders  and  the  Borrowers.  Upon  receipt  of  such  notice,  the
     outstanding  principal amount of such Lender's Foreign Currency Loans shall
     be repaid,  together with accrued interest thereon,  on either (1) the last
     day of the  Foreign  Currency  Period(s)  applicable  to such Loans if such
     Lender may lawfully continue to maintain and fund such Loans to such day(s)
     or (2)  immediately  if such Lender may not  lawfully  continue to fund and
     maintain  such  Loans  to such  day(s),  provided  that in such  event  the
     conversion  shall not be  subject  to  payment  of a  prepayment  fee under
     Section  3.7(f).  Each  Lender  agrees to  endeavor  promptly to notify the
     applicable  Borrower  of  any  event  of  which  it has  actual  knowledge,
     occurring  after the Closing  Date,  which will cause that Lender to notify
     the  Administrative  Agent under this  Section,  and agrees to  designate a
     different Applicable Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need
     for such  notice and will not, in the good faith  judgment of such  Lender,
     otherwise be  disadvantageous  to such Lender. In the event that any Lender
     is unable,  for the reasons set forth above, to make,  maintain or fund its
     portion of any Foreign  Currency  Rate Loan,  such  Lender  shall fund such
     amount as an Alternate Base Rate Loan for the same period of time, and such
     amount shall be treated in all respects as an Alternate Base Rate Loan. Any
     Lender  whose  obligation  to make  Foreign  Currency  Rate  Loans has been
     suspended under this Section shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent
     and  the  Borrowers  of the  cessation  of  the  Special  Foreign  Currency
     Circumstance which gave rise to such suspension.

          (d) If, with respect to any proposed Foreign Currency Loan:

               (1) the  Administrative  Agent reasonably  determines that, by
     reason  of  circumstances  affecting  the  Designated  Foreign  Currency
     Market generally that are beyond the reasonable control of the Lenders,
     deposits in the applicable  Foreign  Currency (in the applicable amount and
     for the applicable periods) are not being offered to any Lender in the
     Designated  Foreign Currency Market for the applicable Interest Period; or

             (2)      the  Requisite  Lenders  advise the  Administrative  Agent
     that the Foreign  Currency Rate as determined  by the Administrative  Agent
     (i)does not  represent  the effective  pricing to such Lenders for deposits
     in the applicable Foreign Currency in the Designated Foreign Currency
     Market in the relevant amount for the applicable Interest Period, or (ii)
     will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such  Lenders of making
     the applicable Foreign Currency Loans; then the Administrative Agent
     forthwith shall give notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders,
     whereupon  until the  Administrative Agent  notifies  the  Borrowers  that
     the  circumstances  giving  rise  to such suspension  no longer  exist, the
     obligation of the Lenders to make any future Foreign Currency Loans shall
     be suspended.

          (e) Upon payment of any Foreign Currency Loan (including as the result
     of a conversion required under Section 3.8(c)) on a day other than the last
     day in the applicable Interest Period (whether voluntarily,  involuntarily,
     by reason of acceleration, or otherwise), or upon the failure of a Borrower
     to borrow on the date or in the  amount  specified  for a Foreign  Currency
     Rate  Loan in any  Notice  of  Borrowing,  such  Borrower  shall pay to the
     appropriate Lender within five (5) Banking Days after demand a fee equal to
     the sum of:

               (1) the present value of the excess, if any, of (i)the additional
     interest  that would have accrued on the amount  prepaid or not borrowed at
     the  applicable  Foreign  Currency Rate if that amount had remained or been
     outstanding  through the last day of the  applicable  Interest  Period over
     (ii) the interest  that the Lender could  recover by placing such amount on
     deposit in the Designated Foreign Currency Market for a period beginning on
     the date of the  prepayment or failure to borrow and ending on the last day
     of the  applicable  Interest  Period (or, if no deposit  rate  quotation is
     available  for such  period,  for the most  comparable  period  for which a
     deposit rate  quotation may be  obtained),  discounted at the Federal Funds
     Rate; plus

               (2)  all   out-of-pocket   expenses   incurred  by  the  Lender
     reasonably attributable to such payment, prepayment or failure to borrow.

               Each  Lender's  determination  of the  amount  of any  prepayment
     fee payable under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of
     manifest error.

               (f) Each  Lender  agrees  to  endeavor  promptly  to  notify  the
          Borrowers  of any event of which it has  actual  knowledge,  occurring
          after the Closing Date, which will entitle such Lender to compensation
          pursuant  to clause (a) or clause (b) of this  Section,  and agrees to
          designate a different  Applicable  Lending Office if such  designation
          will avoid the need for or reduce the amount of such  compensation and
          will not, in the good faith  judgment  of such  Lender,  otherwise  be
          disadvantageous  to such  Lender.  Any request for  compensation  by a
          Lender under this Section  shall set forth the basis upon which it has
          been  determined  that  such an  amount  is due  from  the  applicable
          Borrower,  a calculation of the amount due, and a  certification  that
          the corresponding costs have been incurred by the Lender.

     3.9 Intentionally Omitted.

     3.10 Computation of Interest and Fees.

               (a) Interest based on the Alternate Base Rate hereunder  shall be
          computed  on the  basis  of a year of 365  days (or 366 days in a leap
          year) and paid for the  actual  number  of days  elapsed,  unless  the
          Alternate  Base Rate is  determined  by reference to the Federal Funds
          Rate, in which case the  Alternate  Base Rate shall be computed on the
          basis of a year of 360 days.  All  other  interest  and fees  shall be
          computed  on the  basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the  actual
          number of days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day
          on which the Loan is made; interest shall not accrue on a Loan, or any
          portion  thereof,  for the day on which  the Loan or such  portion  is
          paid.  Any  Loan  that is  repaid  on the same day on which it is made
          shall bear  interest  for one day.  Notwithstanding  anything  in this
          Agreement to the  contrary,  interest in excess of the maximum  amount
          permitted by applicable laws shall not accrue or be payable  hereunder
          or under the Notes, and any amount paid as interest hereunder or under
          the Notes which would otherwise be in excess of such maximum permitted
          amount shall instead be treated as a payment of principal.

               (b) The  Administrative  Agent shall determine each interest rate
          applicable  to the Loans  hereunder and each  Commitment  Fee Rate and
          Applicable  Standby  Letter of Credit Fee  applicable  hereunder.  The
          Administrative  Agent shall give  prompt  notice to Day Runner and the
          relevant  Lenders  of each  interest  rate,  Commitment  Fee  Rate and
          Applicable  Standby  Letter  of  Credit  Fee so  determined,  and  its
          determination  thereof  shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest
          error.

     3.11 Non-Banking Days.

     If any  payment to be made by a Borrower  or any other Party under any Loan
Document shall come due on a day other than a Banking Day, payment shall instead
be considered due on the next  succeeding  Banking Day and the extension of time
shall be reflected in computing interest and fees.

     3.12 Manner and Treatment of Payments.

               (a) Each payment  hereunder (except payments pursuant to Sections
          3.6,  3.7,  3.8,  11.3,  11.11 and 11.22) or on the Notes or under any
          other Loan Document shall be made to the  Administrative  Agent at the
          Administrative  Agent's  Office for the account of each of the Lenders
          or the  Administrative  Agent,  as the  case  may be,  in  immediately
          available funds not later than 11:00 A.M.  California time, on the day
          of payment (which must be a Banking Day). All payments  received after
          such time,  on any Banking Day,  shall be deemed  received on the next
          succeeding  Banking Day.  The amount of all  payments  received by the
          Administrative   Agent  for  the  account  of  each  Lender  shall  be
          immediately paid by the Administrative  Agent to the applicable Lender
          in  immediately  available  funds and, if such payment was received by
          the Administrative Agent by 11:00 A.M.,  California time, on a Banking
          Day and not so made  available  to the  account  of a  Lender  on that
          Banking Day, the Administrative  Agent shall reimburse that Lender for
          the cost to such Lender of funding  the amount of such  payment at the
          Federal Funds Rate.  All payments shall be made in lawful money of the
          United  States of America,  except  that  payments  of  principal  and
          interest on Foreign  Currency  Loans,  and  reimbursement  payments in
          respect of Foreign  Currency  Letters of Credit,  shall be made in the
          Foreign  Currency of that Foreign  Currency  Loan or Foreign  Currency
          Letter of Credit.

               (b) Day Runner  hereby  authorizes  the  Administrative  Agent to
          debit (i) the Concentration  Account as of the date any payment of (A)
          principal  or  interest  with  respect  to the  Revolving  Loans,  (B)
          commitment  fee or (C) other  amount  payable by Day Runner under this
          Agreement is due in an amount  equal to such  payment  and/or (ii) the
          Term Loan  Interest  Reserve  Account as of the date of any payment of
          principal or interest or other amount payable with respect to the Term
          Loans is due in an amount  equal to such  payment.  Day Runner  hereby
          agrees  to take  such  steps  as are  necessary  to  assure  that  the
          Concentration  Account and/or the Term Loan Interest  Reserve Account,
          as the case may be, will, on each such date,  have a credit balance in
          immediately  available  funds at least  equal  to the  amount  of such
          payment.

               (c) Each  payment or  prepayment  on account of any Loan shall be
          applied  pro rata  according  to the  outstanding  Loans  made by each
          Lender comprising such Loan.

                  (d) Each  Lender  shall use its best  efforts to keep a record
(in  writing  or by an  electronic  data  entry  system) of Loans made by it and
payments received by it with respect to each of its Notes and such record shall,
as  against  the  Borrowers,  be  presumptive  evidence  of the  amounts  owing.
Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the failure by any Lender to keep such a
record shall not affect Borrower's obligation to pay the Obligations.

               (e) Each  payment of any amount  payable by any  Borrower  or any
          other Party under this  Agreement or any other Loan Document  shall be
          made free and clear of, and without reduction by reason of, any taxes,
          assessments  or other  charges  imposed  by any  Governmental  Agency,
          central bank or comparable  authority,  excluding (i) taxes imposed on
          or measured  in whole or in part by its overall net income,  net worth
          or the like by any jurisdiction (or political  subdivision thereof) in
          which it is organized or maintains its principal  office or Eurodollar
          Lending  Office and (ii) any  withholding  taxes imposed by the United
          States of America for any period  with  respect to which it has failed
          to provide the Borrowers with the  appropriate  form or forms required
          by Section  11.21,  to the  extent  such  forms are then  required  by
          applicable  Laws (all such  non-excluded  taxes,  assessments or other
          charges being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes").  To the extent that
          a Borrower is obligated by  applicable  Laws to make any  deduction or
          withholding  on account of Taxes from any amount payable to any Lender
          under this  Agreement,  such Borrower shall (i) make such deduction or
          withholding and pay the same to the relevant  Governmental  Agency and
          (ii) pay such  additional  amount to that  Lender as is  necessary  to
          result in that Lender's  receiving a net after-Tax amount equal to the
          amount to which  that  Lender  would  have been  entitled  under  this
          Agreement absent such deduction or withholding. If and when receipt of
          such payment  results in an excess payment or credit to that Lender on
          account of such Taxes,  that Lender shall promptly  refund such excess
          to the applicable Borrower.

     3.13 Funding Sources.

     Nothing in this Agreement  shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain
the funds for any Loan in any  particular  place or  manner or to  constitute  a
representation  by any Lender that it has  obtained or will obtain the funds for
any Loan in any particular place or manner.

     3.14 Failure to Charge Not Subsequent Waiver.

     Any  decision  by the  Administrative  Agent or any  Lender  not to require
payment of any interest  (including  interest  arising under Section 3.9),  fee,
cost or other amount payable under any Loan Document, or to calculate any amount
payable by a  particular  method,  on any  occasion  shall in no way limit or be
deemed a waiver of the Administrative  Agent's or such Lender's right to require
full payment of any interest  (including  interest  arising  under Section 3.9),
fee, cost or other amount  payable under any Loan  Document,  or to calculate an
amount payable by another method that is not  inconsistent  with this Agreement,
on any other or subsequent occasion.

     3.15 Administrative Agent's Right to Assume Payments Will be Made.

     Unless the  Administrative  Agent  shall have been  notified  by a Borrower
prior to the date on which any payment to be made by such Borrower  hereunder is
due that such Borrower does not intend to remit such payment, the Administrative
Agent may,  in its  discretion,  assume that each  Borrower  has  remitted  such
payment when so due and the  Administrative  Agent may, in its discretion and in
reliance  upon such  assumption,  make  available to each Lender on such payment
date an  amount  equal to such  Lender's  share of such  assumed  payment.  If a
Borrower has not in fact remitted such payment to the Administrative Agent, each
Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the amount of
such assumed  payment made  available to such  Lender,  together  with  interest
thereon in respect of each day from and  including the date such amount was made
available by the Administrative  Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is
repaid to the Administrative Agent at the Federal Funds Rate.

     3.16 Fee Determination Detail.

     The Administrative  Agent, and any Lender,  shall provide reasonable detail
to each Borrower  regarding the manner in which the amount of any payment to the
Administrative  Agent and the Lenders, or that Lender,  under Article 3 has been
determined, concurrently with demand for such payment.

     3.17 Survivability.

     All of each  Borrower's  obligations  under Sections 3.6, 3.7 and 3.8 shall
survive for the ninety (90) day period following the date on which the Revolving
Commitment  are  terminated  and all Loans  hereunder  are fully paid,  and each
Borrower  shall remain  obligated  thereunder for all claims under such Sections
made by any Lender to such Borrower prior to the expiration of such period.

     3.18 Application of Payments.

               (a) If an Event of Default occurs,  and the Revolving  Commitment
          is  terminated  and the  maturity of the  Obligations  is  accelerated
          pursuant to Section 9.2, the  Administrative  Agent shall,  so long as
          either of the Filofax Working Capital  Guaranties is in effect,  apply
          all  payments  in  respect  of any  Obligations  and all  proceeds  of
          Collateral in the following order:

                  (i)  first,  to pay  interest  on and  then  principal  of any
         portion of any Revolving Loans which the Administrative  Agent may have
         advanced on behalf of any Lender for which the Administrative Agent has
         not been reimbursed by such Lender or the Borrowers;

                  (ii)  second,  to pay  Obligations  in respect of any  expense
         reimbursements   (including   attorneys'   fees   and   disbursements),
         indemnities  and other similar  amounts then due to the  Administrative
         Agent or any Lender,

                  (iii)  third,  to pay,  pro  rata,  any  amounts  owing to the
         Administrative Agent or any Lender in respect of overdrafts and related
         liabilities  arising  from  treasury,  depository  or  cash  management
         services  provided to any of the  Borrowers or any of their  respective
         Subsidiaries  or  in  connection  with  any  automated  clearing  house
         transfer of funds;

                  (iv) fourth,  to pay  Obligations  in respect of any fees then
         due to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank;

                  (v) fifth,  to pay  accrued and unpaid interest due in respect
          of the Loans;

                  (vi)sixth, to repay the outstanding  principal  amount of the
           Revolving Loans;

                  (vii) seventh,  to repay the outstanding  principal  amount of
         the Term Loans; and

                  (viii)   eighth,   to  the   ratable   payment  of  all  other
Obligations;

          provided,  however, if sufficient funds are not available to fund
          all payments to be made in respect of any of the Obligations described
          in any of the  foregoing  clauses (i) through  (viii),  the  available
          funds  being  applied  with  respect  to any such  Obligation  (unless
          otherwise  specified in such clause) shall be allocated to the payment
          of  such  Obligations   ratably,   based  on  the  proportion  of  the
          Administrative  Agent's  and  each  Lender's  or  the  Issuing  Bank's
          interest in the aggregate  outstanding  Obligations  described in such
          clauses;  and  provided,  further,  that, at any time that the Filofax
          Working Capital Guaranties are not in effect, the Administrative Agent
          shall  apply  all  payments  in  respect  of any  Obligations  and all
          proceeds of Collateral in such order as the  Administrative  Agent may
          determine in its sole and absolute discretion.

               (b) Each of the  Borrowers  hereby  waives  any  right  that such
          Borrower may have under Section  2822(a) of the California  Civil Code
          to designate how any payment received by the  Administrative  Agent or
          any Lender  (whether made by a Borrower or any  Subsidiary  Guarantor)
          with respect to the  Obligations  are applied  and/or which portion of
          the Obligations are reduced by such payment.

                                    Article 4
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Borrowers, jointly and severally,  represent and warrant to the Lenders
that:

     4.1 Existence and Qualification; Power; Compliance With Laws.

     Each Borrower is a corporation  duly formed and validly  existing under the
Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.  Each Borrower incorporated under the
Laws of a  jurisdiction  within the United States is in good standing  under the
Laws of such jurisdiction of  incorporation.  Schedule 4.1 hereto correctly sets
forth the names,  form of legal  entity,  number of shares of capital  stock (or
other applicable unit of equity interest) issued and outstanding, and the record
owner thereof and jurisdictions of organization of all Borrowers.  Each Borrower
is duly qualified or registered to transact  business and is in good standing in
each other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership or
leasing of its Properties makes such  qualification  or registration  necessary,
except  where the failure so to qualify or register  and to be in good  standing
would not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Borrower has all requisite
power and authority to conduct its business, to own and lease its Properties and
to execute and deliver each Loan  Document to which it is a Party and to perform
its  Obligations.  All outstanding  shares of capital stock of each Borrower are
duly authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid and non-assessable,  and no holder
thereof has any enforceable  right of rescission  under any applicable  state or
federal  securities Laws. Each Borrower is in compliance with all Laws and other
legal requirements  applicable to its business, has obtained all authorizations,
consents, approvals, orders, licenses and permits from, and has accomplished all
filings,  registrations and qualifications with, or obtained exemptions from any
of the  foregoing  from,  any  Governmental  Agency that are  necessary  for the
transaction  of its  business,  except  where the  failure so to comply,  obtain
authorizations,  etc.,  file,  register,  qualify or obtain  exemptions does not
constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

     4.2  Authority;  Compliance  With  Other  Agreements  and  Instruments  and
Government Regulations.

     The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower and the Subsidiary
Guarantors  of the  Loan  Documents  to which  each is a Party  have  been  duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not and will not:

               (a) Require any consent or approval  not  heretofore  obtained of
          any partner,  director,  stockholder,  security  holder or creditor of
          such Party;

               (b)  Violate  or  conflict  with any  provision  of such  Party's
          charter, articles of incorporation or bylaws, as applicable;

               (c) Result in or require the creation or  imposition  of any Lien
          (other than  pursuant to the Loan  Documents)  upon or with respect to
          any Property now owned or leased or hereafter acquired by such Party;

               (d) Violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Party;

               (e) Result in a breach of or constitute a default under, or cause
          or permit the acceleration of any obligation owed under, any indenture
          or loan or credit  agreement or any other  Contractual  Obligation  to
          which  such  Party  is a party or by  which  such  Party or any of its
          Property is bound or affected;  and such Party is not in violation of,
          or default under,  any  Requirement of Law or Contractual  Obligation,
          including without limitation the provisions of any indenture,  loan or
          credit agreement described in Section 4.2(e).

     4.3 No Governmental Approvals Required.

     Except as previously obtained or made, no authorization, consent, approval,
order,  license or permit from, or filing,  registration or qualification  with,
any  Governmental  Agency is or will be required to  authorize  or permit  under
applicable Laws the execution,  delivery and performance by each Borrower or any
Subsidiary Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a Party.

     4.4 Subsidiaries.

               (a) Schedule 4.4 hereto  correctly sets forth the names,  form of
          legal entity,  number of shares of capital stock (or other  applicable
          unit of equity interest) issued and outstanding,  and the record owner
          thereof and  jurisdictions of organization of all Subsidiaries of each
          Borrower as of the date hereof. Unless otherwise indicated in Schedule
          4.4, all of the  outstanding  shares of capital  stock,  or all of the
          units of equity interest,  as the case may be, of each such Subsidiary
          are owned of  record  and  beneficially  by a  Borrower,  there are no
          outstanding  options,  warrants or other  rights to  purchase  capital
          stock of any such Subsidiary,  and all such shares or equity interests
          so owned are duly  authorized,  validly  issued,  fully  paid and non-
          assessable,  and were issued in compliance  with all applicable  state
          and federal  securities  and other Laws, and are free and clear of all
          Liens and Rights of Others, except for Permitted Encumbrances.

               (b) Each  Subsidiary  is a  corporation  duly  formed and validly
          existing  under the Laws of its  jurisdiction  of  organization.  Each
          Subsidiary  incorporated  under the Laws of a jurisdiction  within the
          United States is in good standing under the Laws of such  jurisdiction
          of incorporation.  Each Subsidiary is duly qualified to do business as
          a  foreign  organization  and is in  good  standing  as  such  in each
          jurisdiction  in which the conduct of its business or the ownership or
          leasing of its Properties makes such  qualification  necessary (except
          where the failure to be so duly  qualified  and in good  standing does
          not constitute a Material Adverse Effect), and has all requisite power
          and  authority  to  conduct  its  business  and to own and  lease  its
          Properties.

               (c) Each  Subsidiary  is in  compliance  with all Laws and  other
          requirements   applicable   to  its  business  and  has  obtained  all
          authorizations,  consents,  approvals,  orders,  licenses, and permits
          from,  and  each  such  Subsidiary  has   accomplished   all  filings,
          registrations,  and qualifications  with, or obtained  exemptions from
          any of the foregoing from, any Governmental  Agency that are necessary
          for the transaction of its business, except where the failure to be in
          such  compliance,  obtain such  authorizations,  consents,  approvals,
          orders, licenses, and permits, accomplish such filings, registrations,
          and qualifications,  or obtain such exemptions,  does not constitute a
          Material Adverse Effect.

     4.5 Financial Statements.

     Day  Runner  has  furnished  to the  Administrative  Agent (a) the  audited
consolidated  financial  statements of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  for the
Fiscal Year ended June 30, 1998,  (b) the unaudited  consolidated  balance sheet
and statement of operations  of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  for the Fiscal
Year ended June 30, 1999 and (c) the  unaudited  consolidated  balance sheet and
statement of  operations of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  for the months and
portion  of the  Fiscal  Year ended  July 31,  1999 and  August  31,  1999.  The
financial  statements  described  in clause (a) fairly  present in all  material
respects  the  financial  condition,  statement  of cash  flows and  changes  in
financial position,  and the balance sheet and statement of operations described
in clause (b) fairly  present in all material  respects the financial  condition
and results of  operations of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  as of such dates
and for such periods in conformity with GAAP consistently applied, subject only,
in the case of clause (b), to normal year-end accruals and audit adjustments and
footnotes.

     4.6 No Other Liabilities; No Material Adverse Changes.

     Each Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  do not have any material  liability or
material contingent  liability required under GAAP to be reflected or disclosed,
and not  reflected  or  disclosed,  in the balance  sheet  described  in Section
4.5(a),  other  than  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  arising  in the
ordinary  course  of  business  since  the  date of such  financial  statements.
Schedule 4.6 sets forth all Funded Debt of Day Runner and its Subsidiaries as of
the  Effective  Date. As of the Effective  Date,  no  circumstance  or event has
occurred that constitutes a Material Adverse Effect since June 30, 1999.

     4.7 Title to Property.

     Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries  have valid title to the Property (other
than assets which are the subject of a Capital  Lease  Obligation)  reflected in
the balance sheet described in Section  4.5(a),  other than items of Property or
exceptions to title which are in each case immaterial and Property  subsequently
sold or disposed of in the ordinary  course of business.  Such  Property is free
and clear of all Liens, other than Liens described in Schedule 4.7 and Permitted
Encumbrances.

     4.8 Intangible Assets.

     Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries  own, or possess the right to use to the
extent necessary in their respective businesses, all material trademarks,  trade
names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, computer software, licenses and other
Intangible  Assets  that are used in the  conduct  of  their  businesses  as now
operated,  and no such  Intangible  Asset,  conflicts with the valid  trademark,
trade name,  copyright,  patent,  patent right or Intangible  Asset of any other
Person to the extent that such conflict constitutes a Material Adverse Effect.

     4.9 Public Utility Holding Company Act.

     No Borrower nor any Subsidiary of any Borrower is a "holding company", or a
"subsidiary  company" of a "holding  company",  or an  "affiliate" of a "holding
company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", within the meaning
of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

     4.10 Litigation.

     There are no actions,  suits,  proceedings or investigations  pending as to
which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  have been served or have received
notice  or,  to the  best  knowledge  of any  Borrower,  threatened  against  or
affecting any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Property of any of them
before any  Governmental  Agency,  which such  actions,  suits,  proceedings  or
investigations,  individually or in the aggregate,  could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     4.11 Binding Obligations.

     Each of the Loan  Documents to which any Borrower or any of the  Subsidiary
Guarantors is a Party will, when executed and delivered by such Borrower or such
Subsidiary Guarantor, constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such
Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable against such Borrower or such
Subsidiary  Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be
limited by Debtor Relief Laws or equitable  principles  relating to the granting
of specific  performance  and other  equitable  remedies as a matter of judicial
discretion.

     4.12 No Default.  No event has occurred and is continuing that is
          -----------
an Event of Default.

     4.13 ERISA.

               (a) With respect to each Pension Plan:

                   (i) Pension Plan complies in all material respects with ERISA
          and any other applicable Laws to the  extent that noncompliance could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (ii)  such  Pension Plan  has  not incurred any  "accumulated
          funding deficiency" (as  defined in Section 302 of ERISA)  that  could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                 (iii) no  "reportable  event" (as  defined in  Section  4043 of
          ERISA,  but excluding  such  events  as to  which  the  PBGC has by
          regulation  waived  the requirement  therein  contained  that it be
          notified  within  thirty days of the occurrence of such event) has
          occurred that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
          Effect; and

                  (iv) none  of  the  Borrowers  nor any  of  their   respective
          Subsidiaries has engaged in any non-exempt "prohibited  transaction"
          (as defined in  Section  4975 of the Code)  that  could reasonably  be
          expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (b)  None  of  the   Borrowers   nor  any  of  their   respective
          Subsidiaries has incurred or expects to incur any withdrawal liability
          to any Multiemployer  Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a
          Material Adverse Effect.

     4.14 Regulations U and X; Investment Company Act.

     No part of the proceeds of any Loan  hereunder  will be used to purchase or
carry,  or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying,
any Margin Stock in violation of  Regulations U and X. None of the Borrowers nor
any of their  respective  Subsidiaries  is or is required to be registered as an
"investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     4.15 Disclosure.

     No  information,  exhibit  or  report  furnished  by  any  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary  Guarantor in connection  with the negotiation of the Loan Documents,
pursuant to the terms of the Loan  Documents,  or in connection with any Loan as
of the date thereof contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
a material fact  necessary to make the statement made not misleading in light of
all the  circumstances  existing  at the date the  statement  was  made.  No SEC
Document  filed by any  Borrower  since  December 1, 1997  contained  any untrue
statement of a material  fact or omitted a material  fact  necessary to make the
statement made not misleading in light of all the circumstances  existing at the
date the statement was made.

     4.16 Tax Liability.

     Each  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  have filed all tax returns  which are
required to be filed,  and have paid, or made  provision for the payment of, all
taxes with  respect to the  periods,  Property or  transactions  covered by said
returns,  or pursuant to any  assessment  received by any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith by
appropriate  proceedings and as to which adequate reserves have been established
and maintained.

     4.17 Projections.

     The  assumptions set forth in the Projections are reasonable and consistent
with each other and with all facts known to the Borrowers  and the  Subsidiaries
of the Borrowers,  and the Projections are reasonably based on such assumptions.
The Projections were prepared in good faith and represent  management's  opinion
of the projected  financial  performance  of the Borrowers and their  respective
Subsidiaries  based upon the information  available to the Borrowers at the time
so furnished.

     4.18 Environmental Matters.

               (a) Except as described in Schedule 4.18, to the knowledge of the
          Borrowers and each Subsidiary of each Borrower,  (i) each Borrower and
          each  Subsidiary of each Borrower is in compliance with all applicable
          federal or state  environmental,  hazardous  waste,  health and safety
          statutes, and any rules or regulations adopted pursuant thereto, which
          govern  or  affect  any of any  Borrower's  or any  such  Subsidiary's
          operations  and/or   properties,   including  without  limitation  the
          Comprehensive  Environmental Response,  Compensation and Liability Act
          of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the
          Federal  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act of  1976,  and the
          Federal  Toxic  Substances  Control  Act,  as any of the  same  may be
          amended,  modified or supplemented from time to time, (ii) none of the
          operations of any Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  is the subject
          of any federal or state investigation  evaluating whether any remedial
          action is needed to respond to a release of any Hazardous Material and
          (iii) none of the Borrowers and none of their respective  Subsidiaries
          have any  contingent  liability in connection  with any release of any
          Hazardous  Materials,  in each case,  where  such lack of  compliance,
          investigation or contingent  liability could reasonably be expected to
          have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (b) As of the Effective Date (a) neither  Borrower nor any of its
          Subsidiaries  at any time has  disposed  of,  discharged,  released or
          threatened  the release of any  Hazardous  Materials on, from or under
          the Real  Property in violation of any  Hazardous  Materials  Law that
          would  individually or in the aggregate  constitute a Material Adverse
          Effect,  (b) to the best  knowledge  of the  Borrowers,  no  condition
          exists that  violates any  Hazardous  Material Law  affecting any Real
          Property except for such violations that would not  individually or in
          the  aggregate  constitute  a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  (c) no Real
          Property  or any  portion  thereof  is or  has  been  utilized  by any
          Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  as a site for the manufacture of
          any  Hazardous  Materials  and (d) to the  extent  that any  Hazardous
          Materials are used,  generated or stored by any Borrower or any of its
          Subsidiaries on any Real Property, or transported to or from such Real
          Property  by  any  Borrower  or any of  its  Subsidiaries,  such  use,
          generation,  storage and  transportation  are in  compliance  with all
          Hazardous Materials Laws except for such non-compliance that would not
          constitute a Material  Adverse Effect or be materially  adverse to the
          interests of the Lenders.

     4.19  Solvency.

     Day Runner and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are Solvent.

     4.20 Year 2000 Matters.

     Each Borrower will perform all acts reasonably necessary to ensure that (a)
each  Borrower  and any  business  in which such  Borrower  holds a  substantial
interest (including without limitation any Subsidiary of such Borrower), and (b)
to the extent reasonably practicable, all customers,  suppliers and vendors that
are material to the business of such  Borrower,  become Year 2000 Compliant in a
timely  manner.  Such acts  shall  include,  without  limitation,  performing  a
comprehensive  review  and  assessment  of all of such  Borrower's  systems  and
adopting  a  detailed  plan,  with an  itemized  budget,  for  the  remediation,
monitoring and testing of such systems.  As used herein,  "Year 2000  Compliant"
shall  mean,  in regard to any entity,  that all  material  software,  hardware,
firmware,  equipment,  goods or systems  utilized by or material to the business
operations  or  financial  condition of such entity will  properly  perform date
sensitive functions before, during and after the year 2000. Each Borrower shall,
immediately   upon   request,   provide   to  the   Administrative   Agent  such
certifications  or other evidence of such  Borrower's  compliance with the terms
hereof as the Administrative Agent may from time to time require.

                                    Article 5
                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
                           (OTHER THAN INFORMATION AND
                             REPORTING REQUIREMENTS)

     So long as any Loan remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains unpaid,
or any  portion of the  Revolving  Commitment  remains in force,  each  Borrower
shall,  and shall cause its  Subsidiaries  to, unless the  Administrative  Agent
(with the written approval of the Requisite Lenders) otherwise consents:

     5.1 Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Liens.

     Pay and discharge promptly all taxes,  assessments and governmental charges
or levies imposed upon any of them, upon their  respective  Property or any part
thereof and upon their respective income or profits or any part thereof,  except
that each Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to pay or cause to
be paid any tax,  assessment,  charge or levy that is not yet delinquent,  or is
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings so long as the relevant
entity has  established and maintains  adequate  reserves for the payment of the
same.

     5.2 Preservation of Existence.

     Preserve and maintain their  respective  existences in the  jurisdiction of
their formation and all material authorizations, rights, franchises, privileges,
consents,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,  permits,  or  registrations  from any
Governmental  Agency that are necessary for the transaction of their  respective
business  and  qualify  and  remain  qualified  to  transact  business  in  each
jurisdiction  in  which  such  qualification  is  necessary  in  view  of  their
respective  business or the ownership or leasing of their respective  Properties
except  (a) a merger  permitted  by Section  6.3 or (b) where the  failure to so
preserve,  maintain, qualify or remain qualified would not constitute a Material
Adverse Effect.

     5.3 Maintenance of Properties.

     Maintain,  preserve and protect all of their respective  Properties in good
order  and  condition,  subject  to wear  and  tear in the  ordinary  course  of
business, and not permit any waste of their respective Properties, provided that
the failure to so maintain,  preserve or protect a  particular  item or items of
Property  shall not  constitute a violation of this  covenant if such failure is
not reasonably likely to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.4 Maintenance of Insurance.

     Maintain  liability,  casualty  and other  insurance  (subject to customary
deductibles and retentions) with responsible insurance companies in such amounts
and against such risks as is carried by responsible companies engaged in similar
businesses and owning similar assets in the general areas in which each Borrower
and its Subsidiaries operate.

     5.5 Compliance With Laws.

     Comply  with  all  Requirements  of Law,  noncompliance  with  which  could
constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.6 Inspection Rights.

     Upon reasonable  notice,  at any time during regular  business hours and as
often as reasonably  requested  (but not so as to materially  interfere with the
business of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries)  permit the  Administrative
Agent or any Lender, or any authorized employee, agent or representative thereof
(including,  without  limitation,  any auditors,  accountants or other financial
consultants  engaged  by  the  Administrative  Agent  to  review  the  financial
condition of Day Runner and its Subsidiaries), to examine, audit and make copies
and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and to visit and inspect
the Properties of, any Borrower and its Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs,
finances and accounts of any  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  with any of their
officers,  key  employees or (with prior  coordination  through  such  Borrower)
independent accountants.

     5.7 Keeping of Records and Books of Account.

     Keep  adequate  records  and  books of  account  reflecting  all  financial
transactions in conformity with GAAP,  consistently  applied  (provided that the
records  and  books  of  account  of any  Foreign  Subsidiary  shall  be kept in
accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles as in effect in the
United  Kingdom or in the  jurisdiction  in which  such  Foreign  Subsidiary  is
formed),  and in material  conformity  with all applicable  requirements  of any
Governmental  Agency having  regulatory  jurisdiction over each Borrower and its
Subsidiaries.

     5.8 Compliance With Agreements.

     Promptly and fully comply with all Contractual Obligations to which any one
or more of them is a party,  except  for any such  Contractual  Obligations  the
non-performance  of which  would  cause  either  (a) a Default or (b) a Material
Adverse Effect.

     5.9 Use of Proceeds.

     Use the proceeds of all Revolving Loans for working capital purposes and to
make Capital  Expenditures  permitted  under Section  6.16,  provided that in no
event shall the  proceeds of any  Revolving  Loan be used to pay interest on, or
repay principal of, any Term Loan or any Tender Offer Note.

     5.10 Hazardous Materials Laws.

     Keep and maintain all Real Property and each portion  thereof in compliance
in all  material  respects  with all  applicable  Hazardous  Materials  Laws and
promptly  notify the  Administrative  Agent in writing  (attaching a copy of any
pertinent  written material) of (a) any and all material  enforcement,  cleanup,
removal or other  governmental or regulatory  actions  instituted,  completed or
threatened  in writing  by a  Governmental  Agency  pursuant  to any  applicable
Hazardous  Materials Laws, (b) any and all material claims made or threatened in
writing by any Person  against any  Borrower  relating to damage,  contribution,
cost  recovery,  compensation,  loss or  injury  resulting  from  any  Hazardous
Materials and (c) discovery by any  Responsible  Official of any Borrower of any
material  occurrence  or  condition  on any real  Property  adjoining  or in the
vicinity of such Real Property  that could  reasonably be expected to cause such
Real  Property  or any part  thereof to be subject  to any  restrictions  on the
ownership,  occupancy,  transferability  or use of such Real Property  under any
applicable Hazardous Materials Laws.

     5.11 Additional Material Subsidiaries.

               (a) Each Borrower  shall cause each of its Material  Subsidiaries
          (other than DRC), and Day Runner shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries
          of which Filofax is a direct or indirect  Subsidiary,  existing on the
          Effective  Date to become a Subsidiary  Guarantor as of the  Effective
          Date.   Each  such   Subsidiary   Guarantor   shall   provide  to  the
          Administrative  Agent and its counsel on the Effective Date such legal
          opinions,  certificates and other documents as are reasonably required
          by the Administrative Agent.

               (b) Subject to any  applicable  Requirement of Law, each Borrower
          shall cause each Subsidiary of such Borrower,  whether now existing or
          hereafter  acquired,   that  becomes  a  Material  Subsidiary,   or  a
          Subsidiary of which Filofax is a direct or indirect Subsidiary,  after
          the Effective  Date to (i) become a Subsidiary  Guarantor by executing
          and delivering (A) with respect to any Material Subsidiary (other than
          a Subsidiary of Filofax), a Subsidiary Guaranty,  in substantially the
          form of Exhibit G, or (B) with respect to any  Subsidiary  of Filofax,
          Subsidiary Guaranties, in substantially the forms of Exhibits P and Q,
          and (ii) provide to the Administrative  Agent in connection  therewith
          such legal  opinions,  certificates  and other  documents  as shall be
          satisfactory to the Administrative  Agent, in each case within fifteen
          (15)  Banking  Days of the date such  Subsidiary  becomes  a  Material
          Subsidiary.

     5.12 Intentionally Omitted.

     5.13. Further Assurances.

               (a) If,  after  the  Effective  Date,  Day  Runner  or any of its
          Subsidiaries  forms or acquires a new  Subsidiary,  Day Runner or such
          Subsidiary shall pledge to the  Administrative  Agent, for the benefit
          of the Lenders, all the capital stock of each such Subsidiary, in each
          case  pursuant  to a  supplement  to a  Pledge  Agreement  in form and
          substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Administrative  Agent. In
          addition,  at the request of the  Administrative  Agent (which request
          may be made at any time and from time to time at its sole and absolute
          discretion), Day Runner shall, within 30 days after the Administrative
          Agent's request,  pledge, or cause each relevant Subsidiary to pledge,
          to the  Administrative  Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders,  all of
          the capital  stock of any  Subsidiary  that is not then pledged to the
          Administrative  Agent for the  benefit  of the  Lenders,  in each case
          pursuant to a supplement  to a Pledge  Agreement in form and substance
          reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

               (b) Day Runner shall,  and shall cause each Subsidiary to, at the
          Day Runner's cost and expense, execute and deliver any and all further
          documents, financing statements,  agreements and instruments, and take
          all further action (including filing Uniform Commercial Code and other
          financing  statements),  that may be required under applicable law, or
          that the  Administrative  Agent may  reasonably  request,  in order to
          effectuate the transactions  contemplated by the Loan Documents and in
          order to grant,  preserve,  protect and perfect the validity and first
          priority  (with  such  exceptions  expressly  permitted  by  the  Loan
          Documents) of the security interests created or intended to be created
          by the Collateral Documents.  Day Runner will cause (i) any Subsidiary
          that is formed, organized or acquired after the Effective Date or (ii)
          at the request of the Administrative  Agent (which request may be made
          at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time  at  its  sole  and  absolute
          discretion),  any  Subsidiary  that  has  not  previously  executed  a
          Subsidiary  Guaranty,   Security  Agreement  and/or  other  applicable
          Collateral  Document,  to  execute  a  Subsidiary  Guaranty,  Security
          Agreement  and/or each other applicable  Collateral  Document (in each
          case with such  changes in the form as may be required to  accommodate
          local law of the  jurisdiction  of formation or  organization  of such
          Subsidiary) in favor of the  Administrative  Agent (x) with respect to
          any  Subsidiary  described  in clause (i) above,  within 30 days after
          such  Subsidiary is formed,  organized or acquired or (y) with respect
          to any Subsidiary described in clause (ii) above, within 30 days after
          the Administrative Agent's request.

     5.14. Deposit Accounts and Cash Concentration.

               (a) Day Runner agrees that (i) it will  maintain,  and cause each
          of its domestic  Subsidiaries  to  maintain,  all of its Cash and Cash
          Equivalents in deposit accounts or securities  accounts  maintained by
          the  Administrative  Agent,  (ii) it will  cause  each of its  Foreign
          Subsidiaries  that  is  a  Material  Subsidiary  (including,   without
          limitation,  Filofax  and Filofax  Group)  (and each other  Subsidiary
          requested by the Administrative Agent) to maintain all of its Cash and
          Cash Equivalents in deposit accounts or securities accounts maintained
          by a Lender,  and (iii) neither Day Runner nor any of its Subsidiaries
          shall establish or maintain any deposit account or securities  account
          (other than accounts listed on Schedule 5.14(a)) with any other Person
          without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

               (b) Day Runner will maintain with the  Administrative  Agent,  in
          addition  to any other  accounts  maintained  with the  Administrative
          Agent,  (i) a deposit account to be denominated as the  "Concentration
          Account",  (ii) an interest  bearing deposit account to be denominated
          as the "Term Loan  Interest  Reserve  Account"  and (iii) a  "Lockbox"
          deposit  service  as to which Day Runner has  instructed  its  account
          debtors  with  respect  to  domestic  accounts  receivable  to  direct
          payments with respect to such accounts  receiveable  (the  "Lockbox").
          Prior to the end of each  Banking  Day, Day Runner shall pay, or cause
          to be paid,  to the  Administrative  Agent (x) for deposit in the Term
          Loan Interest Reserve Account, all Cash and Cash Equivalents then held
          in the Lockbox and (y) for deposit in the Concentration  Account,  all
          Cash and Cash  Equivalents  held by Day Runner or any of its  domestic
          Subsidiaries  (other than such Cash and Cash  Equivalents  held in the
          Lockbox). In addition,  Day Runner shall cause each Foreign Subsidiary
          (including, without limitation, Filofax and Filofax Group), unless the
          Administrative  Agent otherwise consents in writing,  to pay, or cause
          to  be  paid,  to  the   Administrative   Agent  for  deposit  in  the
          Concentration  Account,  as frequently as practicable and no less than
          twice per calendar month (subject to the proviso below),  all Cash and
          Cash  Equivalents  (including  all  proceeds  of  Collateral)  of such
          Subsidiary in excess of "Minimum Amount" set forth on Schedule 5.14(b)
          opposite  the  name  of  such  Subsidiary  (or  the  Foreign  Currency
          Equivalent   thereof),   provided   that  no  such   payment   to  the
          Concentration  Account  shall be required  by any  Foreign  Subsidiary
          pursuant this Section  5.14(b)  unless the amount of all Cash and Cash
          Equivalents then held by such Foreign  Subsidiary exceeds the "Maximum
          Amount"  set  forth  on  Schedule  5.14(b)  opposite  the name of such
          Subsidiary (or the Foreign Currency  Equivalent  thereof) for a period
          of five (5) consecutive Banking Days.

               (c) Day  Runner  shall  maintain  on  deposit  in the  Term  Loan
          Interest Reserve Account, as of the end of each Banking Day, an amount
          at least  equal to the sum of (i) the amount of the accrued and unpaid
          interest on the  outstanding  Term Loans as of the end of such Banking
          Day and (ii) an  amount  that Day  Runner in its good  faith  judgment
          determines (and periodically  reports to the  Administrative  Agent no
          less than monthly) is necessary to reserve in order to have sufficient
          funds on hand to make  any  payments  with  respect  to any  scheduled
          redemption  of the Tender Offer Notes  occurring  after the  Effective
          Date (such amount, the "Required  Balance"),  provided that if, at end
          of any Banking  Day,  the amount on deposit in the Term Loan  Interest
          Reserve  Account is not at least equal to the Required  Balance,  then
          all Cash and Cash  Equivalents  deposited  in the Term  Loan  Interest
          Reserve  Account shall be retained on deposit therein until the end of
          the first  Banking Day on which the amount on deposit in the Term Loan
          Interest Reserve Account is at least equal to the Required Balance for
          such Banking Day.

                                    Article 6
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     So long as any Loan remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains unpaid,
or any portion of the Revolving Commitment remains in force, each Borrower shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

     6.1 Payment of Subordinated Obligations.

     Pay any principal  (including  sinking fund  payments)  with respect to any
Subordinated Obligation,  or purchase or redeem (or offer to purchase or redeem)
any Subordinated Obligation, or deposit any monies, securities or other Property
with any trustee or other Person to provide  assurance that the principal or any
portion  thereof  of any  Subordinated  Obligation  will  be  paid  when  due or
otherwise to provide for the defeasance of any Subordinated Obligation.

     6.2 Disposition of Property.

     Make any  Disposition  of its  Property,  whether  now  owned or  hereafter
acquired, except (a) a Disposition by a Borrower to another Borrower that is not
a Foreign  Subsidiary,  (b) a Disposition  by a Subsidiary of a Borrower to such
Borrower,  (c) so long as the Net Cash Sale  Proceeds  of such  Disposition  are
applied in accordance with Section 3.2(a)(iv),  a Disposition of the Property of
Day Runner Australia PTY, Ltd. substantially as an entirety (or a Disposition of
the  capital  stock  thereof)  in  connection  with  a  discontinuation  of  the
operations  of such  Subsidiary  and (d) a  Disposition  by any  Borrower to any
Subsidiary of inventory in a manner consistent with past practice, provided that
the  Lien   granted  in  the  Security   Agreement  by  such   Borrower  to  the
Administrative  Agent,  for the benefit of the Lenders,  on such inventory shall
continue and remain in full force and effect.

     6.3 Mergers. Merge or consolidate with or into any Person.

     6.4 Intentionally Omitted.

     6.5 Intentionally Omitted.

     6.6 Distributions.

     Make any  Distribution,  whether from  capital,  income or  otherwise,  and
whether in Cash or other Property,  except  Distributions by any Subsidiary of a
Borrower to such Borrower.

     6.7 ERISA.

     At any time,  permit any  Pension  Plan to:  (i)  engage in any  non-exempt
"prohibited  transaction" (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code); (ii) fail to
comply  with  ERISA or any other  applicable  Laws;  (iii)  incur  any  material
"accumulated  funding  deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA); or (iv)
terminate in any manner,  which, with respect to each event listed above,  could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material  Adverse  Effect or (b) withdraw,
completely  or  partially,  from  any  Multiemployer  Plan  if to  do  so  could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.8 Change in Nature of Business.

     Make any  material  change in the nature of the  business of Day Runner and
its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     6.9 Liens.

     Create,  incur,  assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any  nature  upon or
with  respect  to any of their  respective  Properties,  or sell or  factor  any
accounts receivable or engage in any sale and leaseback transaction with respect
to any of their respective Properties,  whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
except:

               (a)  Liens  existing  on the  Effective  Date  and  disclosed  in
          Schedule  4.7  and  any  renewals/extensions  or  amendments  thereof,
          provided  that the  obligations  secured or benefited  thereby are not
          increased;

               (b) Liens granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of
          the Lenders, pursuant to any Loan Document;

               (c) Permitted Encumbrances;

               (d) Liens on  Property  acquired  by any  Borrower  or any of its
          Subsidiaries,  provided  that such Liens were in existence at the time
          of  the   acquisition  of  such  Property  and  were  not  created  in
          contemplation of such  acquisition,  and Liens on Property that secure
          Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.10(d);  provided that the
          aggregate  Indebtedness  secured by Liens  pursuant to this Section is
          not in excess of $500,000 in principal amount; and

               (e) Liens on the Filofax  Overdraft Account and amounts deposited
          therein  granted  by  Filofax  in order to  secure  Filofax  Overdraft
          Indebtedness to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted  pursuant to
          Section 6.10(i) below,  provided that the aggregate  amount on deposit
          at any time in the  Filofax  Overdraft  Account  shall not  exceed the
          Foreign Currency Equivalent of $10,000,000;  provided,  further,  that
          Filofax has granted to the  Administrative  Agent,  for the benefit of
          the  Lenders,  a Lien on such the  Filofax  Overdraft  Account and the
          amounts  deposited  therein,   which  Lien,  if  subordinated  to  the
          aforementioned  Liens, is  subordinated  on terms  satisfactory to the
          Administrative Agent.

     6.10 Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations.

     Create, incur or assume any Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligation except:

               (a)  Indebtedness  and  Guaranty   Obligations  existing  on  the
          Effective  Date and  disclosed  in Schedule  6.10,  and  refinancings,
          renewals,  extensions  or  amendments  that do not increase the amount
          thereof;

               (b)  Indebtedness  and  Guaranty   Obligations   under  the  Loan
          Documents;

               (c) Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations owed to any Borrower or
          any of the Subsidiary Guarantors;  provided that any such Indebtedness
          is  evidenced  by a  promissory  note,  in  substantially  the form of
          Exhibit  R,  that is  pledged  to the  Administrative  Agent,  for the
          benefit of the Lenders, and is subordinated in right of payment to the
          Loans on terms and in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

               (d)  Indebtedness  consisting  of Capital Lease  Obligations,  or
          otherwise  incurred to finance the purchase or construction of capital
          assets (which shall be deemed to exist if the Indebtedness is incurred
          at or within 180 days before or after the purchase or  construction of
          the capital asset),  or to refinance any such  Indebtedness,  provided
          that the aggregate  principal amount of such Indebtedness  outstanding
          at any time does not exceed $500,000;

               (e)   Indebtedness   consisting  of  Interest   Rate   Protection
          Agreements  entered  into in order to manage  existing or  anticipated
          interest rate risks and not for speculative purposes;

               (f) Indebtedness constituting Subordinated Obligations;

               (g) the Tender Offer Notes;

               (h)  other  Indebtedness  that  is not  secured  by a Lien on any
          Property of any Borrower or any of the  Subsidiaries  of any Borrower;
          provided that the aggregate  principal  amount thereof does not exceed
          $250,000 at any time; and

               (i) the Filofax  Overdraft  Indebtedness  to the extent that such
          Indebtedness (net of the amount of cash then on deposit in the Filofax
          Overdraft Account) does not exceed the Foreign Currency  Equivalent of
          $1,500,000 at any time outstanding.

         6.11  Transactions  with Affiliates.

     Enter into any  transaction  of any kind with any Affiliate of any Borrower
or any Affiliate of any Subsidiary of any Borrower other than (a) salary, bonus,
employee  stock option and other  compensation  arrangements  with  directors or
officers in the ordinary  course of business;  and (b)  transactions  on overall
terms at least as  favorable to the  applicable  Borrower or its  Subsidiary  as
would be the case in an arm's-length  transaction  between  unrelated parties of
equal bargaining power.

     6.12 Funded Senior Debt Ratio.

     Permit  the  Funded  Senior  Debt  Ratio,  as of the last day of any Fiscal
Quarter, to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite the period during
which such Fiscal Quarter ends:

 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
                            Period                                 Ratio
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 July 1, 2000 through September 30, 2000                     12.40 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

  October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000                    4.50 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

  January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2001                       3.25 to 1.00
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

   April 1, 2001 and thereafter                                 3.00 to 1.00
   --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

     6.13 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

     Permit the Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio,  as of the last day of any Fiscal
Quarter,  to be less than the ratio set forth below  opposite the period  during
which such Fiscal Quarter ends:

 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
                           Period                                 Ratio
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
  July 1, 2000 through September 30, 2000                      0.25 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
  October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000                    1.50 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

  January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2001                       1.75 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

  April 1, 2001 and thereafter                                 2.00 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

     6.14 Stockholders' Equity.

     Permit  Stockholders'  Equity of Day Runner,  at any time during any period
set forth  below,  to be less than the  amount  set forth  below  opposite  such
period:

 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

                          Period                                 Amount
 --------------------------------------------------------- ------ -------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 July 1, 1999 through September 30, 1999                      $61,700,000
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

 October 1, 1999 through December 31, 1999                    $63,000,000
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

 January 1, 2000 through March 31, 2000                       $58,750,000
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

  April 1, 2000 through June 30, 2000                          $56,900,000
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

   July 1, 2000 through September 30, 2000                      $55,950,000
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

   October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000                    $64,000,000
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

  January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2001                       $67,000,000
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

  April 1, 2001 and thereafter                                 $70,000,000
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

     6.15 Investments. Make or suffer to exist any Investment, other than:

               (a)  Investments in existence on the Effective Date and disclosed
          on Schedule 6.15;

               (b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

               (c) Investments consisting of advances to officers, directors and
          employees of Borrowers and their  Subsidiaries  in the ordinary course
          of business not to exceed $50,000 at any time outstanding;

               (d)  Investments  received in connection  with the  bankruptcy or
          reorganization  of  suppliers  and  customers  and  in  settlement  of
          disputes with customers and suppliers  arising in the ordinary  course
          of business;

               (e) Investments of any Borrower in any Borrower or any Subsidiary
          Guarantor;

                  (f)  Investments  of a  Borrower  in any  Subsidiary  of  such
Borrower that is not a Subsidiary  Guarantor (other than DRC); provided that the
aggregate amount of all such Investments shall not exceed $1,500,000; and

               (g)  Investments  by Day  Runner in DRC (i) in  existence  on the
          Effective Date (other than as described in clause (ii) below) and (ii)
          consisting of Intercompany  Indebtedness owed by DRC to Day Runner (A)
          arising in connection  with the  reclassification  of the DRC Loans as
          Revolving  Loans  to Day  Runner  pursuant  to this  Agreement  or (B)
          incurred by DRC from time to time after the Effective  Date,  provided
          that (x) the aggregate  principal amount of Intercompany  Indebtedness
          owed by DRC to Day  Runner  outstanding  at any time  shall not exceed
          $3,000,000  and  (y)  all  such  Intercompany  Indebtedness  shall  be
          evidenced by a promissory note, in form and substance  satisfactory to
          the Administrative Agent, that is pledged to the Administrative Agent,
          for the benefit of the Lenders.

     6.16 Capital Expenditures.

               The  Borrowers  shall  not,  and  shall not  permit  any of their
          respective  Subsidiaries  to,  make any  Capital  Expenditures  in any
          Fiscal Year, if, after giving effect thereto,  the aggregate amount of
          all Capital  Expenditures made by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries
          in such Fiscal Year would exceed $5,000,000.

     6.17 Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

     Enter into, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into, any agreement,
instrument or other document  (other than any Loan  Document)  which directly or
indirectly  prohibits or  restricts  in any manner,  or would have the effect of
prohibiting  or restricting  in any material  manner,  the ability of any of the
Borrower's  Subsidiaries to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions in
respect of its capital stock or any other equity  interest or  participation  in
its profits  owned by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries,  or pay or repay
any  Indebtedness  owed to the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (ii) make
loans or advances to any of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, or (iii)
transfer  any of its  properties  or  assets  to the  Borrowers  or any of their
Subsidiaries.

     6.18 Lease Obligations.

     The  Borrowers  shall not,  and shall not  permit  any of their  respective
Subsidiaries  to, incur any obligations  with respect to any lease that is not a
Capital Lease in any Fiscal Year, if, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate
amount of all obligations of the Borrowers and their  Subsidiaries  with respect
to leases that are not Capital  Leases  would  exceed  $7,500,000  in any Fiscal
Year.

     6.19 Minimum EBITDA.

     As of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter ending on or after  September 30,
2000, permit EBITDA for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ending on
such date, to be less than the amount set forth below opposite the period during
which such Fiscal Quarter ends:

 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

                           Period                                 Amount
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

  July 1, 2000 through September 30, 2000                       $8,400,000
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

   October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000                    $23,000,000
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

    January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2001                       $26,000,000
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

    April 1, 2001 and thereafter                                 $30,000,000
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

      6.20 Current  Ratio.  Permit the Current  Ratio,  as of the last day of
each  Fiscal  Quarter,  to be less than the ratio set forth below  opposite  the
period during which such Fiscal Quarter ends:

 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

                        Period                                 Ratio
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
   July 1, 1999 through September 30, 1999                      1.90 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

  October 1, 1999 through December 31, 1999                    2.00 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

   January 1, 2000 through March 31, 2000                       2.00 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

    April 1, 2000 through June 30, 2000                          2.00 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

    July 1, 2000 through September 30, 2000                      2.00 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

   October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000                    2.75 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

   January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2001                       3.00 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

    April 1, 2001 and thereafter                                 3.00 to 1.00
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

     6.21 Operating Expenses.

     Permit  operating  expenses in any Fiscal  Quarter  (determined in a manner
consistent  with the  consolidated  financial  statements  of Day Runner for its
Fiscal Year ended June 30, 1999  delivered to the  Administrative  Agent and the
Lenders prior to the Effective  Date) to exceed the  percentage of net sales for
such Fiscal Quarter set forth below opposite the period during which such Fiscal
Quarter ends, for any two consecutive Fiscal Quarters:

 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
                                                             Percentage of Net
                              Period                                 Sales
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

    October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000                        41%
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

    January 1, 2001 through March 31, 2001                           60%
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

    April 1, 2001 and thereafter                                     47%
  --------------------------------------------------------- -------------------

                                    Article 7
                     INFORMATION AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     7.1 Financial and Business Information.

     So long as any Loan remains unpaid, or any other Obligation remains unpaid,
or any portion of the Revolving  Commitment  remains in force, Day Runner shall,
unless the  Administrative  Agent  (with the written  approval of the  Requisite
Lenders)  otherwise  consents,  at Day Runner's  sole  expense,  deliver to each
Lender:

               (a) As soon as practicable, and in any event within 55 days after
          the end of each Fiscal  Quarter  (other than the fourth Fiscal Quarter
          in any Fiscal Year), the consolidated  balance sheet of Day Runner and
          its  Subsidiaries  as at the  end  of  such  Fiscal  Quarter  and  the
          consolidated  statements of operations  and cash flows for such Fiscal
          Quarter,  and the  portion of the Fiscal  Year ended with such  Fiscal
          Quarter,  all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be
          certified  by the  chief  financial  officer  of Day  Runner as fairly
          presenting in all material respects the financial  condition,  results
          of  operations  and cash flows of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  in
          accordance with GAAP (other than footnote  disclosures),  consistently
          applied, as at such date and for such periods,  subject only to normal
          year-end accruals and audit adjustments;

               (b) As soon as practicable, and in any event within 55 days after
          the end of each Fiscal Quarter (i) a Pricing Certificate setting forth
          a  calculation  of the  Funded  Debt  Ratio as of the last day of such
          Fiscal Quarter,  and providing reasonable detail as to the calculation
          thereof,  which  calculations in the case of the fourth Fiscal Quarter
          in any  Fiscal  Year  shall  be  based  on the  preliminary  unaudited
          financial  statements of such Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for such
          Fiscal Quarter, and as soon as practicable thereafter, in the event of
          any  material  variance in the actual  calculation  of the Funded Debt
          Ratio from such preliminary calculation, a revised Pricing Certificate
          setting forth the actual calculation thereof and (ii) a certificate of
          a Senior  Officer of Day Runner stating that the  representations  and
          warranties  in Article 4 hereof are true and  correct in all  material
          respects  as of the  date of such  certificate  and  that no  Event of
          Default has occurred and is continuing  or, if an Event of Default has
          occurred and is  continuing,  a statement as to the nature thereof and
          the action that Day Runner has taken and proposes to take with respect
          thereto;

               (c) As soon as  practicable,  and in any  event  within  100 days
          after the end of each Fiscal Year, the  consolidated  balance sheet of
          Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and
          the consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity and
          cash flows, in each case of Day Runner and its  Subsidiaries  for such
          Fiscal  Year,  with all  related  consolidating  financial  statements
          prepared by Day Runner,  all in reasonable  detail.  Such consolidated
          financial  statements  shall be  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP,
          consistently applied, and shall be accompanied by a report of Deloitte
          & Touche LLP or other  independent  public  accountants  of recognized
          standing  selected by Day Runner and  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
          Requisite  Lenders,  which report shall be prepared in accordance with
          generally  accepted auditing  standards as at such date, and shall not
          be subject to any  qualifications  or  exceptions.  Such  accountants'
          report shall be accompanied  by a certificate  stating that, in making
          the  examination  pursuant to generally  accepted  auditing  standards
          necessary for the certification of such financial  statements and such
          report,  such  accountants  have obtained no knowledge of any Event of
          Default then existing relating to the breach by any Borrower of any of
          Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.6, 6.9, 6.10,  6.12, 6.13, 6.14, 6.16, 6.19, 6.20
          and 6.21 of this Agreement or, if, in the opinion of such accountants,
          any such Event of Default  shall exist,  stating the nature and status
          of such Event of Default;

               (d) As soon as  practicable,  and in any event within thirty (30)
          days after the end of each month, the  consolidated and  consolidating
          balance sheet of Day Runner and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such
          month and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for
          such month,  all in reasonable  detail and prepared in comparison with
          the projections  delivered to the Administrative Agent with respect to
          such month and the  corresponding  month in the preceding Fiscal Year.
          Such financial  statements  shall be certified by the chief  financial
          officer of Day Runner as fairly  presenting  in all material  respects
          the financial  condition,  results of operations and cash flows of Day
          Runner  and its  Subsidiaries  in  accordance  with GAAP  (other  than
          footnote  disclosures),  consistently applied, as at such date and for
          such  periods,  subject  only to normal  year-end  accruals  and audit
          adjustments;

               (e) As soon as  practicable,  and in any event within thirty (30)
          days  after  the  commencement  of each  Fiscal  Year,  a  budget  and
          projection by month and Fiscal  Quarter for that Fiscal Year,  and for
          the next succeeding  Fiscal Year,  including for the first such Fiscal
          Year, projected consolidated balance sheets,  statements of operations
          and  statements of cash flow, in each case by Fiscal  Quarter and, for
          succeeding  Fiscal Years,  projected  consolidated  condensed  balance
          sheets and  statements of  operations  and cash flows of each Borrower
          and its  Subsidiaries,  all in reasonable  detail (it being understood
          that any projections provided hereunder shall be were prepared in good
          faith  and  will  represent  management's  opinion  of  the  projected
          financial   performance   of  the  Borrowers   and  their   respective
          Subsidiaries based upon the information  available to the Borrowers at
          the time so furnished);

               (f) As soon as practicable,  and in any event within fifteen (15)
          days  after the end of each  month,  a report,  in form and  substance
          reasonably   satisfactory  to  the  Administrative   Agent,  from  the
          management   of  Filofax  Group  with  respect  to  the  results  from
          operations  of Filofax  Limited and certain of its other  Subsidiaries
          for the preceding month;

                  (g) As soon as  practicable,  and in any event within ten (10)
days after the end of each month,  a report,  in form and  substance  reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, from Wasserstein Perella & Co. Limited
with respect to the status of the strategic  alternatives being pursued by it on
behalf of Day Runner and its Subsidiaries;

                  (h) Promptly after request by the Administrative  Agent or the
Requisite Lenders,  copies of any detailed audit reports,  management letters or
recommendations  submitted to the board of directors (or the audit  committee of
the board of directors) of any Borrower by independent accountants in connection
with the accounts or books of such Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries,  or any
audit of any of them and/or any tax returns  filed by any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries  with the federal  governments  of the United  States or the United
Kingdom;

               (i) (i) As soon as  practicable,  and in any event within 55 days
          after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a copy of the Form 10-Q for such
          Fiscal Quarter filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission by
          any Borrower; (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 100
          days  after  the end of each  Fiscal  Year a copy of the Form 10-K for
          such Fiscal Year filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission by
          any Borrower; and (iii) promptly after the same are available,  and in
          any event within two (2) Banking Days after filing with the Securities
          and  Exchange  Commission,  copies  of each  annual  report,  proxy or
          financial  statement  or other  report  or  communication  sent to the
          stockholders  of any  Borrower,  and  copies of all  annual,  regular,
          periodic and special  reports and  registration  statements  which any
          Borrower  may file or be  required  to file  with the  Securities  and
          Exchange  Commission  under  Section  13 or  15(d)  of the  Securities
          Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  and not  otherwise  required to be
          delivered  to the  Lenders  pursuant to the other  provisions  of this
          Section 7.1;

               (j) Promptly  after  request by the  Administrative  Agent or any
          Lender, copies of any other report or other document that was filed by
          any Borrower with any Governmental Agency;

               (k)  Promptly  upon a Senior  Officer  of any  Borrower  becoming
          aware,  and in any event within five (5) Banking  Days after  becoming
          aware, of the occurrence of any (i)  "reportable  event" (as such term
          is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA,  but excluding  such events as to
          which  the PBGC  has by  regulation  waived  the  requirement  therein
          contained that it be notified  within thirty days of the occurrence of
          such event) or (ii) non-exempt "prohibited  transaction" (as such term
          is  defined  in  Section  406 of ERISA or  Section  4975 of the  Code)
          involving any Pension Plan or any trust created thereunder, telephonic
          notice  specifying  the  nature  thereof,  and,  no more  than two (2)
          Banking  Days after  such  telephonic  notice,  written  notice  again
          specifying  the  nature   thereof  and  specifying   what  action  the
          applicable  Borrower  is  taking  or  proposes  to take  with  respect
          thereto,  and,  when known,  any action taken by the Internal  Revenue
          Service with respect thereto;

                    (l) As soon  as practicable, and in any event within two (2)
          Banking Days after a Senior Officer  becomes aware of the existence of
          any  condition  or  event  which  constitutes  a  Default  or Event of
          Default,  telephonic  notice  specifying  the  nature  and  period  of
          existence  thereof,  and, no more than two (2) Banking Days after such
          telephonic  notice,  written  notice again  specifying  the nature and
          period of existence  thereof and specifying  what action the Borrowers
          are taking or propose to take with respect thereto;

               (m) Promptly upon a Senior Officer of any Borrower becoming aware
          that (i) any Person has commenced a legal proceeding with respect to a
          claim against any Borrower that such Borrower  reasonably  believes is
          $500,000 or more in excess of the amount thereof that is fully covered
          by insurance or indemnification agreement of a financially responsible
          Person,   (ii)  any  creditor  under  a  credit  agreement   involving
          Indebtedness  of $100,000 or more or any lessor under a material lease
          involving  aggregate  rent of $200,000 per year or more has asserted a
          material default  thereunder on the part of any Borrower or, (iii) any
          Person  has  commenced  a legal  proceeding  with  respect  to a claim
          against any Borrower  under a contract that is not a credit  agreement
          or material  lease with respect to a claim of in excess of $200,000 or
          which  otherwise  may  reasonably  be expected to result in a Material
          Adverse  Effect,  a written  notice  describing  the  pertinent  facts
          relating thereto and what action the applicable  Borrower is taking or
          proposes to take with respect thereto;

               (n) As  promptly as  practicable,  and in any event no later than
          the first Banking Day of any calendar  week, a sales flash report with
          respect to Day Runner and its Subsidiaries for the preceding  calendar
          week  and  within  two (2)  Banking  Days of the end of each  calendar
          month, a summary of the sales flash report for such month;

               (o) As promptly as practicable, and in any event by no later than
          November  30,  1999,  a revised  operating  plan of Day Runner and its
          Subsidiaries  which shall include a revised budget and projections for
          Day Runner and its Subsidiaries  prepared by calendar month for Fiscal
          Year 2000 and by Fiscal Quarter for Fiscal Year 2001;

               (p) As promptly as practicable,  and in any event within five (5)
          Banking Days after the end of each calendar month, a rolling  thirteen
          (13) week cash  forecast  for Day  Runner and its  Subsidiaries  which
          shall include a cash  forecast by Fiscal  Quarter for the remainder of
          the Fiscal Year;

               (q) As promptly as practicable,  and in any event within five (5)
          Banking Days of the end of each  calendar  month,  a sales report with
          respect to Day Runner and its Subsidiaries for the preceding  calendar
          month  setting  forth sales data with respect to each  customer of Day
          Runner or any of its  Subsidiaries  that accounts for more than 10% of
          the  aggregate  sales  of  Day  Runner  and  its  Subsidiaries  (on  a
          consolidated basis) (such a customer, a "Significant Customer") with a
          comparison  of such sales  data to (i) the sales data with  respect to
          each  Significant  Customer for the  corresponding  month in the prior
          Fiscal Year and (ii) the projected sales to each Significant  Customer
          set forth in the  revised  operating  plan and  projections  delivered
          pursuant to Section 7.1(o);

               (r) As promptly as  practicable,  and in any event within fifteen
          (15)  days of the end of each  month,  a  report  setting  forth  with
          respect to each  Significant  Customer,  point-of-sale  and  inventory
          on-hand data by product  category for the  preceding  calendar  month,
          together  with a  comparison  of such  data with the  results  for the
          corresponding month in the prior Fiscal Year; and

               (s) Such other data and  information  as from time to time may be
          reasonably requested by the Administrative  Agent, any Lender (through
          the Administrative Agent) or the Requisite Lenders.

     7.2 Compliance Certificates.

     So long as any Loan remains unpaid, or any other Obligation  remains unpaid
or unperformed,  or any portion of the Revolving Commitment remains outstanding,
Day  Runner  shall,  at Day  Runner's  sole  expense,  deliver  to  each  Lender
concurrently with the financial  statements required pursuant to Sections 7.1(a)
and 7.1(c), a Compliance Certificate signed by a Senior Officer of Day Runner.

                                    Article 8
                                   CONDITIONS

     8.1 Effective Date.

     The occurrence of the Effective  Date,  and the  obligations of each Lender
pursuant to the Revolving  Commitment,  are subject to the following  conditions
precedent, each of which shall be satisfied on or prior to the Effective Date:

               (a) The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  all of the
          following,   each  of  which  shall  be  originals   unless  otherwise
          specified,  each properly  executed by a Responsible  Official of each
          party  thereto,  each dated as of the Effective  Date and each in form
          and substance reasonably  satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and
          its legal counsel (unless  otherwise  specified or, in the case of the
          date  of  any  of  the  following,  unless  the  Administrative  Agent
          otherwise agrees or directs):

                     (1)at least one (1) executed counterpart of this Agreement,
          together with arrangements  satisfactory to the  Administrative  Agent
          for  additional  executed  counterparts,   sufficient  in  number  for
          distribution to the Lenders and Borrowers;

                     (2) an original Revolving Loan Note executed by each
          Borrower in favor of each Lender, in a principal amount equal to that
          Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Commitment;

                      (3)an original Term Loan Note executed by each Borrower in
          favor of each Lender and in a principal amount equal to such Lender's
          Pro Rate Share of the Term Loan Amount;

                      (4) each Subsidiary Guaranty executed by  each  Subsidiary
          Guarantor party thereto;

                      (5) each Borrower Guaranty executed by each Borrower party
          thereto;

                      (6) executed counterparts of the Pledge Agreements
          executed by each of Day Runner, DRI International,  DR-UK Holdings,
          Bidco, Filofax Group and Filofax together with all documents and
          instruments (including, without limitation, stock certificates and
          stock powers with respect to the stock pledged thereunder) required to
          be delivered pursuant thereto;

                      (7) executed  counterparts  of   the  Security  Agreements
          executed  by each of Day  Runner,  Filofax  and  each of Day  Runner's
          domestic Subsidiaries,  together with all documents and instruments
          (including,  without limitation,  Uniform  Commercial  Code  financing
          statements) required  to  be delivered  pursuant  thereto or as
          reasonably  requested by the  Administrative Agent to be  filed,
          registered  or  recorded  to create  or  perfect  the Liens intended
          to be created thereunder;

                      (8) with  respect to each   Borrower   and  any  of  their
          respective Subsidiaries that is a Party to any Loan Document, such
          documentation as the  Administrative  Agent  may  reasonably  require
          to establish the  due organization, valid existence and good standing
          of such Person, qualification to engage in  business in each  material
          jurisdiction  in which it is  engaged in business or required to be so
          qualified,  such  Person's  authority to execute, deliver and perform
          the Loan  Documents  to which it is a Party, the  identity, authority
          and capacity of each Responsible Official thereof authorized to act on
          its  behalf, including certified copies of articles of  incorporation
          and amendments  thereto, bylaws and amendments thereto, certificates
          of good standing, certificates of corporate resolutions, incumbency
          certificates,Certificates of Responsible Officials,  and the like, in
          each case to the extent applicable in the relevant jurisdiction;

                     (9)  the  written opinion of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe
          LLP, in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to Administrative
          Agent, in regard to the enforceability of this Agreement, each of the
          Borrower Guaranties, each of the Subsidiary Guaranties,  the Pledge
          Agreement executed by Day Runner, the Security Agreement executed by
          Day Runner,  the perfection of the Liens on the personal property
          collateral of Day Runner granted pursuant to such Security Agreement,
          the perfection and priority under California law of the Liens on the
          shares of capital stock pledged  pursuant to such Pledge Agreement and
          covering such other matters  relating to this Agreement and the other
          Loan  Documents as the  Administrative  Agent shall request,  in each
          case,  subject to  customary qualifications  and exceptions  (and Day
          Runner hereby  requests such counsel to  deliver such opinion);

                       (10) the written  opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate,
          Meagher & Flom LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
          Administrative Agent, in  regard  to the  enforceability  of  this
          Agreement,  each  of the  Borrower Guaranties,  each of the Subsidiary
          Guaranties,  each  of  the  Pledge  Agreements  executed  by  DRI
          International,  DR-UK Holdings,  Filofax Group and Filofax,  the
          Security  Agreement  executed by  Filofax,  the  perfection  of the
          Liens on the personal  property  collateral  of Filofax  granted
          pursuant  to such  Security Agreement,  the  perfection  and priority
          under English law of the Liens on the shares of capital stock pledged
          pursuant to such Pledge  Agreements and covering such other matters
          relating to this  Agreement and the other Loan  Documents as the
          Administrative Agent shall request, in each case, subject to customary
          qualifications  and exceptions  (and Day Runner hereby  requests such
          counsel to deliver such opinion);

                       (11) the written opinion of Gowling, Strathy & Henderson,
          in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent,
          in regard to the  pledge of the  capital  stock of DRC  pursuant  to a
          Pledge  Agreement  and covering  such  other matters relating  to this
          Agreement  and the other Loan Documents as the  Administrative  Agent
          shall request,  in each case, subject to customary  qualifications and
          exceptions  (and Day Runner hereby  requests such counsel to deliver
          such opinion);

                       (12) a Certificate of the chief financial officer of each
          of the  Borrowers, certifying that the representations contained in
          Article  4 are true and correct in all material respects; and

                       (13) such other assurances, certificates, documents,
          consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent or the Requisite
          Lenders reasonably may require.

               (b) The Fees  payable  pursuant  to  Section  3.4 shall have been
          paid.

               (c) No material action,  suit,  proceeding or investigation shall
          be pending against any Borrower; no law, regulation, judgment or court
          order  shall  be  applicable  that  restrains,   prevents  or  imposes
          materially  adverse  conditions upon the making of the Loans; and each
          Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantor shall have received all governmental
          and  material  third  party  approvals   necessary  for  such  Party's
          execution of the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

               (d) No circumstance or event shall have occurred that constitutes
          a Material Adverse Effect since June 30, 1999.

               (e) The reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent
          in  connection  with the  preparation  of the Loan  Documents  payable
          pursuant to Section 11.3, and invoiced with  supporting  detail to the
          Borrowers prior to the Effective Date, shall have been paid.

               (f) The representations and warranties of each Borrower contained
          in Article 4 of this  Agreement  and in each other  Loan  Document  to
          which  such  Borrower  is a party  shall  be true and  correct  in all
          material respects.

               (g) Borrowers  and any other Parties shall be in compliance  with
          all the terms and provisions of the Loan  Documents,  and after giving
          effect to the initial  Loan, no Default or Event of Default shall have
          occurred and be continuing.

               (h) Day Runner, as agent for each of the directors of Filofax and
          Filofax Group, shall have received a letter reasonably satisfactory to
          it from each of the  Administrative  Agent, the Issuing Lender and the
          Lenders  agreeing  not to rely on, or to take any action  against  any
          such director, in his or her capacity as such, in connection with, any
          statement made or other action taken under Sections 151 through 158 of
          the Companies Act in connection  with the  guaranties of, and granting
          of Liens to secure, the Obligations made by Filofax and Filofax Group.

               (i) On or prior to the  Effective  Date,  Topps shall (i) execute
          and deliver to the  Administrative  Agent a Security Agreement and any
          and all other documents or instruments as the Administrative Agent may
          request  in  order to  create  a Lien in  favor of the  Administrative
          Agent,  for the benefit of the Lenders,  on any real property owned by
          Topps,  (ii) take, or cause to be taken, any other actions,  including
          filings with any appropriate  governmental agencies, in order to cause
          such Lien to be valid and enforceable  under applicable law, and (iii)
          provide to the Administrative Agent in connection therewith such legal
          opinions, certificates and other documents as are reasonably requested
          by the Administrative Agent.

               (j) All legal  matters  relating to the Loan  Documents  shall be
          reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

     8.2 Revolving Loans.

     The  obligation  of  each  Lender  to  make  any  Revolving  Loan,  and the
obligation  of the Issuing  Lender to issue any Letter of Credit,  is subject to
the Effective Date having occurred,  and to the following  conditions  precedent
(unless the  Requisite  Lenders or, in any case where the approval of all of the
Lenders is required pursuant to Section 11.2, all of the Lenders,  in their sole
and absolute discretion, shall agree otherwise):

               (a) Except for  representations  and warranties  which  expressly
          speak as of a particular  date,  the  representations  and  warranties
          contained  in  Article  4 shall be true and  correct  in all  material
          respects  on and as of the  date of the  Loan as  though  made on that
          date;

               (b) No  Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be
          continuing;

               (c) No circumstance or event shall have occurred that constitutes
          a Material Adverse Effect since June 30, 1999.

                                    Article 9
              EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

     9.1 Events of Default.

     The  existence or  occurrence  and  continuation  of any one or more of the
following  events,  whatever  the reason  therefor  and under any  circumstances
whatsoever, shall constitute an Event of Default:

               (a) A Borrower fails to pay any principal on any of the Loans, or
          any portion thereof, on the date when due; or

               (b) A Borrower fails to pay any interest on any of the Loans,  or
          any fees under  Sections  3.3,  3.4 or 3.5,  or any  portion  thereof,
          within three (3) Banking Days after the date when due; or fails to pay
          any  other  fee or  amount  payable  to the  Lenders  under  any  Loan
          Document,  or any portion thereof,  within ten (10) Banking Days after
          demand therefor; or

               (c) A  Borrower  fails  to  comply  with  any  of  the  covenants
          contained in Article 6 or with Sections 5.2, 5.5, 5.6, 5.9, 5.13, 5.14
          (other than Section 5.14(c)) or 7.1; or

               (d) A Borrower or any other Party fails to perform or observe any
          other  covenant or agreement (not specified in clause (a), (b), (c) or
          (d) above)  contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed
          or observed within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof; or

               (e)  Any  representation  or  warranty  of  any  Borrower  or any
          Subsidiary Guarantor made in any Loan Document,  or in any certificate
          or other writing delivered by any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor
          pursuant to any Loan Document, proves to have been incorrect when made
          or reaffirmed in any material respect; or

               (f) A Borrower (i) fails to pay the  principal,  or any principal
          installment, of any present or future Indebtedness of $50,000 or more,
          or any guaranty of present or future  Indebtedness of $50,000 or more,
          on its part to be paid,  when due (or within any stated grace period),
          whether  at the  stated  maturity,  upon  acceleration,  by  reason of
          required  prepayment  or otherwise or (ii) fails to perform or observe
          any other term,  covenant or  agreement on its part to be performed or
          observed, or suffers any event of default to occur, in connection with
          any  present or future  Indebtedness  of  $50,000  or more,  or of any
          guaranty of present or future Indebtedness of $50,000 or more, if as a
          result of such failure or sufferance any holder or holders thereof (or
          an agent or trustee on its or their  behalf)  has the right to declare
          such  Indebtedness  due  before the date on which it  otherwise  would
          become due or the right to require a Borrower  to redeem or  purchase,
          or  offer  to  redeem  or  purchase,   all  or  any  portion  of  such
          Indebtedness; or

               (g) Any  Loan  Document,  at any time  after  its  execution  and
          delivery  and for any reason  other than the  agreement  or action (or
          omission  to  act)  of the  Administrative  Agent  or the  Lenders  or
          satisfaction  in  full of all the  Obligations,  ceases  to be in full
          force and effect or is declared by a court of  competent  jurisdiction
          to be null and void,  invalid or unenforceable in any respect which is
          materially  adverse  to the  interests  of the  Lenders;  or any Party
          thereto  denies in  writing  that it has any or further  liability  or
          obligation under any Loan Document,  or purports to revoke,  terminate
          or rescind same; or

               (h) Any Change in Control occurs; or

               (i) A final  judgment  against  any  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary
          Guarantor  is entered  for the  payment of money in excess of $500,000
          (not  covered by  insurance  or for which an insurer has  reserved its
          rights) and, absent procurement of a stay of execution,  such judgment
          remains  unsatisfied  for thirty (30)  calendar days after the date of
          entry of  judgment,  or in any event later than five (5) days prior to
          the date of any proposed  sale  thereunder;  or any writ or warrant of
          attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against
          the Property of any such Person and is not released,  vacated or fully
          bonded within thirty (30) calendar days after its issue or levy; or

               (j) A Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor institutes or consents
          to the  institution  of any  proceeding  under  a  Debtor  Relief  Law
          relating to it or to all or any material part of its  Property,  or is
          unable or admits in  writing  its  inability  to pay its debts as they
          mature,  or makes an  assignment  for the  benefit  of  creditors;  or
          applies for or consents to the  appointment of any receiver,  trustee,
          custodian, conservator,  liquidator,  rehabilitator or similar officer
          for  it or for  all  or any  material  part  of its  Property;  or any
          receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator,  liquidator,  rehabilitator
          or similar officer is appointed  without the application or consent of
          that Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for
          sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding  under a Debtor Relief Law
          relating to any such  Person or to all or any part of its  Property is
          instituted   without  the   consent  of  that  Person  and   continues
          undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or

               (k) The occurrence of an Event of Default (as such term is or may
          hereafter be  specifically  defined in any other Loan Document)  under
          any other Loan Document; or

                  (l) Any Pension  Plan  maintained  by any  Borrower is finally
          determined by the PBGC to have a material "accumulated funding
          deficiency" as that term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA in excess
          of an amount  equal to 5% of the consolidated total assets of such
          Borrower as of the most-recently ended Fiscal Quarter; or

               (m)  Any  Lien  purported  to be  created  under  any  Collateral
          Document  shall cease to be, or shall be  asserted by any  Borrower or
          any of its  Subsidiaries  not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any
          Collateral,  with the priority  required by the applicable  Collateral
          Document,  except as a result of the sale or other  disposition of the
          applicable  Collateral  in a  transaction  permitted  under  the  Loan
          Documents.

     9.2 Remedies Upon Event of Default.

     Without limiting any other rights or remedies of the  Administrative  Agent
or the Lenders  provided  for  elsewhere  in this  Agreement,  or the other Loan
Documents, or by applicable Law, or in equity, or otherwise:

               (a) Upon the occurrence, and during the continuance, of any Event
          of Default other than an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(j):

                   (1) the  Administrative Agent may,  and at the request of the
          Requisite Lenders shall, by written notice to the Borrowers, declare
          that all or any portion of the Revolving Commitment and all other
          obligations of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank under the Revolving
          Commitment are terminated; and

                   (2) the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the
          Requisite Lenders shall,  declare all or any part of the unpaid
          principal of all Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and
          all other amounts  payable under the Loan Documents to be forthwith
          due and payable,  and shall notify each Borrower  thereof, whereupon
          the same shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without
          protest,  presentment,  notice of dishonor,  demand or further notice
          of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by each Borrower,  and
          the Borrowers shall,in connection therewith, pay to the Administrative
          Agent an amount in cash equal to the aggregate amount of all
          outstanding Letters of Credit to be held as cash collateral hereunder.

               (b) Upon the  occurrence  of any Event of  Default  described  in
          Section 9.1(j):

                           (1) the  Revolving  Commitment  and all other
          obligations of the Lenders shall terminate without notice to or demand
          upon any Borrower, which are expressly waived by each Borrower;

                           (2) an amount equal to the  aggregate  amount of  all
          outstanding  Letters  of Credit shall be  immediately due and  payable
          to the Issuing Lender without notice to or demand  upon any  Borrower,
          which  are expressly  waived  by each  Borrower, to be held by the
          Issuing  Lender  in an interest-bearing cash collateral account as
          collateral hereunder; and

                          (3)   the unpaid principal of all Loans,  all interest
          accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts payable under the
          Loan Documents shall be forthwith due and payable, without protest,
          presentment, notice of dishonor, demand or further notice of any kind,
          all of which are expressly waived by each Borrower.

               (c) Upon the occurrence and during the  continuation of any Event
          of Default, the Lenders and the Administrative  Agent, or any of them,
          without  notice  to  (except  as  expressly  provided  for in any Loan
          Document) or demand upon any Borrower,  which are expressly  waived by
          each Borrower, may proceed (but only with the consent of the Requisite
          Lenders) to protect,  exercise  and enforce  their rights and remedies
          under the Loan Documents against each Borrower and any other Party and
          such other rights and remedies as are provided by Law or equity.

               (d) The  order  and  manner  in which  the  Lenders'  rights  and
          remedies are to be exercised shall be determined by the Administrative
          Agent in its  sole  discretion,  unless  instructed  by the  Requisite
          Lenders,  in which  case,  by the  Requisite  Lenders  in  their  sole
          discretion,  and all payments received by the Administrative Agent and
          the Lenders,  or any of them,  during the  continuation of an Event of
          Default, shall, subject to Section 3.18, be applied first to the costs
          and expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and disbursements
          and the  reasonably  allocated  costs  of  attorneys  employed  by the
          Administrative Agent or by any Lender) of the Administrative Agent and
          of the  Lenders,  and  thereafter  paid pro rata to the Lenders in the
          same  proportions  that the aggregate  Obligations owed to each Lender
          under the Loan Documents bear to the aggregate  Obligations owed under
          the Loan Documents to all the Lenders,  without priority or preference
          among the Lenders.  Regardless  of how each Lender may treat  payments
          for the purpose of its own  accounting,  for the purpose of  computing
          Borrower's  Obligations hereunder and under the Notes, payments during
          the continuation of an Event of Default shall be applied first, to the
          costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as set
          forth above, second, to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest due
          under any Loan Documents to and including the date of such application
          (ratably, and without duplication, according to the accrued and unpaid
          interest  due under each of the Loan  Documents),  and  third,  to the
          payment of all other amounts (including principal and fees) then owing
          to the  Administrative  Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents.
          No application of payments will cure any Event of Default,  or prevent
          acceleration,  or continued acceleration, of amounts payable under the
          Loan Documents,  or prevent the exercise,  or continued  exercise,  of
          rights or remedies of the Lenders hereunder or thereunder or at Law or
          in equity.

                                   Article 10
                            THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     10.1 Appointment and Authorization.

     Subject to Section  10.8,  each  Lender  hereby  irrevocably  appoints  and
authorizes the  Administrative  Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf
and to exercise  such powers under the Loan  Documents  as are  delegated to the
Administrative  Agent by the terms  thereof  or are  reasonably  incidental,  as
determined  by  the  Administrative   Agent,   thereto.   This  appointment  and
authorization  is intended solely for the purpose of facilitating  the servicing
of the Loans and does not constitute  appointment of the Administrative Agent as
trustee for any Lender or as  representative of any Lender for any other purpose
and, except as specifically set forth in the Loan Documents to the contrary, the
Administrative  Agent shall take such action and exercise such powers only in an
administrative and ministerial capacity.

     10.2 Administrative Agent and Affiliates.

     Wells Fargo Bank, National  Association (and each successor  Administrative
Agent)  has the same  rights and powers  under the Loan  Documents  as any other
Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent,
and  the  term  "Lender"  or  "Lenders"  includes  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National
Association in its individual  capacity.  Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
(and each successor Administrative Agent) and its Affiliates may accept deposits
from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking,  trust or other
business  with any Borrower,  any  Subsidiary  thereof,  or any Affiliate of any
Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof,  as if it were not the Administrative  Agent
and  without  any duty to account  therefor  to the  Lenders.  Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association (and each successor  Administrative Agent) need not account
to any other Lender for any monies received by it for reimbursement of its costs
and expenses as  Administrative  Agent hereunder,  or (subject to Section 11.10)
for any  monies  received  by it in its  capacity  as a  Lender  hereunder.  The
Administrative  Agent shall not be deemed to hold a fiduciary  relationship with
any  Lender  and no  implied  covenants,  functions,  responsibilities,  duties,
obligations or liabilities  shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist
against the Administrative Agent.

     10.3 Lenders' Credit Decisions.

     Each Lender agrees that it has, independently and without reliance upon the
Administrative  Agent,  any other  Lender or the  directors,  officers,  agents,
employees or attorneys of the  Administrative  Agent or of any other Lender, and
instead  in  reliance  upon  information  supplied  to it by or on behalf of the
Borrowers and upon such other information as it has deemed appropriate, made its
own independent credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each
Lender also agrees that it shall,  independently  and without  reliance upon the
Administrative  Agent,  any other  Lender or the  directors,  officers,  agents,
employees  or  attorneys  of the  Administrative  Agent or of any other  Lender,
continue to make its own independent  credit analyses and decisions in acting or
not acting under the Loan Documents.

     10.4 Action by Administrative Agent.

               (a) Absent actual  knowledge of the  Administrative  Agent of the
          existence of a Default,  the  Administrative  Agent may assume that no
          Default has  occurred  and is  continuing,  unless the  Administrative
          Agent  (or the  Lender  that is then  the  Administrative  Agent)  has
          received  notice from a Borrower  stating the nature of the Default or
          has  received  notice from a Lender  stating the nature of the Default
          and that such Lender  considers the Default to have occurred and to be
          continuing.

               (b) The Administrative Agent has only those obligations under the
          Loan Documents as are expressly set forth therein.

               (c) Except  for any  obligation  expressly  set forth in the Loan
          Documents and as long as the  Administrative  Agent may assume that no
          Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  the  Administrative
          Agent may, but shall not be required to,  exercise its  discretion  to
          act or not act, except that the Administrative Agent shall be required
          to act or not act upon the  instructions of the Requisite  Lenders (or
          of all the Lenders,  to the extent required by Section 11.2) and those
          instructions  shall be binding upon the  Administrative  Agent and all
          the  Lenders,  provided  that the  Administrative  Agent  shall not be
          required  to act or not act if to do so would be  contrary to any Loan
          Document  or to  applicable  Law or would  result,  in the  reasonable
          judgment of the Administrative Agent, in substantial risk of liability
          to the Administrative Agent.

               (d) If the  Administrative  Agent has received a notice specified
          in clause (a), the Administrative  Agent shall immediately give notice
          thereof to the Lenders and shall act or not act upon the  instructions
          of the  Requisite  Lenders  (or  of all  the  Lenders,  to the  extent
          required by Section  11.2),  provided  that the  Administrative  Agent
          shall not be  required to act or not act if to do so would be contrary
          to any Loan  Document or to  applicable  Law or would  result,  in the
          reasonable  judgment of the Administrative  Agent, in substantial risk
          of  liability  to the  Administrative  Agent,  and except  that if the
          Requisite Lenders (or all the Lenders, if required under Section 11.2)
          fail,  for five (5) Banking  Days after the receipt of notice from the
          Administrative  Agent, to instruct the Administrative  Agent, then the
          Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may act or not act as it
          deems advisable for the protection of the interests of the Lenders.

               (e) The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have no  liability  to any
          Lender for  acting,  or not acting,  as  instructed  by the  Requisite
          Lenders  (or  all  the  Lenders,  if  required  under  Section  11.2),
          notwithstanding any other provision hereof.

     10.5 Liability of Administrative Agent.

     Neither  the  Administrative  Agent  nor  any of its  directors,  officers,
agents, employees or attorneys shall be liable for any action taken or not taken
by them under or in  connection  with the Loan  Documents,  except for their own
gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation on the foregoing, the
Administrative  Agent  and  its  directors,   officers,  agents,  employees  and
attorneys:

               (a) May treat the payee of any Note as the holder  thereof  until
          the Administrative Agent receives notice of the assignment or transfer
          thereof,  in form satisfactory to the Administrative  Agent, signed by
          the  payee,  and may treat each  Lender as the owner of that  Lender's
          interest in the  Obligations  for all purposes of this Agreement until
          the Administrative Agent receives notice of the assignment or transfer
          thereof,  in form satisfactory to the Administrative  Agent, signed by
          that Lender;

               (b) May consult  with legal  counsel  (including  in-house  legal
          counsel),  accountants  (including  in-house  accountants)  and  other
          professionals  or  experts  selected  by it,  or with  legal  counsel,
          accountants  or other  professionals  or experts for Borrowers  and/or
          their  Subsidiaries  or the  Lenders,  and shall not be liable for any
          action taken or not taken by it in good faith in  accordance  with any
          advice of such legal counsel,  accountants or other  professionals  or
          experts;

               (c) Shall not be  responsible  to any Lender  for any  statement,
          warranty or representation made in any of the Loan Documents or in any
          notice,  certificate,  report,  request or other statement (written or
          oral) given or made in connection with any of the Loan Documents;

               (d)  Except  to the  extent  expressly  set  forth  in  the  Loan
          Documents,  shall have no duty to ask or inquire as to the performance
          or observance by the Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries of any
          of the terms,  conditions or covenants of any of the Loan Documents or
          to inspect any  collateral  or any  Property,  books or records of the
          Borrowers or their Subsidiaries;

               (e) Will not be  responsible to any Lender for the due execution,
          legality,  validity,   enforceability,   genuineness,   effectiveness,
          sufficiency  or value of any Loan  Document,  any other  instrument or
          writing furnished pursuant thereto or in connection therewith,  or any
          Collateral or the perfection of any Lien thereon;

               (f) Will not incur  any  liability  by  acting  or not  acting in
          reliance  upon  any  Loan  Document,  notice,  consent,   certificate,
          statement,  request or other  instrument  or writing  believed in good
          faith by it to be genuine  and  signed or sent by the proper  party or
          parties; and

                  (g) Will not incur any liability for any arithmetical error in
computing  any amount  paid or  payable by any  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  or
Affiliate  thereof or paid or  payable to or  received  or  receivable  from any
Lender  under  any Loan  Document,  including,  without  limitation,  principal,
interest, commitment fees, Loans and other amounts; provided that, promptly upon
discovery of such an error in computation, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders
and  (to  the  extent  applicable)  any  Borrower  and/or  its  Subsidiaries  or
Affiliates  shall make such  adjustments  as are necessary to correct such error
and to restore the parties to the position that they would have occupied had the
error not occurred.

     10.6 Indemnification.

     Each  Lender  shall,  ratably  in  accordance  with its  proportion  of the
aggregate  principal  amount of the Loans  outstanding,  indemnify  and hold the
Administrative  Agent  and  its  directors,   officers,  agents,  employees  and
attorneys  harmless  against  any  and  all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,
damages, penalties,  actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind or  nature  whatsoever  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and
disbursements  and allocated costs of attorneys  employed by the  Administrative
Agent) that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against it or them in any
way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents (other than losses incurred
by reason of the failure of any Borrower to pay the Indebtedness  represented by
the  Notes)  or any  action  taken or not  taken by it as  Administrative  Agent
thereunder,  except  such as result  from its own gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct. Without limitation on the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the
Administrative  Agent  upon  demand  for that  Lender's  Pro  Rata  Share of any
out-of-pocket cost or expense incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection
with the  negotiation,  preparation,  execution,  delivery,  amendment,  waiver,
restructuring,   reorganization   (including   a   bankruptcy   reorganization),
enforcement or attempted  enforcement of the Loan Documents,  to the extent that
any  Borrower or any other Party is required by Section 11.3 to pay that cost or
expense  but fails to do so upon  demand.  Nothing  in this  Section  10.6 shall
entitle the Administrative  Agent or any indemnitee referred to above to recover
any  amount  from  the  Lenders  if and to  the  extent  that  such  amount  has
theretofore  been recovered from a Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries.  To the
extent  that the  Administrative  Agent or any  indemnitee  referred to above is
later reimbursed such amount by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,  it shall
return the amounts paid to it by the Lenders in respect of such amount.

     10.7 Successor Administrative Agent.

     The  Administrative  Agent may, and at the request of the Requisite Lenders
shall, resign as Administrative  Agent upon reasonable notice to the Lenders and
each  Borrower   effective  upon   acceptance  of  appointment  by  a  successor
Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative
Agent under this Agreement,  the Requisite  Lenders shall appoint from among the
Lenders a  successor  Administrative  Agent  for the  Lenders,  which  successor
Administrative Agent shall be approved by each Borrower (and such approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  If no successor  Administrative Agent
is  appointed   prior  to  the  effective   date  of  the   resignation  of  the
Administrative  Agent, the  Administrative  Agent may appoint,  after consulting
with the Lenders and each Borrower, a successor  Administrative Agent from among
the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor  Administrative
Agent hereunder,  such successor  Administrative  Agent shall succeed to all the
rights,  powers and  duties of the  retiring  Administrative  Agent and the term
"Administrative  Agent" shall mean such successor  Administrative  Agent and the
retiring Administrative Agent's appointment, powers and duties as Administrative
Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation
hereunder  as  Administrative  Agent,  the  provisions  of this  Article 10, and
Sections  11.3,  11.11 and 11.22,  shall  inure to its benefit as to any actions
taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative  Agent under this
Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if (a) the Administrative  Agent has
not been paid its agency fees under Section 3.5 or has not been  reimbursed  for
any expense  reimbursable  to it under Section 11.3, in either case for a period
of at least one (1) year and (b) no successor  Administrative Agent has accepted
appointment  as  Administrative  Agent by the date  which is  thirty  (30)  days
following a retiring Administrative Agent's notice of resignation,  the retiring
Administrative Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective
and the  Lenders  shall  perform all of the duties of the  Administrative  Agent
hereunder until such time, if any, as the Requisite  Lenders appoint a successor
Administrative Agent as provided for above.

     10.8 No Obligations of Borrowers.

     Nothing  contained  in this  Article 10 shall be deemed to impose  upon any
Borrower any  obligation in respect of the due and punctual  performance  by the
Administrative  Agent of its  obligations  to the Lenders under any provision of
this Agreement, and no Borrower shall have liability to the Administrative Agent
or any of the Lenders in respect of any failure by the  Administrative  Agent or
any Lender to perform any of its obligations to the Administrative  Agent or the
Lenders under this Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
where any provision of this Agreement relating to the payment of any amounts due
and owing under the Loan Documents  provides that such payments shall be made by
a Borrower  to the  Administrative  Agent for the account of the  Lenders,  such
Borrower's  obligations  to the  Lenders in respect  of such  payments  shall be
deemed to be satisfied  upon the making of such  payments to the  Administrative
Agent in the manner provided by this Agreement.

                                   Article 11
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     11.1 Cumulative Remedies; No Waiver.

     The rights, powers, privileges and remedies of the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders provided herein or in any Note or other Loan Document are cumulative
and not exclusive of any right,  power,  privilege or remedy  provided by Law or
equity.  No  failure  or delay on the  part of the  Administrative  Agent or any
Lender in  exercising  any right,  power,  privilege or remedy may be, or may be
deemed to be, a waiver  thereof;  nor may any single or partial  exercise of any
right, power,  privilege or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of the
same or any other right, power, privilege or remedy. The terms and conditions of
Article 10 (other than Section 10.8) hereof are inserted for the sole benefit of
the Administrative  Agent and the Lenders; the same may be waived in whole or in
part,  with or without  terms or  conditions,  in  respect  of any Loan  without
prejudicing the Administrative  Agent's or the Lenders' rights to assert them in
whole or in part in respect of any other Loan.

     11.2 Amendments; Consents.

     No amendment, modification, supplement, extension, termination or waiver of
any  provision  of this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document,  no approval or
consent  thereunder  (other than a consent relating to a matter expressly stated
by this Agreement to require only the  Administrative  Agent's consent),  and no
consent to any  departure by any Borrower or any other Party  therefrom,  may in
any event be effective unless in writing signed by the Administrative Agent with
the  written  approval  of  the  Requisite  Lenders  (and,  in the  case  of any
amendment,  modification  or  supplement  of or to any Loan  Document to which a
Borrower is a Party, signed by such Borrower, and, in the case of any amendment,
modification or supplement to Article 10, signed by the  Administrative  Agent),
and then only in the specific  instance and for the specific purpose given; and,
without the approval in writing of all the Lenders, no amendment,  modification,
supplement,  termination,  waiver or consent (other than a consent relating to a
matter  expressly  stated by this  Agreement to require only the  Administrative
Agent's consent) may be effective:

               (a) To amend  or  modify  the  principal  of,  or the  amount  of
          principal,  principal  prepayments or the rate of interest payable on,
          any Loan or Note, or the amount of the Revolving Commitment or the Pro
          Rata Share of any Lender or the amount of any  commitment  fee payable
          to any Lender,  or any other fee or amount payable to any Lender under
          the Loan  Documents or to waive an Event of Default  consisting of the
          failure of any Borrower to pay when due principal, interest or any fee
          due to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank;

               (b) To postpone any date fixed for any payment of  principal  of,
          prepayment of principal of or any installment of interest on, any Loan
          or  Note or any  installment  of any  fee  due to the  Lenders  or the
          Issuing Bank, or to extend the term of the Revolving Commitment;

               (c) To amend  the  provisions  of the  definition  of  "Requisite
          Lenders", "Revolving Loan Maturity Date" or "Term Loan Maturity Date";
          or

               (d) To release  any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  from its  obligations
          under the Subsidiary Guaranty; or

               (e) To amend or waive any  provision of Article 8 or this Section
          11.2; or

               (f) To amend  any  provision  of this  Agreement  that  expressly
          requires the consent or approval of all the Lenders; or

               (g) To release any Collateral  (other than in connection with any
          sale or other  disposition  permitted under the Loan Documents)  that,
          individually  or in the aggregate,  constitutes  more than one-half of
          one percent (0.05%) of the net book value of the  consolidated  assets
          of  Day  Runner  and  its  Subsidiaries  as  set  forth  in  financial
          statements  delivered  to the  Administrative  Agent  and the  Lenders
          pursuant to Section 7.1 for the Fiscal Year ended June 30, 1999.

Any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or consent pursuant
to this Section 11.2 shall apply equally to, and shall be binding upon,  all the
Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

     11.3 Costs, Expenses and Taxes.

     Borrowers,  jointly and  severally,  shall pay within ten (10) Banking Days
after demand,  accompanied  by an invoice  therefor,  the  reasonable  costs and
expenses  of the  Administrative  Agent  in  connection  with  the  negotiation,
preparation,  syndication,  execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and any
amendment  thereto or waiver thereof.  Borrowers,  jointly and severally,  shall
also pay on demand, accompanied by an invoice therefor, the reasonable costs and
expenses  of the  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders in  connection  with the
restructuring,  reorganization  (including  a bankruptcy  reorganization  of any
Borrower or any of their respective  Subsidiaries)  and enforcement or attempted
enforcement of the Loan Documents, and any matter related thereto. The foregoing
costs and expenses shall include any  applicable  filing fees,  recording  fees,
search  fees,  and other  out-of-pocket  expenses  and the  reasonable  fees and
out-of-pocket  expenses of any legal  counsel  (including  reasonably  allocated
costs of any in-house legal counsel of the Administrative  Agent or any Lender),
independent  public  accountants  and  other  outside  experts  retained  by the
Administrative  Agent or any Lender,  whether or not such costs and expenses are
incurred  or suffered by the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender in  connection
with or during the course of any  bankruptcy  or insolvency  proceedings  of any
Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof. Borrowers,  jointly and severally, shall pay
any and all  documentary  and other  taxes,  excluding  (i) taxes  imposed on or
measured  in whole or in part by a  Lender's  overall  net  income  or net worth
imposed on it by (A) any  jurisdiction  (or  political  subdivision  thereof) in
which it is organized or maintains  its principal  office or Eurodollar  Lending
Office or (B) any jurisdiction (or political subdivision thereof) in which it is
"doing  business"  or (ii) any  withholding  taxes or other taxes based on gross
income  imposed by the United  States of America for any period with  respect to
which it has  failed to provide  Borrowers  with the  appropriate  form or forms
required  by Section  11.21,  to the  extent  such  forms are then  required  by
applicable Laws, and all costs, expenses, fees and charges payable or determined
to be payable in connection with the filing or recording of this Agreement,  any
other Loan Document or any other instrument or writing to be delivered hereunder
or thereunder, or in connection with any transaction pursuant hereto or thereto,
and shall reimburse, hold harmless and indemnify on the terms set forth in 11.11
the  Administrative  Agent and the  Lenders  from and  against any and all loss,
liability or legal or other expense with respect to or resulting  from any delay
in paying or failure to pay any such tax, cost,  expense,  fee or charge or that
any of them may suffer or incur by reason of the failure of any Party to perform
any of its Obligations.

     11.4 Nature of Lenders' Obligations.

     The obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint or joint
and several.  Nothing contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and
no  action  taken  by the  Administrative  Agent or the  Lenders  or any of them
pursuant  hereto  or  thereto  may,  or may be  deemed  to,  make the  Lenders a
partnership,  an  association,  a joint  venture or other  entity,  either among
themselves  or with the Borrowers or any  Affiliate of any of the  Borrowers.  A
default  by any Lender  will not  increase  the Pro Rata Share of the  Revolving
Commitment  attributable to any other Lender.  Any Lender not in default may, if
it desires,  assume in such  proportion as the  nondefaulting  Lenders agree the
obligations  of any  Lender  in  default,  but is not  obligated  to do so.  The
Administrative  Agent agrees that it will use its best efforts  either to induce
promptly the other Lenders to assume the  obligations  of a Lender in default or
to obtain promptly another Lender,  reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers, to
replace such a Lender in default.

     11.5 Survival of Representations and Warranties.

     All  representations  and warranties  contained herein or in any other Loan
Document,  or in any  certificate or other writing  delivered by or on behalf of
any one or more of the Parties to any Loan Document,  will survive the making of
the Loans  hereunder and the execution and delivery of the Notes,  and have been
or  will  be  relied  upon  by  the   Administrative   Agent  and  each  Lender,
notwithstanding any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender
or on their behalf.

     11.6 Notices.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Loan Documents,  all notices,
requests, demands, directions and other communications provided for hereunder or
under  any  other  Loan  Document  must  be  in  writing  and  must  be  mailed,
telegraphed,  telecopied,  dispatched by commercial  courier or delivered to the
appropriate  party  at the  address  set  forth on the  signature  pages of this
Agreement  or other  applicable  Loan  Document  or, as to any party to any Loan
Document,  at any other address as may be  designated by it in a written  notice
sent to all other parties to such Loan Document in accordance with this Section.
Except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in any Loan  Document,  if any notice,
request,  demand,  direction or other communication required or permitted by any
Loan Document is given by mail it will be effective on the earlier of receipt or
the fourth  Banking Day after deposit in the United States mail with first class
or airmail postage  prepaid;  if given by telegraph or cable,  when delivered to
the telegraph company with charges prepaid;  if given by telecopier,  when sent;
if dispatched by commercial courier, on the scheduled delivery date; or if given
by personal delivery, when delivered.

     11.7 Execution of Loan Documents.

     Unless the  Administrative  Agent  otherwise  specifies with respect to any
Loan Document, (a) this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be executed in
any number of  counterparts  and any party  hereto or thereto  may  execute  any
counterpart,  each of which when executed and delivered  will be deemed to be an
original  and all of which  counterparts  of this  Agreement  or any other  Loan
Document,  as the case may be, when taken  together will be deemed to be but one
and the  same  instrument  and (b)  execution  of any  such  counterpart  may be
evidenced  by a telecopier  transmission  of the  signature  of such party.  The
execution of this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document by any party hereto or
thereto will not become effective until counterparts  hereof or thereof,  as the
case may be, have been executed by all the parties hereto or thereto.

     11.8 Binding Effect; Assignment.

               (a) This  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents  to which each
          Borrower  is a Party will be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of
          Borrowers,  the Administrative  Agent, each of the Lenders,  and their
          respective successors and assigns,  except that no Borrower may assign
          its rights  hereunder or thereunder or any interest  herein or therein
          without the prior written  consent of all the Lenders.  Any Lender may
          at any time pledge any of its Notes or any other instrument evidencing
          its rights as a Lender under this Agreement to a Federal Reserve Bank,
          but no such pledge  shall  release  that  Lender from its  obligations
          hereunder or grant to such Federal Reserve Bank the rights of a Lender
          hereunder absent foreclosure of such pledge.

               (b) From time to time following the Effective  Date,  each Lender
          may assign to one or more  Persons  all or any portion of its Pro Rata
          Share of the Revolving Commitment and/or Term Loans; provided that (i)
          such Person,  if not then a Lender or an  Affiliate  of the  assigning
          Lender, shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and (if no Event
          of Default  then  exists) the  Borrowers  (neither of which  approvals
          shall be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) such assignment shall
          be evidenced by an Assignment and Acceptance, a copy of which shall be
          furnished to the Administrative Agent as hereinbelow  provided,  (iii)
          except in the case of an  assignment  to an Affiliate of the assigning
          Lender,  to  another  Lender  or of  the  entire  remaining  Revolving
          Commitment  of the  assigning  Lender or all of the  outstanding  Term
          Loans of such Lender,  the assignment shall assign the same percentage
          of the assigning  Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Revolving  Commitment
          and of the Term Loans owing to such  assigning  Lender,  and shall not
          assign a Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Commitment and the Term Loans
          that, in the aggregate, is equivalent to less than $5,000,000 and (iv)
          the effective date of any such assignment shall be as specified in the
          Assignment and Acceptance, but not earlier than the date which is five
          (5) Banking Days after the date the Administrative  Agent has received
          the  Assignment  and  Acceptance.  Upon  the  effective  date  of such
          Assignment and Acceptance,  the Person named therein shall be a Lender
          for all  purposes  of this  Agreement,  with the Pro Rata Share of the
          Revolving  Commitment  and Term Loans  therein  set forth and,  to the
          extent of such Pro Rata Share,  the assigning Lender shall be released
          from its  further  obligations  under this  Agreement.  Each  Borrower
          agrees  that it shall  execute and  deliver  (against  delivery by the
          assigning Lender to each Borrower of its Revolving Loan Notes and Term
          Loan Note) to such assignee Lender, Revolving Loan Notes and Term Loan
          Notes  evidencing  that  assignee  Lender's  Pro  Rata  Share  of  the
          Revolving  Commitment  and Term  Loans  and to the  assigning  Lender,
          Revolving  Loan Notes and Term Loan  Notes  evidencing  the  remaining
          balance Pro Rata Share retained by the assigning Lender.

               (c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the
          Person  constituting the assignee  thereunder  acknowledges and agrees
          that:  (i) other than the  representation  and warranty that it is the
          legal  and  beneficial  owner of the Pro Rata  Share of the  Revolving
          Commitment and Term Loans being assigned thereby free and clear of any
          adverse  claim,  the assigning  Lender has made no  representation  or
          warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
          warranties  or  representations  made in or in  connection  with  this
          Agreement  or  the  execution,  legality,  validity,   enforceability,
          genuineness  or  sufficiency  of  this  Agreement  or any  other  Loan
          Document;  (ii) the  assigning  Lender has made no  representation  or
          warranty and assumes no  responsibility  with respect to the financial
          condition of the Borrowers or the  performance by the Borrowers of the
          Obligations;  (iii) it has received a copy of this Agreement, together
          with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant
          to Section  7.1 and such other  documents  and  information  as it has
          deemed  appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis  and decision to
          enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) it will, independently
          and without reliance upon the  Administrative  Agent or any Lender and
          based on such documents and  information as it shall deem  appropriate
          at the time,  continue to make its own credit  decisions  in taking or
          not taking action under this Agreement; (v) it appoints and authorizes
          the  Administrative  Agent to take such  action and to  exercise  such
          powers  under this  Agreement as are  delegated to the  Administrative
          Agent by this  Agreement;  and (vi) it will perform in accordance with
          their  terms  all of  the  obligations  which  by the  terms  of  this
          Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

               (d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at the Administrative
          Agent's Office a copy of each  Assignment and Acceptance  delivered to
          it and a register (the  "Register") of the name and address of each of
          the Lenders  and the Pro Rata Share of the  Revolving  Commitment  and
          Term Loans held by each Lender,  giving effect to each  Assignment and
          Acceptance.  The Register  shall be available  during normal  business
          hours for  inspection  by any  Borrower or any Lender upon  reasonable
          prior notice to the Administrative Agent. After receipt of a completed
          Assignment and Acceptance executed by any Lender and an assignee,  and
          receipt of an  assignment  fee of $3,500 from such Lender or assignee,
          the Administrative Agent shall,  promptly following the effective date
          thereof,  provide to the Borrowers and the Lenders a revised  Schedule
          1.1 giving effect thereto. Each Borrower, the Administrative Agent and
          the Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons  listed as Lenders in the
          Register  as the  holders  and  owners  of the Pro  Rata  Share of the
          Revolving  Commitment  and Term Loans listed  therein for all purposes
          hereof,  and no  assignment  or transfer of any such Pro Rata Share of
          the Revolving  Commitment  and Term Loans shall be effective,  in each
          case  unless and until an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  effecting  the
          assignment  or  transfer  thereof  shall  have  been  accepted  by the
          Administrative  Agent and recorded in the Register as provided  above.
          Prior to such  recordation,  all  amounts  owed  with  respect  to the
          applicable  Pro Rata Share of the Revolving  Commitment and Term Loans
          shall  be owed to the  Lender  listed  in the  Register  as the  owner
          thereof,  and any request,  authority or consent of any Person who, at
          the time of making such  request or giving such  authority or consent,
          is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive  and binding
          on any subsequent holder,  assignee or transferee of the corresponding
          Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Commitment and Term Loans.

               (e) Each Lender may from time to time grant participations to one
          or more banks or other financial  institutions in a portion of its Pro
          Rata  Share of the  Revolving  Commitment  and Term  Loans;  provided,
          however, that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall
          remain unchanged,  (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to
          the other  parties  hereto for the  performance  of such  obligations,
          (iii) the participating  banks or other financial  institutions  shall
          not be a Lender hereunder for any purpose except, if the participation
          agreement so provides,  for the purposes of Sections  3.6,  3.7,  3.8,
          11.11 and 11.22 but only to the extent that the cost to the  Borrowers
          does not exceed the cost which the  Borrowers  would have  incurred in
          respect of such Lender absent the  participation,  (iv) the Borrowers,
          the Administrative  Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal
          solely and directly with such Lender in connection  with such Lender's
          rights and  obligations  under this Agreement,  (v) the  participation
          interest  shall be expressed as a percentage of the granting  Lender's
          Pro  Rata  Share  of  the   Revolving   Commitment   and  Term  Loans,
          respectively, as they then exist and shall not restrict an increase in
          the Revolving  Commitment,  or in the granting Lender's Pro Rata Share
          of  the   Revolving   Commitment,   so  long  as  the  amount  of  the
          participation interest is not affected thereby and (vi) the consent of
          the holder of such  participation  interest  shall not be required for
          amendments or waivers of provisions of the Loan  Documents  other than
          those which (A) extend the  Revolving  Loan Maturity Date or Term Loan
          Maturity Date or any other date upon which any payment of money is due
          to the Lenders,  (B) reduce the rate of interest on any Loan,  any fee
          or any other monetary  amount  payable to the Lenders,  (C) reduce the
          amount of any installment of principal due with respect to any Loan or
          (D) release any Subsidiary  Guarantor from its  obligations  under the
          Subsidiary Guaranty.

     11.9 Right of Setoff.

     If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,  the  Administrative
Agent or any Lender may exercise its rights  under  applicable  Laws and, to the
extent  permitted by  applicable  Laws,  apply any funds in any deposit  account
maintained  with it by any  Borrower  and/or any Property of any Borrower in its
possession against the Obligations.

     11.10 Sharing of Setoffs.

     Each Lender  severally agrees that if it, through the exercise of any right
of setoff,  banker's lien or  counterclaim  against any Borrower,  or otherwise,
receives  payment of the  Obligations  held by it that is ratably  more than any
other Lender,  through any means, receives in payment of the Obligations held by
that Lender,  then,  subject to applicable  Laws: (a) the Lender  exercising the
right of setoff,  banker's  lien or  counterclaim  or otherwise  receiving  such
payment shall purchase,  and shall be deemed to have  simultaneously  purchased,
from each of the other Lenders a participation  in the  Obligations  held by the
other Lenders and shall pay to the other  Lenders a purchase  price in an amount
so that the share of the  Obligations  held by each Lender after the exercise of
the right of setoff,  banker's lien or  counterclaim or receipt of payment shall
be in the same  proportion  that  existed  prior to the exercise of the right of
setoff,  banker's lien or counterclaim or receipt of payment; and (b) such other
adjustments and purchases of  participations  shall be made from time to time as
shall be equitable to ensure that all of the Lenders share any payment  obtained
in respect of the Obligations  ratably in accordance with each Lender's share of
the  Obligations  immediately  prior to, and without  taking into  account,  the
payment;  provided  that,  if all or any portion of a  disproportionate  payment
obtained  as a result of the  exercise  of the right of setoff,  banker's  lien,
counterclaim or otherwise is thereafter  recovered from the purchasing Lender by
any Borrower or any Person claiming  through or succeeding to the rights of such
Borrower,  the purchase of a  participation  shall be rescinded and the purchase
price  thereof  shall be  restored  to the extent of the  recovery,  but without
interest. Each Lender that purchases a participation in the Obligations pursuant
to this Section  11.10 shall from and after the purchase  have the right to give
all notices, requests,  demands,  directions and other communications under this
Agreement with respect to the portion of the  Obligations  purchased to the same
extent  as  though  the  purchasing  Lender  were  the  original  owner  of  the
Obligations  purchased.  Each  Borrower  expressly  consents  to  the  foregoing
arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation in an Obligation
so purchased  pursuant to this Section  11.10 may exercise any and all rights of
setoff, banker's lien or counterclaim with respect to the participation as fully
as if the Lender were the original owner of the Obligation purchased.

     11.11 Indemnity by Borrowers.

     Borrowers jointly and severally agree to indemnify,  save and hold harmless
the  Administrative  Agent  and each  Lender  and  their  respective  directors,
officers,  agents, attorneys and employees (collectively the "Indemnitees") from
and against: (a) any and all claims, demands, actions or causes of action if the
claim, demand,  action or cause of action arises out of or relates to any act or
omission (or alleged act or omission) of any Borrower,  its Affiliates or any of
its officers,  directors or stockholders relating to the Revolving Commitment or
the Term Loans,  the use or  contemplated  use of  proceeds of any Loan,  or the
relationship  of the  Borrowers and the Lenders  under this  Agreement;  (b) any
administrative  or investigative  proceeding by any Governmental  Agency arising
out of or related to a claim,  demand,  action or cause of action  described  in
clause (a) above;  and (c) any and all  liabilities,  losses,  costs or expenses
(including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and the reasonably  allocated  costs of
attorneys  employed by any  Indemnitee and  disbursements  of such attorneys and
other  professional  services) that any Indemnitee suffers or incurs as a result
of the  assertion of any  foregoing  claim,  demand,  action or cause of action;
provided that no Indemnitee  shall be entitled to  indemnification  for any loss
caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  If any claim, demand,
action or cause of action is asserted  against any  Indemnitee,  such Indemnitee
shall promptly  notify the Borrowers,  but the failure to so promptly notify the
Borrowers shall not affect the Borrowers'  obligations under this Section unless
such failure  materially  prejudices the Borrowers'  right to participate in the
contest  of such  claim,  demand,  action  or cause of  action,  as  hereinafter
provided.  Such  Indemnitee  may (and shall,  if requested  by the  Borrowers in
writing) contest the validity,  applicability and amount of such claim,  demand,
action or cause of action and shall permit the Borrowers to  participate in such
contest.  Any  Indemnitee  that  proposes to settle or  compromise  any claim or
proceeding  for which the  Borrowers  may be liable  for  payment  of  indemnity
hereunder shall give the Borrowers  written notice of the terms of such proposed
settlement or compromise  reasonably in advance of settling or compromising such
claim or  proceeding  and,  so long as no Event of Default has  occurred  and is
continuing,  shall obtain the Borrowers'  prior written consent (which shall not
be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed).  In connection  with any claim,  demand,
action or cause of action  covered by this Section  11.11  against more than one
Indemnitee,  all such Indemnitees shall be represented by the same legal counsel
(which may be a law firm engaged by the Indemnitees or attorneys  employed by an
Indemnitee or a combination of the foregoing)  selected by the Indemnitees  and,
so long as no  Event of  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing,  reasonably
acceptable to the Borrowers;  provided that if such legal counsel  determines in
good faith that  representing all such Indemnitees would or is reasonably likely
to result in a conflict of interest under Laws or ethical principles  applicable
to such legal counsel,  then to the extent reasonably  necessary to avoid such a
conflict  of interest or to permit  unqualified  assertion  of such a defense or
counterclaim,   each   affected   Indemnitee   shall  be  entitled  to  separate
representation  by legal counsel  selected by that Indemnitee and, so long as no
Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  reasonably  acceptable to the
Borrowers,  with  all such  legal  counsel  using  reasonable  efforts  to avoid
unnecessary  duplication of effort by counsel for all  Indemnitees;  and further
provided that the Administrative  Agent (as an Indemnitee) shall at all times be
entitled to representation by separate legal counsel (which may be a law firm or
attorneys  employed  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or  a  combination  of  the
foregoing). Any obligation or liability of the Borrowers to any Indemnitee under
this Section 11.11 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement
and the  repayment  of all Loans and the  payment and  performance  of all other
Obligations owed to the Lenders.

     11.12 Nonliability of the Lenders.

     Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that:

               (a) Any  inspections  of any Property of any Borrower  made by or
          through the  Administrative  Agent or the Lenders are for  purposes of
          administration  of the Loan only and such  Borrower is not entitled to
          rely upon the same (whether or not such inspections are at the expense
          of such Borrower);

               (b) By accepting or approving  anything  required to be observed,
          performed,  fulfilled  or  given  to the  Administrative  Agent or the
          Lenders  pursuant to the Loan  Documents,  neither the  Administrative
          Agent nor the Lenders shall be deemed to have warranted or represented
          the sufficiency,  legality, effectiveness or legal effect of the same,
          or of any term, provision or condition thereof, and such acceptance or
          approval thereof shall not constitute a warranty or  representation to
          anyone  with  respect  thereto  by  the  Administrative  Agent  or the
          Lenders;

               (c) The relationship between the Borrowers and the Administrative
          Agent and the Lenders is, and shall at all times  remain,  solely that
          of borrowers  and lenders;  neither the  Administrative  Agent nor the
          Lenders  shall under any  circumstance  be construed to be partners or
          joint  venturers  of the  Borrowers or their  Affiliates;  neither the
          Administrative  Agent nor the Lenders shall under any  circumstance be
          deemed to be in a  relationship  of confidence or trust or a fiduciary
          relationship  with the  Borrowers or their  Affiliates,  or to owe any
          fiduciary  duty to the  Borrowers  or their  Affiliates;  neither  the
          Administrative   Agent  nor  the  Lenders   undertake  or  assume  any
          responsibility or duty to the Borrowers or their Affiliates to select,
          review, inspect, supervise, pass judgment upon or inform the Borrowers
          or their Affiliates of any matter in connection with their Property or
          the operations of the Borrowers or their Affiliates; the Borrowers and
          their  Affiliates  shall rely  entirely  upon their own judgment  with
          respect to such  matters;  and any  review,  inspection,  supervision,
          exercise of judgment or supply of information undertaken or assumed by
          the  Administrative  Agent or the  Lenders  in  connection  with  such
          matters is solely for the protection of the  Administrative  Agent and
          the Lenders and neither the Borrowers nor any other Person is entitled
          to rely thereon; and

               (d)  The  Administrative  Agent  and  the  Lenders  shall  not be
          responsible or liable to any Person for any loss, damage, liability or
          claim of any kind  relating to injury or death to Persons or damage to
          Property caused by the actions, inaction or negligence of any Borrower
          and/or its Affiliates and each Borrower  hereby  indemnifies and holds
          the  Administrative  Agent and the  Lenders  harmless on the terms set
          forth in Section 11.11 from any such loss, damage, liability or claim.

     11.13 No Third Parties Benefited.

     This  Agreement  is made for the  purpose of  defining  and  setting  forth
certain  obligations,  rights and duties of the  Borrowers,  the  Administrative
Agent and the  Lenders in  connection  with the Loans,  and is made for the sole
benefit of the  Borrowers,  the  Administrative  Agent and the Lenders,  and the
Administrative  Agent's  and the  Lenders'  successors  and  assigns.  Except as
provided in Sections  11.8 and 11.11,  no other  Person shall have any rights of
any nature hereunder or by reason hereof.

     11.14 Confidentiality.

     Each Lender agrees to hold any confidential information that it may receive
from  the  Borrowers  pursuant  to this  Agreement  in  confidence,  except  for
disclosure: (a) to other Lenders or Affiliates of a Lender; (b) to legal counsel
and  accountants  for the  Borrowers  or any Lender;  (c) to other  professional
advisors  to the  Borrowers  or any  Lender,  provided  that the  recipient  has
accepted such information subject to a confidentiality  agreement  substantially
similar to this Section 11.14; (d) to regulatory  officials having  jurisdiction
over that Lender;  (e) as required by Law or legal  process,  provided that each
Lender agrees to notify the Borrowers of any such disclosures  unless prohibited
by applicable  Laws, or in  connection  with any legal  proceeding to which that
Lender and the  Borrowers  are  adverse  parties;  and (f) to another  Person in
connection  with a disposition or proposed  disposition to that Person of all or
part of that Lender's  interests  hereunder or a  participation  interest in its
Notes. For purposes of the foregoing,  "confidential information" shall mean all
Projections,  information relating to acquisitions,  information relating to the
Borrowers'  businesses  and any other  information  respecting  the Borrowers or
their  Subsidiaries  reasonably  considered by the Borrowers to be confidential,
other than (i) information  previously  filed with any  Governmental  Agency and
available to the public,  (ii)  information  previously  published in any public
medium from a source other than, directly or indirectly,  that Lender, and (iii)
information  previously  disclosed by the Borrowers to any Person not associated
with the Borrowers which does not owe a professional duty of  confidentiality to
the Borrowers or which has not executed an appropriate confidentiality agreement
with the Borrowers. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to create or give
rise to any  fiduciary  duty  on the  part of the  Administrative  Agent  or the
Lenders to the Borrowers.

     11.15 Further Assurances.

     The Borrowers shall, at their expense and without expense to the Lenders or
the  Administrative  Agent,  do,  execute  and  deliver  such  further  acts and
documents as the Requisite Lenders or the Administrative Agent from time to time
reasonably  require  for the  assuring  and  confirming  unto the Lenders or the
Administrative  Agent of the rights hereby  created or intended now or hereafter
so to be, or for carrying out the intention or  facilitating  the performance of
the terms of any Loan Document.

     11.16 Integration.

     This  Agreement,  together  with the other  Loan  Documents  and the letter
agreement  referred to in Section 3.4,  comprises  the  complete and  integrated
agreement of the parties on the subject  matter hereof and  supersedes all prior
agreements,  written or oral, on the subject matter hereof.  In the event of any
conflict  between the  provisions of this  Agreement and those of any other Loan
Document,  the provisions of this Agreement  shall control and govern;  provided
that  the  inclusion  of  supplemental  rights  or  remedies  in  favor  of  the
Administrative  Agent or the  Lenders  in any other Loan  Document  shall not be
deemed a conflict with this  Agreement.  Each Loan Document was drafted with the
joint  participation  of the respective  parties  thereto and shall be construed
neither  against nor in favor of any party,  but rather in  accordance  with the
fair meaning thereof.

     11.17 Governing Law.

     Except to the extent otherwise  provided therein,  each Loan Document shall
be governed by, and  construed  and  enforced in  accordance  with,  the Laws of
California applicable to contracts made and performed in California.

     11.18 Severability of Provisions.

     Any  provision  in any  Loan  Document  that  is  held  to be  inoperative,
unenforceable  or invalid as to any party or in any  jurisdiction  shall,  as to
that party or  jurisdiction,  be inoperative,  unenforceable  or invalid without
affecting the remaining provisions or the operation,  enforceability or validity
of that  provision  as to any other party or in any other  jurisdiction,  and to
this end the provisions of all Loan Documents are declared to be severable.

     11.19 Headings.

     Article and Section headings in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
are  included  for  convenience  of  reference  only  and are  not  part of this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents for any other purpose.

     11.20 Time of the Essence.

     Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

     11.21 Foreign Lenders and Participants.

     Each Lender that is incorporated or otherwise organized under the Laws of a
jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any State thereof or the
District  of  Columbia  shall  deliver  to the  Borrowers  (with  a copy  to the
Administrative  Agent),  on or  before  the  Effective  Date  (or  on or  before
accepting an assignment or receiving a participation interest herein pursuant to
Section 11.8, if applicable) two duly completed copies,  signed by a Responsible
Official,  of either Form 1001  (relating  to such Lender and  entitling it to a
complete exemption from withholding on all payments to be made to such Lender by
the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement) or Form 4224 (relating to all payments
to be made to such Lender by the  Borrowers  pursuant to this  Agreement) of the
United States  Internal  Revenue Service or such other evidence  (including,  if
reasonably   necessary,   Form  W-9)  satisfactory  to  the  Borrowers  and  the
Administrative  Agent that no  withholding  under the federal income tax laws is
required  with respect to such Lender.  Thereafter  and from time to time,  each
such  Lender  shall (a)  promptly  submit to the  Borrowers  (with a copy to the
Administrative  Agent),  such additional duly completed and signed copies of one
of such forms (or such successor  forms as shall be adopted from time to time by
the relevant  United States taxing  authorities)  as may then be available under
then current United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is
satisfactory  to the  Borrowers  and the  Administrative  Agent of any available
exemption from, United States withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be
made to such Lender by the  Borrowers  pursuant to this  Agreement  and (b) take
such steps as shall not be disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable  judgment of
such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of
its Eurodollar  Lending  Office,  if any) to avoid any requirement of applicable
Laws that any Borrower make any deduction or withholding  for taxes from amounts
payable to such Lender.

     11.22 Joint and Several Liability.

               (a) Each Borrower  shall be jointly and severally  liable for all
          of the  Obligations,  provided that,  notwithstanding  anything to the
          contrary herein (including,  without  limitation,  the representations
          and  warranties  set forth in Article 4), (i)  Filofax  Group shall be
          liable  with  respect  to the Term  Loans  only to the  extent  of the
          greater of (x) 13,533,000  pounds sterling and (y) its  "distributable
          profits"  (within the meaning of Section  152(1)(b)  the Companies Act
          and which,  for the  avoidance  of doubt,  shall  include both revenue
          reserves and reserves  related to premiums on shares  issued,  in each
          case,  as  reflected  in Filofax  Group's  accounts) as of any date or
          dates upon which payment is demanded under the Subsidiary  Guaranty of
          Term Loans  executed by Filofax  Group and (ii) and  Filofax  shall be
          liable  with  respect  to the Term  Loans  only to the  extent  of the
          greater of (x) 1,960,000  pounds  sterling and (y) its  "distributable
          profits"  (within the meaning of Section  152(1)(b)  the Companies Act
          and which,  for the  avoidance  of doubt,  shall  include both revenue
          reserves and reserves  related to premiums on shares  issued,  in each
          case, as reflected in Filofax's accounts) as of any date or dates upon
          which  payment is demanded  under the Borrower  Guaranty of Term Loans
          executed by Filofax,  it being  understood and agreed that neither the
          Administrative  Agent nor the Lenders shall demand  payment by Filofax
          of  principal  of or interest on the Term  Loans,  under the  Borrower
          Guaranty  of  Term  Loans  or on  account  of its  joint  and  several
          liability  therefor  arising  hereunder,  prior to October  15,  2000,
          provided that it is further understood and agreed that nothing in this
          Agreement or any other Loan Document shall preclude the Administrative
          Agent or the  Lenders,  in the event that the Term Loans shall  become
          due and payable  prior to October 15,  2000,  from making  demand upon
          Filofax  for payment  thereof,  subject to the  limitations  set forth
          herein and in the Borrower  Guaranty of Term Loans,  at any time on or
          after October 15, 2000.

               (b) Each Borrower  hereby agrees that its  Obligations  hereunder
          shall not be discharged  or otherwise  affected as a result of (a) the
          invalidity  or   unenforceability  of  any  of  the  other  Borrowers'
          obligations  under this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document or any
          other agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any guaranty of the
          Obligations, (b) the absence of any attempt to collect the Obligations
          from any of the other  Borrowers  or other action to enforce the same;
          (c)   any   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,   arrangement,
          readjustment of debt,  liquidation or dissolution proceeding commenced
          by or against any of the other  Borrowers  (other than such Borrower),
          including without limitation, any discharge of, or bar or stay against
          collecting, all or any of the Obligations (or any interest thereon) in
          or  as  a  result  of  any  such   proceeding;   (d)  failure  by  the
          Administrative  Agent,  any Lender,  or the Issuing  Lender to file or
          enforce  a claim  against  any  other  Borrower  or its  estate in any
          bankruptcy or insolvency  case or proceeding;  (e) any action taken by
          the  Administrative  Agent, any Lender,  or the Issuing Lender that is
          authorized hereby; or (f) any other circumstance which might otherwise
          constitute  a legal or  equitable  discharge or defense of a surety or
          guarantor or any other third party obligor on any  Obligations,  other
          than the  payment in full of the  Obligations.  Each  Borrower  hereby
          waives  (a)  diligence,  presentment,  demand of  payment  (except  as
          expressly  required  hereunder),  filing of claims with a court in the
          event of receivership or bankruptcy of the other Borrowers, protest or
          notice with respect to the Obligations, and all presentments,  demands
          for  performance,  notices  of  nonperformance  (except  to the extent
          expressly required hereunder),  protests,  notices of protest, notices
          of  dishonor  and  notices of  acceptance  of this  Agreement  and the
          Obligations, the benefits of all statutes of limitation, and all other
          demands (except as expressly required hereunder) whatsoever (and shall
          not  require  that  the  same  be  made on the  other  Borrowers  as a
          condition precedent to its Obligations hereunder),  (b) all notices of
          the   existence,   creation  or   incurring   of  new  or   additional
          indebtedness,  arising  either from  additional  loans extended to the
          other  Borrowers  or  otherwise,  (c) all notices  that the  principal
          amount, or any portion thereof,  and/or any interest on any instrument
          or  document  evidencing  all or any  part of the  Obligations  is due
          (except as expressly required  hereunder),  (d) notices of any and all
          proceedings  to collect  from the  maker,  any  endorser  or any other
          guarantor  of all or any part of the  Obligations,  or from any  other
          Person,  (e) any  requirement of marshalling or any other principle of
          election of  remedies  and all rights and  defenses  arising out of an
          election of remedies  by any  Lender,  (f) any defense  based upon any
          Requirement of Law which provides that the obligation of a surety must
          be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than
          that of the principal and (g) without  limiting the  generality of the
          foregoing or any other provision hereof, all rights and benefits under
          California  Civil Code Sections 2808,  2809,  810, 2811,  2819,  2839,
          2845, 2849, 2850 and 3433.

     11.23 Removal of a Lender.

     Borrowers  shall  have  the  right to  remove  a Lender  as a party to this
Agreement  if such  Lender is paid a material  amount by  Borrowers  pursuant to
Section  3.6 or Section  3.7.  Upon  notice from  Borrowers,  such Lender  shall
execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance covering that Lender's Pro Rata
Share of the Revolving  Commitment and Term Loans,  as the case may be, in favor
of such  Person as  Borrowers  may  designate  (subject  to the  approval of the
Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), subject to payment in full by such
Person of all principal, interest and fees owing to such Lender through the date
of  assignment  and the  agreement of such Person to indemnify  such Lender with
respect to all then  outstanding  Letters of Credit.  The  Administrative  Agent
shall, if requested by the Borrowers, use reasonable efforts to identify Persons
willing to accept such an assignment from such Lender.

     11.24 Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury.

     EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT  HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY OF ANY  CLAIM,  DEMAND,  ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION  ARISING  UNDER ANY LOAN
DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY  CONNECTED  WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS
OF THE PARTY  HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH  RESPECT TO ANY LOAN  DOCUMENT,  OR THE
TRANSACTIONS  RELATED  THERETO,  IN EACH CASE  WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER
ARISING,  AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE;  AND EACH PARTY
HEREBY  AGREES AND  CONSENTS  THAT ANY SUCH  CLAIM,  DEMAND,  ACTION OR CAUSE OF
ACTION  SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT  TRIAL  WITHOUT A JURY,  AND THAT ANY PARTY TO
THIS  AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL  COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH
ANY COURT AS WRITTEN  EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE  SIGNATORIES  HERETO TO THE
WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

     11.25 Purported Oral Amendments.

     EACH BORROWER EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS MAY ONLY BE AMENDED OR MODIFIED,  OR THE PROVISIONS  HEREOF OR THEREOF
WAIVED OR  SUPPLEMENTED,  BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING THAT COMPLIES WITH SECTION
11.2.  EACH  BORROWER  AGREES  THAT IT WILL NOT RELY ON ANY  COURSE OF  DEALING,
COURSE OF PERFORMANCE,  OR ORAL OR WRITTEN  STATEMENTS BY ANY  REPRESENTATIVE OF
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER THAT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH SECTION 11.2 TO
EFFECT AN AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, WAIVER OR SUPPLEMENT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

     11.25 Acknowledgment of Lenders.

     Each of the Lenders and the  Administrative  Agent hereby  acknowledges and
agrees that as of the Effective Date, after giving effect to this Agreement,  no
Default or Event of Default shall have  occurred and be continuing  with respect
to the covenants  set forth in Sections 6.12 and 6.13 of this  Agreement for the
period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ended on June 30, 1999.

                         [signatures on following pages]



<PAGE>




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                               DAY RUNNER, INC.



                                               By:/s/ James E. Freeman, Jr.
                                               ----------------------------
                                               Name: James E. Freeman, Jr.
                                                     Chief Executive Officer

                                               Address:
                                                 15295 Alton Parkway
                                                 Irvine, California  92618
                                                 Facsimile: 714-441-4848


                                                  DAY RUNNER UK plc


                                                  By:/s/ James E. Freeman, Jr.
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                  Name: James E. Freeman, Jr.
                                                        Director

                                                  Address:
                                                    Day Runner UK plc
                                                    30-32 Gildredge Road
                                                    Eastbourne East Sussex
                                                    BN21 45H



                                                    DAY RUNNER CANADA INC.



                                                   By:/s/ Catherine F. Ratcliffe
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                  Name: Catherine F. Ratcliffe
                                                        Director



                                                    FILOFAX LIMITED



                                                     By: /s/ Christopher Brace
                                                     --------------------------
                                                     Name: Christopher Brace
                                                           Director

                                    Address:



<PAGE>




                     WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                       as Administrative Agent and Issuing
                                     Lender



                                                  By:/s/ Greg Richardson
                                                  ----------------------------


                                                Address:

                                                WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Agent
                                                     Commercial Bank Loan Center
                                                     Agency Dept., 2840
                                                     201 3rd Street, 8th Floor
                                                     San Francisco, CA  94103
                                                     Attn: Manager
                                                     Telephone: 415-477-5319
                                                     Facsimile: 415-512-9408

                                                     and

                                                WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., as Agent
                                                     333 South Grand Avenue
                                                     3rd Floor
                                                     Los Angeles, CA  90071
                                                     Attn:  Greg Richardson
                                                     Telephone: 213-253-6848
                                                     Facsimile: 213-253-5913

                                                     Payment Instructions:

                                                     WELLS FARGO, N.A.
                                                     San Francisco, CA
                                                     ABA # 1210-00248
                                                     For Acct.: 4081656654
                                                     Acct. Name:
                                                      SYNDIC/WFBCORP/DAY RUNNER
                                                     Ref.: Day Runner



<PAGE>






                                    Lenders:

                                        WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                        By: /s/ Greg Richardson
                                        --------------------------------------
                                        Name: Greg Richardson
                                        Title: Vice President





                                          BANK OF SCOTLAND


                                          By: /s/ Ronnie Allan
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Name:  Ronnie Allan
                                          Title: Corporate Banking Manager





                                          CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ


                                          By: /s/ Richard Mand
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Name: Richard Mand
                                          Title: 1st Vice President






<PAGE>




                                          BANK ONE, NA



                                          By: /s/ Dennis Warren
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Name: Dennis Warren
                                          Title: Vice President



                                          MELLON BANK, N.A.



                                           By:/s/ Richard M. McNiven
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Name: Richard M. McNiven
                                           Title: Assistant Vice President



                                           NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK plc



                                            By: /s/ Paul Sullivan
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name: Paul Sullivan
                                            Title: Manager







  <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 EXHIBIT 21.1


                            DAY RUNNER, INC. SUBSIDIARIES

<S>                                              <C>

================================================= =================================================

SUBSIDIARY                                        JURISDICTION
================================================= =================================================
DRI International Holdings Inc.                   Delaware
================================================= =================================================
DR UK Holdings Limited                            United Kingdom
================================================= =================================================
Day Runner UK plc                                 United Kingdom
================================================= =================================================
Filofax Group Limited                              United Kingdom
================================================= =================================================
Filofax Limited                                   United Kingdom
================================================= =================================================
Filofax France s.a.r.l                            France
- ------------------------------------------------- =================================================
Filofax GmbH                                      Germany
- ------------------------------------------------- =================================================
- ------------------------------------------------- =================================================
Filofax A/s                                       Denmark
- ------------------------------------------------- =================================================
- ------------------------------------------------- =================================================
Filofax AB                                        Sweden
- ------------------------------------------------- =================================================
- ------------------------------------------------- =================================================
Filofax Inc.                                      Connecticut
- ------------------------------------------------- =================================================
================================================= =================================================
Day Runner Canada Inc.                            Canada
================================================= =================================================

</TABLE>


                                                  EXHIBIT 23.1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

          We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Post-Effective
Amendment  No. 1 to  Registration  Statement  Nos.  33-46969 and 33-53422 of Day
Runner, Inc. on Form S-8, in Registration  Statement No. 33-67092 of Day Runner,
Inc. on Form S-8, in  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 1 to Registration  Statement
No. 33-61186 of Day Runner, Inc. on Form S-3, and in Registration Statement Nos.
33-84036,  33-80819,  333-20247,  333-34887,  333-44627,  and  333-69023  of Day
Runner, Inc. on Form S-8 of our report dated October 12, 1999, appearing in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K of Day Runner, Inc. for the year ended June 30, 1999.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP Los Angeles, California October 12, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statement of operations filed as
part of the  Annual  Report on Form 10-K and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by
reference to such report on Form 10-K.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                                          0000853102
<NAME>                                         Day Runner, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              Jun-30-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 Jul-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   Jun-30-1999
<CASH>                                           9,132
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   54,696
<ALLOWANCES>                                    11,481
<INVENTORY>                                     42,361
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               110,837
<PP&E>                                          44,086
<DEPRECIATION>                                  26,235
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 216,311
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           40,346
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            14
<OTHER-SE>                                      70,383
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   216,311
<SALES>                                        196,212
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               196,212
<CGS>                                          108,087
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  108,087
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                89,697
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               5,215
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (6,787)
<INCOME-TAX>                                    (2,789)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (3,998)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    (3,998)
<EPS-BASIC>                                    (0.34)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (0.34)



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission